Home

WP Suites A06&A07 - Derucki Construction

1. Note Long radius elbows recommended Suction Line Loop Fig 13 If a compressor hums but won t start it could indicate either a voltage or amperage issue Verify adequate voltage and operational start components if installed If it is drawing excessive amperage and voltage doesn t appear to be the problem it may be assumed a locked condition Ensure refrigerant has had ample time to equalize and boil out of the compressor before condemning When a heat pump switches into and out of defrost a swooshing noise is expected due to the rapid pressure change within the system However customers sometimes complain that the noise is excessive or it is sometimes accompanied by a groaning or howling noise When receiving these complaints Quiet Shift 2 if available may improve the noise but will probably not eliminate it totally Check that the defrost thermostat or thermistor is operating properly Insulating the defrost sensing device may also help If the howling or groaning noise is intermittent replacing the reversing valve may or may not help Rattling that occurs during a shift into or out of defrost on a heat pump could indicate a press
2. S E E SEC 5 he wr 77 T ws PLS ir 1 RP 2 DU i E i US 5 E PLS COMM STATUS 2 17 V2 0 9 ABC uwrcWrvry2o UTILITY RELAY UTILITY SIGNAL OPEN RELAY SUPPLIED BY UTILITY PROVIDER A12260 Fig 36 2 Stage Control Board Pressure Switch Protection The outdoor unit is equipped with high and low pressure Switches If the control senses the opening of a high or low pressure switch it will respond as follows De energize the appropriate compressor contactor Keep the outdoor fan operating for 15 minutes Display the appropriate fault code see Table 16 e UU Ne After a 15 minute delay if there is a call for cooling or heating and LPS or HPS is reset the appropriate compressor contactor is energized 5 If LPS or HPS has not closed after a 15 minute delay the outdoor fan is turned off If the open switch closes anytime after the 15 minute delay then resume operation with a call for cooling or heating 6 If LPS or HPS trips 3 consecutive cycles the unit operation is locked out for 4 hours 7 In the event of a high pressure switch trip or high pressure lockout check the refrigerant charge outdoor fan operation and outdoor coil in cooling for airflow res
3. REFER TO OTHER DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR APPLICABLE PROVISIONS THEREIN FURNISH AND INSTALL NECESSARY LABOR AND MATERIALS FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM ANY APPLIANCES OR MATERIALS OBVIOUSLY A PART OF THE SYSTEM AND NECESSARY FOR ITS PROPER OPERATION ALTHOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREIN SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS IF CALLED FOR DETAIL WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING STATE AND LOCAL CODES THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2006 EDITION WITH GEORGIA AMENDMENTS THE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2006 EDITION WITH GEORGIA AMENDMENTS THE INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE 2009 EDITION WITH GEORGIA AMENDMENTS OBTAIN AND PAY FOR REQUIRED PERMITS AND FEES DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT NECESSARILY SHOW EVERY FITTING AND DETAIL INSTALL DUCTS EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS IN A NEAT WORKMANLIKE MANNER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD PRACTICE FOR A COMPLETE WORKABLE INSTALLATION AVOID CONFLICT WITH OTHER WORK MAKE ADEQUATE PROVISIONS FOR PREVENTING NOISE AND VIBRATION ARRANGE EQUIPMENT INTO THE AVAILABLE SPACE IN A MANNER TO MAKE WORKING PARTS ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED AGAINST DEFECTS FOR ONE YEAR PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FOUR YEAR WARRANTY ON COMPRESSORS PROTECT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERW
4. 1 7 Outdoor Fan Motor PWM Above 55 F 12 7 C Outdoor Temp DC volts Tolerance 2 Two Stage Compressor Resistances Winding resistance at 70 F 20 Troubleshooting i dee CU RIOONU adden Copyright 2013 Carrier Corp 7310 W Morris St Indianapolis 46231 Edition Date 08 13 Manufacturer reserves the right to change at any time specifications and designs without notice and without obligations 64 turn to the expe 25HBB 25HBC 25HCD Comfort Series Heat Pumps with Puron Refrigerant 1 1 2 To 5 Nominal Tons Instructions INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS NOTE In some cases noise in the living area has been traced to gas pulsations from improper installation of equipment 1 Locate unit away from windows patios decks etc where unit operation sound may disturb customer 2 Ensure that vapor and liquid tube diameters are appropriate for unit capacity 3 Run refrigerant tubes as directly as possible by avoiding un necessary turns and bends 4 Leave some slack between structure and unit to absorb vi bration 5 When passing refrigerant tubes through the wall seal open ing with RTV or other pliable silicon based caulk see Fig 1 6 Avoid direct tubing contact with water pipes duct work floor joists wall studs floors and walls 7 Do not suspend refrigerant tubing from joists and studs with a rigid wire or strap which comes
5. ec 2 _ N 4 N 1 SZ 7 N I SZ mu 1 FIRST FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL S B U LTS Scale 1 4 1 0 gt all OSEN m lt L EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK T e Covalent a Consulting LLC 1708 Peachtree St Suite 210 Atlanta GA 30309 404 355 9334 main 404 835 1118 fox fio T Me MOUNT HEAT PUMP ON PLATFORM ABOVE GENERATOR BAY ADJACENT TO EXISTING HEAT PUMPS SN EXISTING HEAT PUMPS AND CONDENSING UNITS SN Nee NAAR ANN gt Z lt l lt lt 9 Z da A Z Er A gt os Q r3 LJ I gt Y O Y LJ 2 lt N C lt I M D C lt LJ 2 ROUTE LINESETS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AND COORDINATE NS 1 I 1 mnm 1 1 IURE 1 2 WITH EXISTING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT N 7727 zzz 4 5 TERE NO 25559 Hi fed M06 Lc LI ul DOCUMENT ISSUE RECORD DATE DESCRIPTIO eel ee EXISTING HEAT PUMPS AND CONDENSING UNITS
6. 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 Minor d Parts Open Open Voltage Series Packaging Identification Open 0 Recip 1 3 1 Scroll 3 208 230 1 o 2 0 0 Not 0 Standard 5 208 230 3 Initial 0 Domestic Recip 0 Not Defined Aluminum 6 460 3 Series 1 Import 3 0 Defined 7 230 1 50 Scroll 9 400 3 50 4 Other Compr 24 A B A 3 36 A 1 Major Cooling Family Tier Series SEER Capacity Tons Variations 18 1 2 B Base Comfort Standard 24 Comfort A B Puron 6 16 SEER 30 2 1 2 Coastal 25 H HP Performance RS R22 8 18SEER 36 3 F Full Featured E 0 P Performance 1 5 21 SEER 42 1 2 G Dense Grill N Infinity 7 17 SEER 48 L Louvers SERIAL NUMBER NOMENCLATURE 00001 Serial Number Manufacturing Site E Collierville TN X Monterrey Mexico 01 06 Week of Manufacture Year of Manufacture INSTALLATION GUIDELINE Residential New Construction Specifications for these units in the residential new construction market require the outdoor unit indoor unit refrigerant tubing sets metering device and filter drier listed in Product Data PD DO NOT DEVIATE FROM PD Consult unit Installation Instructions for detailed information Add On Replacement Retrofit R22 to Puron Specifications for these units in the add on replacement retrofit market require chang
7. J q TAB ON BOTTOM OF START RELAY TO BE PLACED IN THIS CORNER A10157 Fig 35 Start Relay and Capacitor Mounting Locations Infinity in Cube Cabinet 50 Muffler Accumulator Reversing Valve RVS The Puron two stage air conditioners and heat pumps have a compressor discharge line muffler to dampen sound pressure pulsations The Puron two stage heat pumps have a specifically designed reversing valve for Puron application and an accumulator for storing excess liquid refrigerant during the heating mode to prevent damaging flood back Thermistors Outdoor Ambient Thermistor The Puron two speed air conditioner and heat pump units have an outdoor ambient air thermistor The control board must know the outdoor air temperature so it can activate various functions These functions include e Activating the compressor crankcase heater when ever the outdoor unit is in the off cycle The fan motor speed changes for both air conditioner and heat pump on the ECM equipped units Outdoor Coil Thermistor OCT The coil or defrost thermistor is the same thermistor used to monitor outdoor air temperature The control board must know the coil temperature so it can activate various functions These functions include Frostsensing on heat pumps Coil vs Ambient temperature relationship Low ambient cooling operation Thermistor Curve The resistance vs temperature chart enables the service te
8. A ALAR ALAR op on A o XU SS on co mo N 5 5 N gt N gt e 5 5 6 BR CO GC Al O Oo O1 O1 P A Of Of 5 5 AB ajajajaj ajajaja A 42 48 60 58 60 60 62 44 Model Plug Each control board contains a model plug The correct model plug must be installed in order for the system to operate properly See Table 13 The model plug is used to identify the type and size of unit to the control On 25HNB6 models the model plug is also used to determine the start sequence timing for each individual model On new units the model and serial numbers are inputted into the board s memory at the factory If a model plug is lost or missing at initial installation the unit will operate according to the information input at the factory and the appropriate error code will flash temporarily An RCD replacement board contains no model and serial information If the factory control board fails the model plug must be transferred from the original board to the replacement board for the unit to operate
9. NA OUTDOOR SENSOR CONNECTION 55 98477 Fig 9 FV4C Fan Coil Wiring with 1 Speed Air Conditioner The secondary circuit of transformer is protected by a 5 amp fuse mounted on printed circuit board IMPORTANT Do not use outdoor thermostat with Intelligent Heat Staging D Manufactured Housing In manufactured housing applications the Code of Federal Regulations Title 24 Chapter XX Part 3280 714 requires that supplemental electric heat be locked out at outdoor temperatures above 40 F 4 C except for a heat pump defrost cycle A corporate thermostat in conjunction with an outdoor sensor can be used to lock out supplemental heat above 40 F 4 C Refer to thermostat instructions for details If a non corporate thermostat is used an outdoor thermostat may be required E Ground Connections 4 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death According to NEC NFPA 70 and local codes the cabinet must have an uninterrupted or unbroken ground to minimize personal injury if an electrical fault should occur The ground may consist of electrical wire or metal conduit when installed in accordance with existing electrical codes If conduit connection uses reducing washers a separate ground wire must be used NOTE Use UL listed conduit and conduit connector to connect supply wire s to unit and
10. 5 ovem 4 AA 5 15 7 B 1 Mo 44 5 i Dd M LP d en QM N 24 t 1 e va 1 E 2 E Pond 2 1 BEN S VA x i To Ji Ble 1 E B N Ee 06 1 3 5 1 2 6 3410 410G 5 p DOCUMENT ISSUE RECORD up TT Eros E B Xing AU 2 NO DATE DESCRIPTION iz ae 1 9 12 13 FOR CONSTRUCTION 2 11 08 13 REVISION 1 EU 1 1 A Ax 1 MN D i _ hi5 pur j PROJECT NO 0 13 072 SCALE LAASI 4 AS SHOWN SHEET TITLE ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLANS POWER SHEET NO E2 0 8 13 E2 0 Covalent NS Consulting LLC 1708 Peachtree St Suite 210 Atlanta GA 30309 404 355 9334 main 404 835 1118 fax THIS DRAWING 15 THE PROPERTY OF COVALENT CONSULTING AND SHALL NOT BE USED WITHOUT PERMISSION COPYRIGHT COVALENT CONSULTING 2013 VA 2 gt gt 29 60 8 6 5 gt lt gt lt 5 ua gt So 994 he gt 5 z DOCUMENT ISSUE RECORD NO DATE DESCRIPTION 1 9 12 13 FOR CONSTRUCTION 2 11 08 13 REVISION 1 PROJECT NO 13 072 AS SHOWN SHEET TITLE ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES SHEET NO 4 0
11. SUITE 06 07 LANDLORD WORK WHITE PROVISIONS BUILDING A 1100 HOWELL MILL ROAD ATLANTA GA NO 25559 DOCUMENT ISSUE RECORD DATE DESCRIPTIO 9 12 13 FOR CONSTRUCTIC 9 18 13 REVISIONS 11 08 13 REVISIONS PROJECT ND 13 072 SCALE AS SHOWN SHEET TITLE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET ND MO 1 GENERAL NOTES COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION DUCT SIZES SHOWN ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS FOR NEW UNITS IN THIS SCOPE OF WORK PROVIDE A 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER THERMOSTAT WITH 50 FEET OF ADDITIONAL CONTROL WIRING IN THE SPACE COIL WIRING AND LOCATE WITH THERMOSTAT AT INTERIOR UNITS OR ON WALL ADJACENT TO EXTERIOR UNITS REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE SIZED BASED ON MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS COORDINATED WITH LINESET LENGTHS AND INSULATED WITH 1 THICK FLEXIBLE CELLULAR PIPE INSULATION REMOVE EXISTING CEILING TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED FOR THE NEW WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS REMOVE EXISTING CEILING BELOW NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MIN COP VOLT PHASE 1 2 COOLING CYC HEATING CYCLE HEAT PUMP ELEC CONNECTION LE VOLT NOMINAL MIN PHASE CAPACITY SEER CAPACITY p 087 SPECIFICATIONS _ _ _ _
12. PANELBOARD SCHEDULE EXISTING LA A06 PANELBOARD SCHEDULE EXISTING LA A06 A PANELBOARD SCHEDULE LA A07 ROOM VOLTS 208Y 120V 3P 4W 22 000 MAIN LUGS STANDARD BUS AMPS 225 NEUTRAL 100 MOUNTING FLUSH FED FROM 7 NOTE TEL BKBD SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACE VOLTS 208Y 120V 3P 4W 22 000 BKR MLO BUS AMPS 225 NEUTRAL 100 LUGS STANDARD 40 2 SPARE A C DED GF REFRIG DED GFI DISWASHER WATER HEATER NOTE 1 HP 2 SPACE CONN KVA CALC CONN KVA CALC KVA LIGHTING 0 0 125 CONTINUOUS 0 0 125 LARGEST MOTOR 7 32 9 15 125 HEATING 18 18 100 OTHER MOTORS 0 694 0 694 100 NONCONTINUOUS 0 0 100 RECEPTACLES 0 0 50 lt 10 KITCHEN EQUIP 0 0 N A NONCOIN DIVERSE 0 0 N A TOTAL KVA 26 BALANCED THREE PHASE AMPS 77 3 CONN CONN CALC CONN KYA CONN CALC LIGHTING 0 0 125 CONTINUOUS 0 0 125 LIGHTING 0 0 125 CONTINUOUS 0 0 125 LARGEST MOTOR 3 16 3 95 125 HEATING 7 2 7 2 100 LARGEST MOTOR 3 16 3 95 125 HEATING 0 0 100 OTHER MOTORS 0 694 0 694 100 NONCONTINUOUS 0 100 OTHER MOTORS 0 0 100 NONCONTINUOUS 0 0 100 RE
13. Rs gt 8 EN WARNING ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD FF1E CONTROL BOX A13032 Fig 3 Electric Heater Control Box The prior fan coil models with X 13 blower motors used a printed circuit board similar to the PSC models The current fan coils do not use the printed circuit board and rely on the motor control programming to provide the off delay timing Another design aspect of the control board was to provide a resistor in the G circuit in case a power stealing thermostat was used This resistor is no part of the wiring harness as shown on wiring diagram The resistor is a 2 watt 1500 ohm resistor If the resistor has failed open a likely cause is due to the power stealing thermostat Connecting C common may resolve the issue Having an open resistor should not affect the operation of the motor Fan Speed Selection The fan speed selection is done at the motor connector Units with or without electric heaters require a minimum CFM Refer to the unit wiring label to ensure that the fan speed selected is not lower than the minimum fan speed indicated To change motor speeds disconnect the BLUE fan lead from motor connector terminal No 2 factory default position and move to desired speed tap 1 2 3 or 5 Speed taps 1 2 and 3 have a 90 s
14. 2 Right Plate 1 Blower Deck ELECTRICAL PARTS 1 Control Mounting Plate 4 84v Transformer 9 Ground Lug 2 Arm And Grommet 2 Time Delay Relay 6 Copocitor 3 Blower Rela 7 Capacitor Strap 8 BLOWER 4 Terminal Block Note This illustration is for reference only A13139 Fig 18 FFMA sizes 30 amp 36 Expanded View Duct Components Blower amp Electrical Parts 21 EVAPORATOR PARTS amp DRAIN PANC30K amp 36K gt 7 Distributor Ass 8 Piston Installed 8 Throttle 9 Distributor 10 Capillary 13 Coil Roof Plate A13140 6 Header Ass 12 Drain Pan Coil 3 Col Airproof Plate 2 Col Support Plote 1 Filter Support Plate Note This illustration is for reference only 11 Drain Plu Fig 19 FFMA sizes 30 amp 36 Expanded View Evaporator Parts amp Drain Pan removed from the relays all relays will open with no time off delay TROUBLESHOOTING KFC AND KFD SERIES ELECTRIC HEATERS A Discolored Wire Insulation at Terminal Check quick connect terminal at discoloration Connection may be loose creating a high resistance through connection point B Fuse Failure 1 Check for shorted wire Replace wire Never try to fix wire using electrical tape 2 Check shorted element If element is shorted replace heater C No Heat 1 Check fuse for fa
15. Aa o N EB ro Eure coi En A o A o N Aa LX o En En 4 A O En A AB E A Lk A Aa 12 A gt NI oo O1 45 09 En zx gt Aa 43 Table 12 R 22 Superheat Chart 22 Vapor Line Temperature F Superheat F e e sof 12 14 16 18 20 221 24 26 28 5 94 6 A CO CO 60 Co OC CA Gay 5 5 5 5 5 BR BR RP AR CO 6 6 6 6 6 lt CO NED ay On 5 BR CO CO Of Of CO MD OD oi 5 o olol 2 OF A N A o 7 e i 53 55 57 se 61 So 521 sa se 58 62 So 521 sa 56 58 60 62 52 54 56 58 eof 62 64 N a alo ayo ARTA 60 60 j 5 BY Go PO BPR AAA a 2 o o o
16. Single Speed or Two Speed High Thermostat closes to Y Y2 and to A circuit R to Y1 is required for two speed high operation The unit delivers airflow selected by AC HP SIZE selection and CFM ADJUST selection Selected delay profile is active in this mode G Heat Pump Heating Mode 2 Speed Low Thermostat closes R to G and R to Y1 Unit delivers two speed low airflow for AC HP SIZE and CFM ADJUST selected Selected delay profile is active in this mode H Non Staged Auxiliary with Heat Pump Heating Mode Thermostat should already have closed R to G R to Y2 for heat pump heating operation With J2 jumper in place energizing either W1 W2 will produce the W2 airflow This is the greater of heat pump heating and auxiliary heat airflow plus an additional 15 percent The elected delay profile is not active in this mode l Staged Auxiliary Heat with Heat Pump Heating Mode The auxiliary heat can be staged by removing the J2 jumper that ties W1 and W2 terminals together Staging can be done by using outdoor thermostats or by using the Intelligent Heat Staging option where the indoor control can be configured for three stage electric heat The unit will automatically adjust airflow when the different stages of heat are energized The airflow delivered will depend on the heat pump size selected and electric heat size selected The greater of the two airflows will be delivered The selected delay profile is not active in thi
17. e A B C D four wire connections for Infinity User Interface R C W Y1 Y2 and wire connections for standard non communicating thermostat 25HNB6 25 24ANB7 and 24 1 units can run and are matched with User Interface UI communicating non communicating indoor fan coils and furnaces Only unit combinations listed in the two stage Product Data are recommended Line sets for two stage units are similar to the single stage units However some restrictions may apply to specific combinations in long line applications Refer to the Long Line Guideline for further information The Tennessee Valley Authority TVA requires that electric strip heat have a lockout feature This is achieved through Carrier thermostats required per above and must be used on all TVA approved units The new control board in the two stage units with Puron refrigerant has dip switches for defrost timing The Infinity controls provide these two stage units with high stage latching and Hybrid Heat dual fuel capabilities The standard Hybrid Heat duel fuel thermostat can be used on two stage units with Bristol reciprocating compressors only Low pressure switch is ignored for first 3 minutes during low ambient start up After 3 minutes if LPS trips then outdoor fan motor is turned off for 10 minutes with the compressor running LPS closes within 10 minutes then
18. 02 RVS Cooling Heat Stage 3 furnace Dry Contact 1 Dry Contact 2 24VAC Common Humidify Outdoor Air Temp Remote Room Sensor OAT RRS Com Fig 40 Thermidistat Model T6 PRH 01 or T6 NRH 01 with nd 2 Stage Heat Pump Variable Speed Furnace a non communicating TWO SPEED FURNACE AIR CONDITIONER Y1 Y2 5 Y2 DHUM 1 lt 21 6 HUM OUTDOOR EN SENSOR SINGLE STAGE THERMIDISTAT N A O W2 COOL STAGE 1 Y1 W2 L J 4 HEAT STAGE 1 W W1 L J 4 COOL STAGE2 2 j 4 FAN Bl 24 VAC HOT DEHUMIDIFY DHUM 24 VAC COMM HUMIDIFY HUM N A B OUTDOOR SENSOR CONNECTION 82 See Humidifier Instructions for proper wiring NOTE Connection not required on HK38EA016 026 circuit boards A13298 Fig 42 Single Stage Furnace with 2 Stage Air Conditioner ND LEGE Thermidistat Heat Pump RVS Cooling Heat Stage 3 Control Board Heat Cool Stage 1 1 Heat Cool Stage 2 2 Fan 24VAC Hot Heating 24VAC Hot Cooling J1 Jumper on Control Board Dry Contact 1 Dry Contact 2 24VAC Common Humidif Y Humidifier Solenoid Outdoor Air Temp Valve Remote Room Sensor Outdoor Sensor OAT RRS Com Remote Room Sensor
19. 1 2 12 5 8 1 6 3 4 1 8 7 8 2 0 1 1 8 2 6 Table 5 Puron System Suction Pressure Drop Puron Suction Line Pressure Drop psig Total Equivalent Line Length ft 80 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 8 10 12 15 17 20 22 25 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 13 17 21 25 29 33 38 42 4 5 7 8 9 10 12 13 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 7 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 9 11 14 16 19 22 24 27 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 11 14 18 21 25 28 32 35 4 5 7 8 9 11 12 14 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 6 7 9 10 12 14 16 17 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 8 10 13 16 18 21 23 26 4 5 6 8 9 10 12 13 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 NOTE The additional superheat at the compressor is due principally to heat gain in the 75 feet of suction line with a minor contribution by the pressure drop Because the suction line of the lineset was the same size as the vapor service valve fitting and less than 80 feet Tom could have ignored the pressure drop in the suction line and obtained the evaporator superheat by using the vapor service valve pressure of 125 psig saturated temperature 43 F and the evaporator outlet temperature of 53 The evaporator superheat is calculated to be 53 F 43 F 10 F 37 U Aal OoN wW O w NI e N Aal el eIl AlO MI al Nominal Suction Line Pressure Suction Size OD Drop Velocity Btuh in psi 100 ft
20. 4 i paag ix 21 a pr E b EX LA A07 tn E ML LL Iii lt gt eS US 0 d v n foja N QUAD RECEPTACLE FOR TELEPHONE NETWORK BACKBOARD 2 gt gt 3 i 9 gt MOUNT 6 6 AFF 0 2 f 1 lt Es 7 EN E RN C N 0 42 lt DME EN di PROVIDE 6 GROUND FROM BACKGROUND GROUNDING gt LE i k BUSBAR TO BUILDING GROUNDING ELECTRODE PROVIDE loo 4 1 E dy BAC p ra 3 4 X 4 X 8 BACKBOARD WITH TWO COATS OF WHITE f E EN NS b D SELES A FIREPROOF PAINT 5 oo 407 KN bA 0 MONA e ke lt pu p S Te MP 9 47 NLP Va NON 2 EXISTING 2 1 2 CONCUIT FROM METER RISER SEE E gt 4 E o 8 A Noua Un DETAIL SHEET E3 0 CURRENTLY RUNS TO BELOW METER 9 e DM a p a A05 2 CAP FOR FUTURE USE 1 i4 x 0 2 7 A EDO Eu 07 1 S 9 d ped N 0 pre A a N 5 4 E 2 07 2 4 6 E 1 3 4 346 106 N i T i 5 1 0 Pd 3 i lL A T gt 1 M
21. A12264 Fig 39 Thermidistat Models T6 PRH 01 or T6 NRH 01 Wiring with 2 Stage Heat Pump non communicating Furnace or Fan Coil Communicating User Interface Humidifier A13296 Fig 41 Variable Speed Furnace or Fan Coil Wiring with Communicating 2 Stage HP AC TWO SPEED AIR CONDITIONER SINGLE STAGE FURNACE TWO STAGE THERMOSTAT 24 Factory Wiring 24vField Wiring n Field Splice Connection A09306 55 See Humidifier Instructions for proper wiring NOTE Connection not required on HK38EA016 026 circuit boards A13297 Fig 43 2 Stage Thermostat with Single Stage Furnace and 2 Stage Air Conditioner Airflow Selection for Variable Speed Furnaces non communicating The variable speed furnaces provide blower operation to match the capacities of the compressor during high and low stage cooling operation The furnace control board allows the installing technician to select the proper airflows for each stage of cooling Below is a summary of required adjustments See furnace installation instructions for more details 1 Turn SW1 5 ON for 400 CFM ton airflow or OFF for 350 CFM ton airflow Factory default is OFF 2 The A C DIP switch setting determines airflow during high stage cooling operation Select the A
22. UNIT OVERCHARGED INCORRECT SIZE PISTON FAILED TXV A90207 COMPRESSOR RUNS BUT INSUFFICIENT COOLING HIGH SUCTION LOW HEAD PRESSURE REVERSING VALVE HUNG UP OR INTERNAL LEAK DEFECTIVE COMPRESSOR VALVES INTERNAL PRESSURE RELIEF OPEN HEAT PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING COOLING CYCLE DIRTY AIR FILTERS DUCT RESTRICTED DAMPERS PARTLY CLOSED INDOOR COIL FROSTED SLIGHTLY LOW ON REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE SLIGHTLY RESTRICTED PISTON RESTRICTED INCORRECT SIZE PISTON INDOOR COIL STRAINER RESTRICTED INDOOR BLOWER MOTOR DEFECTIVE OR CYCLING ON OL Fig 48 Heat Pump Troubleshooting Cooling Cycle NO COOLING OR INSUFFICIENT COOLING COMPRESSOR RUNS BUT CYCLES ON INTERNAL OVERLOAD OUTDOOR FAN STOPPED OR CYCLING ON OVERLOAD LOOSE LEAD AT FAN MOTOR OUTDOOR AIR DEFROST RELAY RESTRICTED OR N C CONTACTS RECIRCULATING OPEN DAMAGED OR STUCK MOTOR REVERSING DEFECTIVE VALVE RESTRICTED INCORRECT DISCHARGE OFM TUBE CAPACITOR OVERCHARGE OR NON CONDENSABLES IN SYSTEM DEFECTIVE DEFROST THERMOSTAT LOW REFRIGERANT CHARGE LINE VOLTAGE TOO HIGH OR LOW DEFECTIVE RUN CAPACITOR COMPRESSOR BEARINGS HIGH SUPERHEAT DEFECTIVE START CAPACITOR 63 COMPRESSOR WILL NOT RUN CONTACTOR CLOSED COMPRESSOR POWER SUPPLY OPEN LOOSE LEADS AT COMPRESSOR FAULTY START GEAR 1 PH OPEN SHORTED OR GROUNDED COMPRES
23. 4 1 l J1 255 p HUMIDISTAT 24 VAC RELAY a 1 ae qd TO EAC __ 95316 Fig 10 Humidistat Wiring for De Humidify Mode 12 98625 Fig 9 KFAIR0201ACR Relay Wiring Schematic control adjacent to System Communications connector A B C D is the System Status LED and it is labeled STATUS The green LED labeled COMM is also located adjacent to System Communications connector below STATUS LED and is used as an indicator of system communications status Status Codes will be displayed on the STATUS LED using the following protocol 1 The number of short flashes indicates first digit of code 2 The number of long flashes indicates second digit of code 3 A short flash is 0 25 seconds on A long flash is one second on 4 The time between flashes is 0 25 seconds 5 The time between last short flash and first long flash is 1 second 6 The LED will be off for 2 5 seconds before repeating code B Fan Coil Control Start Up and System Communications Troubleshooting On power up green COMM LED will be turned off until successful system communications are established this should happen within 10 seconds Once communications with User Interface are successful COMM LED will be lit and held on At the same time amber STATUS LED will be lit and held continuously on until a request for operating mode is received Th
24. Additional requirement for Low Ambient Controller full modulation feature MotorMaster Control Ataya Ask For FACTORY 1 THORILE AU Refrigerant Tubing and Sweat Connections Connect vapor tube to fitting on outdoor unit vapor service valves see Table 2 Connect liquid tubing to adapter tube on liquid service valve Use refrigerant grade tubing A UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Service valves must be wrapped in a heat sinking material such as a wet cloth while brazing Remove plastic retainer holding outdoor piston in liquid service valve leaving the piston and piston retainer inside the valve Connect sweat flare adapter provided to valve See Fig 4 Connect refrigerant tubing to fittings on outdoor unit vapor and liquid service valves Service valves are closed from factory and ready for brazing After wrapping service valve with a wet cloth tubing set can be brazed to service valve using either silver bearing or non silver bearing brazing material Do not use soft solder materials which melt below 800 F 427 C Consult local code requirements Refrigerant tubing and indoor coil are now ready for leak testing This check should include all field and factory joints NOTE Some outdoor units contain a mechanical fitting at the liquid distributor This connection is not field serviceable and should not be disturbed TEF
25. Most system problems can be diagnosed by reading the status code as flashed by the amber status light on the control board The codes are flashed by a series of short and long flashes of the status light The short flashes indicate the first digit in the status code followed by long flashes indicating the second digit of the Table 16 TROUBLESHOOTING POSSIBLE CAUSE AND ACTION Normal operation Normal operation Normal operation User made selection see instructions for more detail User made selection see instructions for more detail Communication with User Interface lost Check wiring to User Interface indoor and outdoor units Control does not detect a model plug or detects an invalid model plug Unit will not operate without correct model plug High pressure switch trip Check refrigerant charge outdoor fan operation and coils for airflow restrictions Low pressure switch trip Check refrigerant charge and indoor air flow Outdoor unit control board has failed Control board needs to be replaced Line voltage 187v for at least 4 seconds Compressor and fan operation not allowed until voltage7 190v Verify line voltage There is no 230v at the contactor when indoor unit is powered and cooling heating demand exists Verify the disconnect is closed and 230v wiring is connected to the unit Outdoor air sensor not reading or out of range Ohm out sensor and check wiring Coil sensor not reading or out of range
26. NEW HUB DRAIN ROUTE REFRIGERANT LINESETS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT ABOVE CEILING TO REMAIN IN SERVICE MATCHING 4 HEAT PUMP IN SECOND FLOOR MECHANICAL ROOM TO REMAIN MODIFY EXISTING CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE TO TERMINATE AT NEW HUB DRAIN WITHIN A07 TENANT AREA SEE COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING SERVICES WITH DUCT OPENING FOR RETURN AIR AND 10 OUTSIDE AIR DUCT CONNECTION TRAP AND ROUTE CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE HUB DRAIN SUSPENDED ABOVE EXISTING CEILING REMOVE CEILING AS NEEDED FOR INSTALLATION AND ACCESS PROVIDE 24 RETURN AIR INLET Ld ROUTING OF EXISTING DUCTWORK 1 APPROXIMATE FIELD VERIFY CONDITIONS ABOVE CEILING PRIOR TO WORK EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT ABOVE CEILING TO REMAIN IN SERVICE MATCHING 5 TON HEAT PUMP IN SECOND FLOOR MECHANICAL ROOM TO REMAIN SUSPENDED ABOVE EXISTING CEILING REMOVE CEILING AS NEEDED FOR INSTALLATION AND ACCESS PROVIDE 24 RETURN INLET WITH DUCT OPENING FOR RETURN AIR 1079 OUTSIDE AIR DUCT CONNECTION T AND ROUTE CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE EXISTING DRAIN EXISTING CEILING AND DIFFUSERS TO REMAIN EXISTING AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITHIN TENANT AREA A06 TO REMAIN 5 EXISTING AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITHIN TENANT AREA A07 TO REMAIN 7 Bi 1 EXISTING CEILING AND DIFFUSERS TO REMAIN
27. 13031 Fig 13 FE4A ECM Plug Wiring Diagram The following troubleshooting techniques will assist in determining the correct component to replace when the Fan Coil Board HK38AEO011 presents a Fault Code 44 or 41 1 Disconnect power from the unit 240V 2 Disconnect the ABCD connector from the board 3 Disconnect Plug 1 from the board HK38AE011 See Fig 13 4 Turn on power 240 volts 5 After reestablishing power you should receive Fault Code 44 and the motor LED should be off 6 Place a jumper across the R and G terminals on the low voltage terminal block 7 Fault Code 44 should still be flashing 8 The Motor LED should be flashing indicating the board is able to transmit a signal to the motor 9 If Motor LED is not flashing check to ensure that 24V is present across R and C on the low voltage terminal block and that there is a good connection with the R and G jump er 10 If 24V is present and the jumper connections are good 11 Replace the board Check Board 12 If Fault Code 44 and the Motor LED are both flashing place a DC voltmeter across terminals PL1 1 Red to PL1 2 Green See Fig 13 13 Across terminal PL1 1 and PL1 2 a 12 Vdc should be present If 12Vdc is not present replace circuit board HK38AE011 14 If Fault Code 44 is flashing and the Motor LED is flashing place a DC voltmeter across terminal PL1 3 and PL1 2 C 15 Across terminal PL1 3 and PL1 2 the
28. Quiet Shift is a field selectable defrost mode which may eliminate occasional noise that could be heard at the start of the defrost cycle and restarting of the heating cycle models with non communicating system this feature must be enabled by selecting the 3rd position of the 3 position dip switch For models with communicating Infinity systems it must be enabled at the User Interface When activated the following sequence of operation will occur Reversing valve will energize and compressor will turn off for 30 seconds then turn back on to complete defrost At the end of the defrost cycle the reversing valve de energizes compressor will turn off for another 30 seconds and the fan will turn off for 40 seconds before starting in the heating mode Quiet Shift 2 communicating models part HK38EA016 HK38EA022 HK38EA023 Quiet Shift 2 is a field selectable defrost mode which may eliminate occasional noise that could be heard at the start and finish of the defrost cycle On a non communicating system this feature must be enabled by selecting the 3rd position of the 3 position dip switch on the outdoor control board For communicating systems it must be enabled at the User Interface When activated the following sequence of operation occurs Defrost Initiation The compressor is de energized for 70 seconds During this 70 second compressor off time the reversing valve will be energized Once the 70 second compress
29. S Piles eleleleBER E 1 Q 9 5 AMP n 1 9 R C J2 1 S Wo gt 9 gt G3 Ye DIODE LOGIC L S 8 S Y Y Y Y AUXHEAT AC HP SYSTEM ON OFF CONTINUOUS KW CFM SIZE TYPE ADJUST DELAY FAN 96431 Table 1 Motor and Modules Fig 8 Easy Select Board Schematic 8 Model Size FV4B 002 FV4B 003 FV4B 005 FV4B 006 FV4C 002 Series FV4C_003 Series FV4C_005 Series FVA4C 006 Series FV4C 002 Series B FV4C_003 Series B FV4C_005 Series B FV4C_006 Series B SS Table 2 Connections and Connectors FK4C Description Common to screw terminal G Common to W2 screw terminal Common to W2 screw terminal Common to W1 screw terminal Common to W1 screw terminal R 24Vac Common to transformer C Common to transformer C Common to transformer C Common to DH screw terminal Terminals Energized R Y Y2 G DH R Y Y2
30. The red blue or black speed lead is wired to SPT terminal on fan relay part of PCB Units are factory wired on medium speed blue lead connected NOTE Unused fan speed leads must be capped or taped off to prevent direct short to cabinet surface 2 Functional Control Thermostat and Relay Control When thermostat calls for the fan in cooling heat pump heating or fan only mode a 24 Vac signal is sent to relay This causes the relay to close its normally open contacts turning on fan When thermostat no longer calls for the fan FAN COIL DESCRIPTION AND TROUBLESHOOTING FYS FH4 4 even sizes and FF1E even sizes FAN MOTOR The motor is two or three speed direct drive High speed lead is black low speed lead is red and common lead is yellow Be sure proper blower speed has been selected The motor is turned on through two different routes The first occurs when thermostat calls for the fan in cooling heat pump or fan only mode A 24 Vac signal is sent to relay causing relay to close its normally open contacts turning fan on The second occurs when there is a call for electric heat A 24 Vac signal is sent to heater sequencer relay causing it to close directing 230V through the normally closed contact of fan relay turning fan on The fan remains on until sequencer relay opens If motor does run test motor for an open winding or a winding shorted to motor case If either is present replace motor ELEC
31. energizing through the User Interface setup screen available with SYSTXCCUIDOI1 V UL or forced defrost pins as follows 46 Airflow Selections for 24ANB7 25HNB6 24 25HNB9 Using Non Communicating Non Infinity Thermostats Airflow Selection for 58 58 Furnaces The 58CVA 58MVB variable speed furnaces provide high and low stage blower operation to match the capacities of the compressor at high and low stages To select the recommended airflow and for adjustments to the manual switches labeled SW1 5 AC and CF on the control board refer to the furnace Installation Instructions The 58CVA 58MVB utilizes a control center that allows the installing technician to select the proper airflows The HP switch determines the airflow during high stage compressor operation Airflow for high and low stage can be calculated at either 350 CFM per ton or 400 CFM per ton based on the positions of SW1 5 When using communicating Infinity control dipswitch adjustments are not necessary on furnaces Aijrflows determined by Infinity Control setup Airflow Selection for FV4 Fan Coils for 24ANB1 24ANB7 25HNB6 25HNB9 Using Non Communicating Non Infinity Thermostats The FV4 provides high and low stage blower operation to match the capacities of compressor at high and low stage To select recommended airflow refer to FV4 Installation Instructions The FV4 utilizes an Easy Select control board that allows the i
32. installed piston Be sure Teflon seal is in place 4 Reinstall hex nut Finger tighten nut plus 1 2 turn NOTE If the piston is not removed from the body TXV will not function properly A CAUTION EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Use a brazing shield and wrap TXV with wet cloth or use heat sink material 5 Install TXV on indoor coil liquid line Sweat swivel adapter to inlet of indoor coil and attach to TXV outlet Use backup wrench to avoid damage to tubing or valve Sweat inlet of TXV marked IN to liquid line Avoid excessive heat which could damage valve 6 Install vapor elbow with equalizer adapter to suction tube of line set and suction connection to indoor coil Adapter has a 1 4 in male connector for attaching equalizer tube 7 Connect equalizer tube of TXV to 1 4 in equalizer fitting on vapor line adapter 8 Attach TXV bulb to horizontal section of suction line using clamps provided Insulate bulb with supplied insulation tape See Fig 23 for correct positioning of sensing bulb 9 Proceed with remainder of unit installation 10 O CLOCK 2 O CLOCK SENSING BULB STRAP TUBE Fig 23 Position of Sensing Bulb 08083 29 Thermostatic Expansion Valve TXV fan coils and furnace coils will have a factory installed thermostatic expansion valve TXV The TXV will be a bi flow
33. mostat is set to continuous fan 1 COMFORT OPTIONS WARMER HEATING AND SUPER DEHUMIDIFY See Fig 21 for Quick Reference Guide The FV4C Fan Coil provides better than average humidity control and heated air temperature This configuration will improve the comfort provided by the heat pump system if more humidity removal or if warmer heating air is desired While providing this improved comfort the heat pump system will operate efficiently but not at the published HSPF or ARI SEER efficiency The following fan coil configuration is recommended for maximum heating and cooling dehumidifying comfort See Fig 17 1 AUX HEAT KW CFM Select narrowest heater range to match size of electric heater installed skip this step if no heater is installed 2 AC HP SIZE Select system size installed 3 SYSTEM TYPE Select system type HP COMFORT for heat pump system or AC for air conditioner system 4 AC HP CFM ADJUST Select LO 5 ON OFF DELAY Select ENH profile 6 CONTINUOUS FAN Select desired fan speed when ther mostat is set to continuous fan ON BW 7 If the fan coil is installed with Intelligent Heat Staging cap able electric heaters remove jumper J2 See Fig 17 NOTE If configuring to run warmer heating do not remove jumper J2 when using 5 8 or 10 kW heaters 8 Remove jumper J1 to activate dehumidify modes 9 Wire low voltage connections as shown in Fig 9 10 11 or 12 10 Config
34. panel It contains information needed to properly install unit Check rating plate to be sure unit matches job specifications Install on a Solid Level Mounting Pad If conditions or local codes require the unit be attached to pad tie down bolts should be used and fastened through knockouts provided in unit base pan Refer to unit mounting pattern in Fig 2 to determine base pan size and knockout hole location For hurricane tie downs contact distributor for details and PE Certification Professional Engineer if required On rooftop applications mount on level platform or frame Place unit above a load bearing wall and isolate unit and tubing set from structure Arrange supporting members to adequately support unit and minimize transmission of vibration to building Consult local codes governing rooftop applications Roof mounted units exposed to winds above 5 mph may require wind baffles Consult the Service Manual Residential Split System Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps for wind baffle construction NOTE Unit must be level to within 2 23 8 in ft 9 5 mm m per compressor manufacturer specifications Clearance Requirements When installing allow sufficient space for airflow clearance wiring refrigerant piping and service Allow 24 in 609 6 mm clearance to service end of unit and 48 in 1219 2 mm above unit For proper airflow a 6 152 4 mm clearance on 1 side of unit and 12 in 304 8 mm on all remaini
35. specific models Information in this document refers to units produced in 2012 and later Refer to Service Manual number 24 25 3SM for products produced 2006 2012 REQUIRED FOR SEA COAST APPLICATIONS Within 2 miles 3 22 km No No No No Yes No No Recommended No ACCESSORIES Table 1 Required Field Installed Accessories for Air Conditioners REQUIRED FOR LONG LINE APPLICA TIONS No Yes Yes t No Yes No No No No REQUIRED FOR LOW AMBIENT COOLING APPLICATIONS Below 55 12 8 Yes Tt Yes Yes 3 Yes 3 Yes No Yes 3 Recommended Yes 1 ACCESSORY Ball Bearing Fan Motor Compressor Start Assist Capacitor and Relay Crankcase Heater Evaporator Freeze Thermostat Hard Shut Off TXV Liquid Line Solenoid Valve Motor Master or Low ambient Pressure Switch Support Feet Winter Start Control For tubing line sets between 80 and 200 ft 24 38 and 60 96 m and or 35 ft 10 7 m vertical differential refer to Residential Piping and Longline Guideline t Additional requirement for Low Ambient Controller full modulation feature MotorMaster Control REQUIRED FOR SEA COAST APPLICA TIONS Within 2 miles 3 22 km Standard No No No No Yes No No No Recommended t Infinity 2 stage units come standard with this accessory Not required on 2 stage Table 2 Required Field Installed Accessories for Heat Pumps REQUIRED FOR LONG LINE APPLICA
36. 000 980 42 000 1140 48 000 1305 36 000 1100 42 000 1140 48 000 1305 60 000 1630 HEAT PUMP UNIT SIZE Heater Only 018 024 030 036 Heater Only 024 030 036 042 Heater Only 018 036 042 048 Heater Only 018 042 048 060 FAN UNIT SIZE 002 003 FAN UNIT SIZE 005 006 FAN COIL UNIT 002 003 005 006 NOTES 1 Heater conditioner with electric heater application 2 These airflows are minimum acceptable airflows as UL listed Actual airflow delivered will be per airflow deliver chart for Electric Heating Modes FV4C Signal on Pin with Screw Terminal Jumpered to R 24VAC 12VDC OV 24VAC on no call 24VAC continuous 24VAC 12VDC 24VAC Table 7 Wiring connection of FV Fan Coil Wiring Harness 16 IN PLUG ON WIRING HARNESS TO MOTOR Wire Color Brown Violet Orange White Blue Black Black Not Used Orange Gray Violet Red White Yellow Green Not Used WIRING HARNESS CONNECTION TO EASY SELECT BOARD Pin on 12 Plug or Set up Selection Pin 9 on PL 1 Pin 7 on PL 1 Pin 10 on 1 On Off Delay Selection AC HP Size Selection Pin 3 on PL 1 AC HP Adjust Selection N A System Type Selection Pin 12 on 1 Aux Heat Size Selection Pin 8 on 1 Pin 4 on 1 Pin 2 on PL 1 Pin 1 on PL 1 N A Description Common W
37. 63 65 16 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 18 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 20 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 22 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 24 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 26 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 28 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 30 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 11 FINAL CHECKS CARE AND MAINTENANCE IMPORTANT Before leaving job be sure to do the following For continuing high performance and to minimize possible 1 Ensure that all wiring is routed away from tubing and sheet equipment failure periodic maintenance must be performed on this metal edges to prevent rub through or wire pinching equipment 2 Ensure that all wiring and tubing is secure in unit before Frequency of maintenance may vary depending upon geographic adding panels and covers Securely fasten all panels and areas such as coastal applications See Users Manual for Covers information 3 Tighten service valve stem caps to 1 12 turn past finger tight 4 Leave Owner s Manual with owner Explain system opera tion and periodic maintenance requirements outlined in manual 5 Fill out Dealer Installation Checklist and place in customer file PURON R 410A QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE Puron refrigerant operates at 50 70 percent higher pressures than 22 Be
38. 69 O NIN Or Od Od OD wj O01 60 2 CO A N E olo NI ci Ni Hi N alata Ni TH NT S o oljojejojo o ai Ni om ajaloo 4 3 N oo i 6 6 34 3 i 6 6 34 3 gt o o oo N N 170 180 185 190 195 100 200 102 205 103 210 105 215 107 220 108 225 110 230 235 240 114 245 116 250 117 255 119 260 120 265 121 270 123 275 280 285 290 295 300 305 310 315 320 325 330 N ajo N x ojojo NI NJ NININ 60 Ol cx A o 4 ojo O alaaa F N 113 ojo ojo ojo O amp Oojo AJN ojo En o N c A A A En o En o En En o En o N 4 A zi C A En o Aa o N Aa o A Aa a ary a A A a i za Aa O A oO AJN o Aa o N O1 PO 1 09 En o
39. ALL POWER AND DEVICES ARE CURRENTLY FED FROM PANEL 9 AND TL6 v pre 3 SA THESE PANELS ARE TO BE RELABLED AS SHOWN ON THESE PLANS TO LA AO6 EATING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN RECONNECT PANEL XN s EN AND LA AOG6A RESPECTIVELY 07 THAT NOW SERVES THIS SPACE SIZE WIRE AND BREAKER IN ACCORDANCE TO EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER S hi gt M MCA AND MOCP IN ADDITION RECIRCUIT ASSOCIATED HEAT gy kn em ee PUMP UNIT AS SHOWN UPSIZE CIRCUIT WIRE SIZE WHERE AN CIRCUIT EXCEEDS 100 FT fo O NA 6 EXISTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT SHOWN ARE FOR REFERENCE ONLY EXISTING e 5 EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN RECONNECT AS SHOWN 6 SERVICE RECEPTACLE EQUIPMENT PROVIDE WHERE NO 2 MAY CONTAIN MORE OR LESS ALL FIXTURES AND CIRCUITS FOR SPACE A07 EXISTING IS WITHIN 25 FT OF EQUIPMENT PROVIDE of SHALL BE RECIRCUITED TO PANEL INDICATED 20A 1P CIRCUIT TO HOUSE PANEL AND UPDATE PANEL e 0 6 gt CHOSEXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES SHOWN TO REMAIN UPDATE FIRE ALARM PANEL TO ES om M 2 DEMOLISH EXISTING DEVICES LOCATED IN NEW OPENING i Za Ne ur AR RECONNECT CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED ola 5 Ed E d 3 E 2 5 NE o s ES NS Ss N P 9 EXISTING RECEPTACLE DEVICE RECIRCUIT TO PANEL 5
40. BARS SMOKE DAMPER DUCT MOUNTED STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR SPLITTER DAMPER VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE WET BULB TEMPERATURE WALL LOUVER WALL OPENING MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONS ABOVE CEILING ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AIR HANDLING UNIT CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE CHILLED WATER PUMP CHILLED WATER RETURN CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CONNECT TO EXISTING CONDENSER WATER PUMP CONDENSATE DRAIN DRY BULB TEMPERATURE ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE F EXHAUST FAN EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE FIRE DAMPER HEAT PUMP HOT WATER COIL HOT WATER PUMP HOT WATER RETURN HOT WATER SUPPLY MECHANICAL LEGEND NOTE THESE ARE STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS ALL ABBREVIATIONS SHOWN ABOVE MAY NOT APPEAR ON DRAWINGS 14 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND ORDERING SUBMIT FOR REVIEW FIVE COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS ON EQUIPMENT AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES AND CONTROLS Y O 2 Y LJ 2 lt N C lt M D C LJ 2 DOCUMENT ISSUE RECORD DATE DESCRIPTIO 9 12 13 FOR CONSTRUCTIC 9 18 13 REVISIONS 3 11 08 13 REVISIDNS PROJECT NO 13 072 SCALE AS SHOWN SHEET TITLE MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS SHEET NO MO 1 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE THE DRAWINGS ARE BELIEVED TO BE A FAIRLY ACCURATE REPRESENTATION OF THE EXISTING WORK HOWEVER THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING ON SITE INVESTIGATIONS TO DETERMINE THE ACCURACY OF THE EXISTING CONDITION DRAW
41. C DIP switch setting corresponding to the available airflow shown in the furnace Installation Instructions that most closely matches the re quired airflow shown in the air conditioning Product Data for HIGH speed 3 The CF DIP switch setting determines airflow during low stage cooling operation Select the CF DIP switch setting corresponding to the available airflow shown in the furnace installation instructions that most closely matches the re quired airflow shown in the air conditioning Product Data for LOW speed If a higher or lower continuous fan speed is desired the continuous fan speed can be changed using the fan switch on the thermostat Refer to the furnace Installa tion Instructions for details of how to use this feature Airflow Selection for FV4C Fan Coils non communicating The FV4 provides high and low stage blower operation to match the capacities of the compressor at high and low stage To select recommended airflow refer to the FV4C Installation Instructions The FV4C utilizes an Easy Select control board that allows the installing technician to select proper airflows This fan coil has an adjustable blower off delay factory set at 90 sec for high and low stage blower operation 56 TWO STAGE NON COMMUNICATING 24ACB7 25HCB6 These units are a low cost 2 stage option that 15 non communicating utilizing 2 stage scroll technology These units require Performance Boost furnace 58PH 58 variable
42. CLEARANCE UPFLOW DOWNFLOW SECONDARY DRAIN UPFLOW DOWNFLOW PRIMARY DRAIN UPFLOW DOWNFLOW SECONDARY DRAIN UPFLOW DOWNFLOW PRIMARY DRAIN Fig 2 Slope Coil Unit in Upflow Application FV4C A COIL HORIZONTAL LEFT g vd SECONDARY DRAIN PRIMARY DRAIN FIELD SUPPLIED HANGING STRAPS FRONT SERVICE CLEARANCE Full face of unit 002 005 21 533 mm 006 24 610 mm LOW VOLT ENTRY OPTIONS 13 4 44 mm FILTER ACCESS CLEARANCE PRIMARY DRAIN SECONDARY POWER DRAIN ENTRY OPTIONS A09323 Fig 3 Slope Coil in Horizontal Left Application Factory Ready A 7 SS FACTORY SHIPPED co MAREM HORIZONTAL LEFT amp 0 APPLICATION 5 4 Q Zz COIL cs cS SUPPORT X 279 RAIL 8 0 2 DRAIN PAN E SUPPORT BRACKET gt le 0 SE 2 COIL BRACKET 7 9 XQ SG 4 HORIZONTAL DRAIN PAN PRIMARY DRAIN HORIZONTAL LEFT ASSEMBLY SECONDARY DRAIN HORIZONTAL LEFT REFRIGERANT CONNECTIONS A00072 Fig 4 A Coil in Horizontal Left Application Factory Ready C Horizontal Installations Be sure installation complies with all applicable building codes that may require installation of a secondary condensate pan 1 Arrange support for unit by setting it in or above secondary condensate pan 2 When suspending unit from ceiling dimples in casing indic at
43. CONTROL FAN COIL 2 SPEED HEAT PUMP HEAT COOL STAGE 1 Hwr 3 HEAT STAGE 3 I REMOVE 2 JUMPER FOR wel STAGING viY2 2 lt THs REMOVE J1 FOR DEHUMIDIFY MODES HEAT COOL STAGE 2 FAN E 24vacHoT H 7 DEHUMIDIFY 24 COMM HUMIDIFY RVS HEATING 0 OO EN m Sno HE SENSOR CONNECTION J HUMIDIFIER E 24 VAC 02005 Fig 12 FV4C Fan Coil Wiring with 2 Speed Puron R 410A Refrigerant Heat Pump C Intelligent Heat Staging Option Intelligent Heat staging of the electric heat package is possible when the FV4C is installed as a part of a single speed heat pump system using a corporate 2 speed programmable thermostat Thermidistat Control or capable zoning control and any 1 of the following electric heat packages Relay heaters KFCEH2901N09 KFCEH3001F15 KFCEH3101C15 KFCEH3201F20 KFCEH3301C20 KFCEH3401F24 or KFCEH3501F30 Complete system low voltage wiring as shown in Fig 9 10 11 or 12 NOTE Where local codes require thermostat wiring be routed through conduit or raceways splices can be made inside the fan coil unit All wiring must be NEC Class 1 and must be separated from incoming power leads A factory authorized disconnect kit is available for installation of 0 through 10 kW applications When electric heat packages with circuit breakers are installed the circuit breaker can be used as a d
44. DC volt meter should display 5Vdc The voltage should be very stable and should not fluctuate more than 02Vdc If the voltage fluctuates get a different voltmeter before proceed ing to the following steps 16 Reconnect Plug 1 to circuit board HK38AE011 and con nect DC voltmeter across terminals PL1 3 Yellow and PL1 2 Green Does the voltage appear to fluctuate more than in step 15 Typical voltmeters will show a fluctuation of 2Vdc to 1Vdc The amount of fluctuation is not import ant You could see even more fluctuation depending on the voltmeter used 17 control cannot discern the difference between an open sensor or if a sensor is not installed F Emergency Heating and Cooling Modes Fan coil control can provide emergency heating or cooling using common heat cool thermostat in the event that there are no system communications fault is in User Interface and no replacement is immediately available To activate these modes the thermostat and outdoor unit must be wired as a common heating cooling system to fan coil control RYWC terminals Fan coil control must be powered and displaying Status Code 16 System Communication Fault NOTE These emergency modes do not provide the level of comfort and efficiency expected by the consumer and should only be activated when User Interface cannot be replaced immediately FE4A FAN COIL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION The FE4A fan coil is designed for installation with a communicating
45. DH R Y Y2 G DH W2 R Y Y2 G DH O Y Y2 2 adjust airflow as required Below 10 F the W1 control output will automatically energize on a call for heat The ECM2 3 5 0 power connections are made at the transformer primary terminals The transformer secondary connections are made at 1 and SEC2 connectors EASY SELECT CONFIGURATION TAPS The Easy Select taps are used by installer to configure system The ECM2 3 5 0 uses selected taps to modify its operation to a pre programmed table of airflows Airflows are based on system size and mode of operation and those airflows are modified in response to other inputs such as the need for de humidification See Fig 7 The FV4 Fan Coils must be configured to operate properly with system components with which it is installed To successfully configure a basic system see information printed on circuit board located next to select pins move the six select wires to pins which match components used along with homeowner preferences A Auxiliary Heat Range The installer must select the auxiliary heat airflow approved for application with kW size heater installed Each select pin is marked with a range of heaters for which airflow also marked is approved For increased comfort select the narrowest kW range matching the heater size for example 0 10 for a 10 kW heater This airflow must be greater than the minimum CFM for electric heater application wi
46. EL SS CEBD430226 01B 55430226 01 t t 0600000090009 cuti HEATER MOTOR BEY O MOLEX 12 PIN CONNECTOR Fig 17 Detail of FV4C Printed Circuit Board A95275 ooo xs il 95276 Fig 18 Detail of FV4C Printed Circuit Board The FV4C Fan Coil must be configured to operate properly with system components with which it is installed To successfully configure a basic system see information printed on circuit board label located next to select pins move the 6 select wires to the pins which match the components used A AUX HEAT KW CFM Select heater range for size of electric heater installed Installer must select the auxiliary heat airflow approved for application with kW size heater installed If no heater is installed this step can be skipped Each select pin is marked with a range of heaters for which airflow also marked is approved For increased comfort select the narrowest kW range matching the heater size for example 0 10 for 10 kW heater This airflow must be greater than the minimum CFM for electric heater application with the size system installed for safe and continuous operation See Table 5 and 6 for airflow delivery and minimum CFM Note that airflow marked is the airflow which will be supplied in emergency heat mode and h
47. FAN MOTOR BURNED OUT DEFROST RELAY N C CONTACTS OPEN ON CIRCUIT BOARD FAN MOTOR CONTACTS WELDED CLOSED IN DEFROST RELAY REVERSING VALVE DID NOT SHIFT UNIT NOT PROPERLY CHARGED Fig 47 Heat Pump Troubleshooting Heating Cycle 62 NO HEATING OR INSUFFICIENT HEATING COMPRESSOR RUNS BUT CYCLES ON INTERNAL OVERLOAD DIRTY FILTERS OR INDOOR COIL INDOOR FAN STOPPED OR CYCLING ON OVERLOAD DEFECTIVE FAN MOTOR CAPACITOR DAMAGED LOOSE LEADS REVERSING AT VALVE FAN MOTOR RESTRICTION IN DISCHARGE LINE OUT OVERCHARGE OR NON CONDENSABLES IN SYSTEM LOW REFRIGERANT CHARGE LINE VOLTAGE TOO HIGH OR LOW DEFECTIVE RUN CAPACITOR 1 PH COMPRESSOR BEARINGS HIGH LOAD CONDITION REVERSING VALVE JAMMED IN MIDPOSITION HIGH SUPERHEAT DEFECTIVE START CAPACITOR COMPRESSOR WILL NOT RUN CONTACTOR CLOSED COMPRESSOR POWER SUPPLY LOOSE LEADS AT COMPRESSOR FAULTY START GEAR 1 PH COMPRESSOR STUCK COMPRESSOR INTERNAL OVERLOAD OPEN OPEN SHORTED OR GROUNDED COMPRESSOR WINDINGS DEFECTIVE RUN CAPACITOR DEFECTIVE START CAPACITOR CONTACT OPEN DEFECTIVE LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER REMOTE CONTROL CENTER DEFECTIVE CONTACTOR COIL OPEN OR SHORTED OPEN INDOOR THERMOSTAT LIQUID LINE PRESSURE SWITCH OPEN LOSS OF CHARGE OPEN CONTROL CIRCUIT HIGH SUCTION LOW SUPERHEAT
48. Factory charge amount and desired subcooling are shown on unit rating plate Additional subcooling may be required to achieve optimal heating performance based on the installed indoor unit see Table 5 or 6 Charging method is shown on information plate inside unit For TXV use subcooling method For piston use superheat method To properly check or adjust charge conditions must be favorable for subcooling or superheat charging Favorable conditions exist when the outdoor temperature is between 70 and 100 21 11 C and 37 78 C and the indoor temperature is between 70 and 80 F 21 11 and 26 67 C Follow the procedure below Unit is factory charged for 1511 4 57 m of lineset Adjust charge by adding or removing 0 6 oz ft 018 kg m of 3 8 liquid line above or below 15ft 4 57 m respectively For standard refrigerant line lengths 80 ft 24 38 m or less allow system to operate in cooling mode at least 15 minutes If conditions are favorable check system charge by super heat method for fixed metering device and subcooling method for TXV If any adjustment is necessary adjust charge slowly and allow system to operate for 15 minutes to stabilize before declaring a properly charged system Refer to Table 5 or 6 for additional subcooling required If the indoor temperature is above 80 F 26 67 C and the outdoor temperature is in the favorable range adjust system charge by weight based on line length and allow the in
49. Filter Drier Indoor Refer to Fig 6 and install filter drier as follows 1 Braze 5 in 127 mm liquid tube to the indoor coil 2 Wrap filter drier with damp cloth 3 Braze filter drier to 5 in 127 mm long liquid tube from step 1 4 Connect and braze liquid refrigerant tube to the filter drier A05227 Fig 6 Liquid Line Filter Drier a I ite Q e I ite N e I i N a I ite Q o e I ite N I i N Table 3 3 Phase Monitor LED Indicators LED STATUS OFF No call for compressor operation FLASHING Reversed phase ON Normal Connect Control Wirin Route 24v control wires through control wiring grommet and connect leads to control wiring See Thermostat Installation Instructions for wiring specific unit combinations See Fig 10 Use No 18 AWG color coded insulated 35 C minimum wire If thermostat is located more than 100 ft 30 5 m from unit as measured along the control voltage wires use No 16 AWG color coded wire to avoid excessive voltage drop All wiring must be NEC Class 1 and must be separated from incoming power leads Use furnace transformer fan coil transformer or accessory transformer for control power 24v 40va minimum NOTE Use of available 24v accessories may exceed the minimum 40va power requirement Determine total transform
50. Puron TXV or properly sized Puron piston metering device Never open system to atmosphere while it is under a vacuum When system must be opened for service recover refrigerant evacuate then break vacuum with dry nitrogen and replace filter driers Evacuate to 500 microns prior to recharging Do not vent Puron into the atmosphere Do not use capillary tube coils Observe all warnings cautions and bold text Copyright 2013 Carrier Corp 7310 W Morris St Indianapolis IN 46231 Edition Date 06 13 Catalog No 25HBB C HCD 03SI Manufacturer reserves the right to change at any time specifications and designs without notice and without obligations Replaces 25 02 1 12 Bardi 24 7 Heating amp Air Conditioning Ps The Climate s Always Right With Bardi QA Section 2 Fan Coil Unit Carrier www bardi com 2175 Royal Palm Court Norcross Georgia 30071 e Residential 770 263 5355 Commercial 770 263 9300 e Fax 770 263 9400 Residential Fan Coil Units FB4 FE4 FFIE FH4 FV4 FX4 PF4 FFM Service and Maintenance Instructions In Canada refer to the current editions of the Canadian Electrical Code CSA C22 1 Recognize safety information This is the safety alert symbol When you see this symbol on the unit and in instruction manuals be alert to the potential for personal injury Understand the signal words DANGER WARNING and CAUTION These words are used with the safety ale
51. Spacer A11380 Fig 45 Louver Spacer Location CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Coil fin damage can result in higher operating costs or compressor damage Do not use flame high pressure water steam volatile or corrosive cleaners on fins or tubing 3 Clean coil using vacuum cleaner and its crevice tool Move crevice tool vertically close to area being cleaned making sure tool touches only dirt on fins and not fins to prevent fin damage do not scrub fins with tool or move tool horizontally against fins 4 If oil deposits are present spray coil with ordinary household detergent Wait 10 minutes and proceed to next step 5 Using garden hose spray coil vertically downward with constant stream of water at moderate pressure Keep nozzle at a 15 to 20 angle about 3 in from coil face and 18 in from tube Spray so debris is washed out of coil and basepan 6 Reinstall top cover and position blade 7 Reconnect electrical power and check for proper operation Cleaning Outdoor Fan Motor and Blade 1 Remove fan motor and blade Be careful not to bend or dent fan blade 2 Clean motor and blade with soft brush or cloth Be careful not to disturb balance weights on fan blade 3 Check fan blade setscrew for tightness 4 Reinstall fan motor and blade to top cover and check for alignment 5 Reinstall top cover and position
52. TYP 1 9 12 13 FOR CONSTRUCTIO 2 9 18 13 REVISIONS TENES 3 11 08 13 REVISIONS Ix DOWN TO TENANT SPACE X 00 OO E 13 072 SCALE AS SHOWN SHEET TITLE A M 4 Y d gt 6 MECHANICAL S 4 6 4 NEW WORK PLAN SECOND FLOOR SHEET SECOND FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL AS B U LIS Scale 1 4 1 0 2 1 EXHIBIT SUBCONTRACTOR VENDOR WARRANTY FORM PROJECT WHTIE PROVISION LANDLORDS WORK SUITE A06 A07 OWNER WHITE PROVISION REDEVELOPEMENT L P GENERAL CONTRACTOR Derucki Construction Company LLC We PUTZEL ELECTRIC Subcontractor Vendor for WHITE PROVISION SUITE A06 A07 described in Specification Section s Reference Subcontract Exhibit A Do hereby warrant that all labor and materials furnished and work performed in conjunction with the above referenced project are in accord with the Contract Documents and authorized modifications thereto and will be free from defects due to defective materials and workmanship for a period of ONE YEAR from Date of Acceptance This warranty commences on 12 20 2013 and expires on 12 20 2014 Should any defect develop during the warranty period due to improper material workmanship or arrangement the same shall upon written notice by the Owner be made good by the undersigned at no expense to the Owner Nothing in the above shall be deemed to apply to work which has
53. a time delay relay circuit the indoor blower will run an additional 90 seconds to increase system efficiency Heating On a call for heating thermostat makes circuits R Y and R G Circuit R Y energizes contactor starting outdoor fan motor and compressor Circuit R G energizes indoor blower relay starting blower motor on high speed Should temperature continue to fall R W2 is made through second stage room thermostat Circuit R W2 energizes a relay bringing on first bank of supplemental electric heat and providing electrical potential to second heater relay if used If outdoor temperature falls below setting of outdoor thermostat field installed option contacts close to complete circuit and bring on second bank of supplemental electric heat When thermostat is satisfied its contacts open de energizing contactor and relay All heaters and motors should stop Defrost The defrost control is a time temperature control which includes a field selectable quick connects located at board edge time period between defrost cycles 30 60 or 90 minutes factory set to either 60 or 90 minutes The electronic defrost timer sequence is enabled when the T1 input on the board is energized The timer starts only when the defrost thermostat is closed and the contactor is energized Defrost mode is identical to cooling mode except that outdoor fan motor stops and second stage heat is turned on to continue warming conditioned spaces To in
54. are available from your local distributor Place filter in slot with cross mesh binding up or facing cooling coil and replace filter access panel COOLING COIL DRAIN PAN AND CONDENSATE DRAIN The cooling coil is easily cleaned when it is dry Inspect the coil and clean if necessary before each cooling season To check or clean cooling coil remove coil access panel If coil is coated with dirt or lint vacuum it with a soft brush attachment Be careful not to bend coil fins If coil is coated with oil or grease clean it with a mild detergent and water solution Rinse coil thoroughly with clear water Be careful not to splash water on insulation Inspect drain pan and condensate drain at the same time cooling coil is checked Clean drain pan and condensate drain by removing any foreign matter from pan Flush pan and drain tube with clear water If drain tube is restricted it can generally be cleared by high pressure water Cut plastic line and work outside condensate pan and away from coil to clean drain tube 23 2 Check blower motor and wheel for proper operation Ex cessive current draw of motor will cause internal overload to trip 3 The fan speed may be low FFM This section describes EHK2 series electric heaters by examining functional operation of this heater Service can be completed with heater in place Shut off power before servicing DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRIC HEATER COMPONENTS A Limit Switch The limit s
55. at a lower temperature while alloys which have more aluminum content melt at a higher temperature Materials 1 78 22 braze alloy Channel Flux ZA 1 Harris AlGroove900 cored wire 2 Flux CX 60 Omni Lucas product 3 Stainless steel wire brushes small handle rotary brush 4 Turbo Torch equipment 23 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Refrigerant 4 WARNING UNIT OPERATION AND SAFETY HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or equipment damage Puron refrigerant which has higher pressures than R 22 and other refrigerants No other refrigerant may be used in this system Gauge set hoses and recovery system must be designed to handle If you are unsure consult the equipment manufacturer A CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation The compressor in a Puron system uses a polyol ester POE oil This oil is extremely hygroscopic meaning it absorbs water readily POE oils can absorb 15 times as much water as other oils designed for HCFC and CFC refrigerants Take all necessary precautions to avoid exposure of the oil to the atmosphere In an air conditioning and heat pump system refrigerant transfers heat from one replace to another The condenser is the outdoor coil in the cooling mode and the evaporator is the indoor coil In a heat pump the condenser is the indoor coil in the heating mode and the evapor
56. atmosphere Do not use capillary tube coils Observe all warnings cautions and bold text Allindoor coils must be installed with a hard shutoff Puron metering device 60 HIGH SUCTION LOW SUPERHEAT UNIT OVERCHARGED INCORRECT SIZE PISTON FAILED TXV A90208 COMPRESSOR RUNS BUT INSUFFICIENT COOLING HIGH SUCTION LOW HEAD PRESSURE DEFECTIVE COMPRESSOR VALVES INTERNAL PRESSURE RELIEF OPEN AIR CONDITIONER TROUBLESHOOTING CHART LOW SUCTION PRESSURE DIRTY AIR FILTERS DUCT RESTRICTED DAMPERS PARTLY CLOSED INDOOR COIL FROSTED SLIGHTLY LOW ON REFRIGERANT LIQUID LINE SLIGHTLY RESTRICTED PISTON RESTRICTED INCORRECT SIZE PISTON INDOOR COIL STRAINER RESTRICTED INDOOR BLOWER MOTOR DEFECTIVE OR CYCLING ON OL Fig 46 Air Conditioner Troubleshooting Chart NO COOLING OR INSUFFICIENT COOLING COMPRESSOR RUNS BUT CYCLES ON INTERNAL OVERLOAD LOOSE LEAD AT FAN MOTOR MOTOR DEFECTIVE INCORRECT OFM CAPACITOR 61 OUTDOOR FAN STOPPED OR CYCLING ON OVERLOAD OUTDOOR AIR RESTRICTED OR RECIRCULATING RESTRICTED DISCHARGE TUBE OVERCHARGE OR NON CONDENSABLES IN SYSTEM LOW REFRIGERANT CHARGE LINE VOLTAGE TOO HIGH OR LOW DEFECTIVE RUN CAPACITOR COMPRESSOR BEARINGS HIGH SUPERHEAT DEFECTIVE START CAPACITOR COMPRESSOR WILL NOT RUN CONTACTOR CLOSED COMPRESSOR POWER SUPP
57. bad connections Be sure plugs are fully seated the G terminal is energized See Fig 8 During Superdehumidify mode the G signal is not present and the auxiliary terminals are not energized If the installation includes the use of this operating mode do not use these terminals to control accessories See Electronic Air Cleaner and Humidifier sections for further information ELECTRONIC AIR CLEANER CONNECTIONS The AUX1 and AUX2 terminals are not always energized during blower operation as described above When using an electronic air cleaner with the FV4 fan coil use Airflow Sensor The airflow sensor turns on electronic air cleaner when the fan coil blower is operating HUMIDIFIER HUMIDISTAT CONNECTIONS Easy Select Board terminals HUM1 and HUMZ are provided for direct connection to the low voltage control of a humidifier through a standard humidistat These terminals are energized with 24Vac when G thermostat signal is present Alternately the 24 Vac signal may be sourced from the W and C terminal block connections when electric heaters are used as primary heating source When using a Thermidistat Control Zone Perfect Plus or Comfort Zone II the 24 Vac signal may be source directly from the Thermidistat HUM terminal G FV4 Dehumidify Mode NOTE Humidistat must open on humidity rise Latent capacities for systems using the FK4 FV4 and 40FK fan coils are better than average systems If increased latent capacity is an
58. barrier must be inserted between the valve and the unit to prevent damaging the unit exterior from the heat of the brazing operations A CAUTION PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Wear safety glasses protective clothing and gloves when handling refrigerant Pumpdown Procedure Service valves provide a convenient shutoff valve useful for certain refrigeration system repairs System may be pumped down to make repairs on low side without losing complete refrigerant charge 1 Attach pressure gauge to suction service valve gauge port 2 Front seat liquid line valve 3 Start unit in cooling mode Run until suction pressure reaches 5 psig 35kPa Do not allow compressor to pump to a vacuum 4 Shut unit off Front seat suction valve FIELD SIDE STEM SERVICE PORT W SCHRADER CORE SEAT BAR STOCK FRONT SEATING VALVE 91447 Fig 15 Suction Service Valve Front Seating Used in Base and Comfort ACs and HPs NOTE outdoor unit coils will hold only factory supplied amount of refrigerant Excess refrigerant such as in long line applications may cause unit to relieve pressure through internal pressure relief valve indicated by sudden rise of suction pressure before suction pressure reaches 5 psig 35kPa If this occurs shut unit off immediately front seat suction valve and recover remaining pressure 24 A
59. be stuck in the normally closed position due to debris in relay Check 208 V and 230 V transformer connections They may be miswired PCB BLOCK WIRING A97020 blows when there is a high current draw on transformer high voltage applied to low voltage circuit or a direct secondary short When there is a high current draw on transformer it is most likely because transformer has been shorted or system is trying to draw more VA than transformer rating allows When fuse blows because of high voltage the system has mixed high and low voltage signals 1 Check wiring of sequencers relays as shown in Fig 1 and Fig 2 Be sure transformer is not shorting out because ther mostat wires are miswired E Transformer Failure 2 Check wiring of relays as shown in Fig 1 And Fig 2 Be sure low voltage and high voltage wiring is correct 3 Check VA draw on transformer If VA draw is more than VA rating of transformer fuse will blow If this is the case FAN RELAY LR40061 Fig 1 Fan Coil Printed Circuit Board CES013003 00 01 HK61EA002 A03010 LR40061 4 Fig 2 Fan Coil Printed Circuit Board HK61EA006 5 Oelk Ot 5 5 d c 0 0 B T A A R2 5A DO JS gt er x J R6 5 F1 gt eg lt 71 5 Ril R8 e 9
60. cooling continues with the outdoor fan cycling per the coil temperature routine listed above for the remainder of the cooling cycle If the LPS does not close within 10 minutes then the normal LPS trip response shut down cooling operation and generate LPS trip error will occur For 24ANB1 25HNB9 models the PWM output for both high and low stage equals the value for low stage operation below 55 F Defrost This control offers 5 possible defrost interval times 30 60 90 120 minutes or AUTO With non communicating thermostats these are selected by dip switches on the unit control board With communicating thermostats the Infinity Control User Interface The Infinity Control selection overrides the control board dip switch settings AUTO defrost adjusts the defrost interval time based on the last defrost time as follows When defrost time lt 3 minutes the next defrost interval 120 minutes e When defrost time 3 5 minutes the next defrost interval 90 minutes e When defrost time 5 7 minutes the next defrost interval 60 minutes e When defrost time gt 7 minutes the next defrost interval 30 minutes The control board accumulates compressor run time As the accumulated run time approaches the selected defrost interval time the control board monitors the coil temperature sensor for a defrost demand If a defrost demand exists a defrost cycle will be initiated at the end of the selected time interval A defrost demand
61. driers in line longer than 72 hours Do not install a suction line filter drier in liquid line POE oils absorb moisture rapidly Do not expose oil to atmosphere POE oils may cause damage to certain plastics and roofing materials Wrap all filter driers and service valves with wet cloth when brazing A factory approved liquid line filter drier is required on every unit Do NOT use an R 22 TXV e f indoor unit is equipped with an R 22 or piston metering device it must be changed to hard shutoff Puron Never open system to atmosphere while it is under a vacuum When system must be opened for service recover refrigerant evacuate then break vacuum with dry nitrogen and replace filter driers Evacuate to 500 microns prior to recharging Do not vent Puron into the atmosphere Do not use capillary tube coils Observe all warnings cautions and bold text Allindoor coils must be installed with a hard shutoff Puron TXV metering device 17 Catalog IM FV4C 01 Replaces NEW QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE SET UP INSTRUCTIONS FOR WARMER HEATING TEMPERATURES AND SUPER HUMIDITY CONTROL IN COOLING EASY SELECT BOARD 1 Configuration Taps See Installation Instructions for detailed description A AUX HEAT Set for heater size Ex 0 10 for 10 kw B AC HP SIZE Set for size of outdoor unit C SYSTEM TYPE
62. electric heat airflow F Heat Pump Heating Mode Single speed Thermostat closes circuits R to G and R to Y Y2 The fan coil delivers single speed heat pump heating airflow G Heat Pump Heating with Auxiliary Electric Heat Thermostat closes circuits R to G R to Y Y2 and or R to Y1 with R to W W1 or W2 and to in the case of defrost In the event that electric heating is called for by the thermostat while the heat pump is also operating in either heating or defrost modes the motor will modify its airflow output if necessary to provide an airflow which is defined as safe for the operation of the electric heater during heat pump operation That airflow is the greater of the heat pump heating airflow and the electric heater only airflow Procedure 11 TROUBLESHOOTING ECM MOTOR AND CONTROLS CAUTION ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury High voltage is always present at motor Disconnect power to unit before removing or replacing connectors or servicing motor Wait at least 5 min after disconnecting power before opening motor The ECM motor used with this product contains two parts the control module and motor winding section Do not assume the motor or module is defective if it will not start Go through the steps described below before replacing control module Easy Select Board or entire motor The control module is available as a replacement part A If m
63. equipment failure it is essential that periodic maintenance be performed on this equipment The only required maintenance that may be performed by the consumer is filter maintenance A WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Disconnect all power to unit before servicing field wires or removing control package The disconnect when used on access panel does not disconnect power to the line side of disconnect but does allow safe service to all other parts of unit If unit does not have a disconnect disregard the foregoing Instead make sure that a disconnecting means is within sight from and is readily accessible from the unit Disconnect all electrical power to unit before performing any maintenance or service on it Table 2 CFM Range for FV4C Units 14 FAN COIL SIZE SYSTEM SIZES CFM RANGE FV4CNF002 024 030 036 350 1275 FV4CN B F 003 024 030 036 042 415 1475 FV4CN B F 005 036 042 048 425 1700 FVA4CNBOOG 042 048 060 540 2150 FAN ONLY Med High 420 525 560 700 700 875 840 1050 560 700 700 875 840 1050 980 1225 700 875 840 1050 980 1225 1120 1400 840 1050 980 1225 1120 1400 1400 1750 FAN ONLY Med High 380 470 505 630 630 785 755 945 505 630 630 785 755 945 880 1100 630 785 755 945 880 1100 1010 1260 755 945 880
64. has been off for 5 minutes or power has not been cycled for 5 minutes the OF2 relay and T2 terminal will energize This will close the contactor start the outdoor fan motor and compressor When the cycle is complete R Y is turned off and the compressor and outdoor fan should stop The 5 minute time guard begins counting Compressor will not come on again until this time delay expires In the event of a power interruption the time guard will not allow another cycle for 5 minutes Defrost Sequence The defrost control is a time temperature control that has field selectable settings of 30 60 90 and 120 minutes These represent the amount of time that must pass after closure of the defrost thermostat before the defrost sequence begins The defrost thermostat senses coil temperature throughout the heating cycle When the coil temperature reaches the defrost thermostat setting of approximately 32 degrees it will close which energizes the DFT terminal and begins the defrost timing sequence When the DTF has been energized for the selected time the defrost cycle begins If the defrost thermostat opens before the timer expires the timing sequence is reset Defrost cycle is terminated when defrost thermostat opens or automatically after 10 minutes Deluxe Defrost Speedup To initiate a force defrost speedup pins J1 must be shorted with a flat head screwdriver for 5 seconds and RELEASED If the defrost thermostat is open a short de
65. have sharp edges or burrs Use care and wear appropriate protective clothing and gloves when handling parts Procedure 2 MOUNT FAN COIL Unit can stand or lie on floor or hang from ceiling or wall Allow space for wiring piping and servicing unit IMPORTANT When unit is installed over a finished ceiling and or living area building codes may require a field supplied secondary condensate pan to be installed under the entire unit Some localities may allow the alternative of running a separate secondary condensate line Consult local codes for additional restrictions or precautions When installing any fan coil over a finished ceiling and or living area installation of a secondary drain pan under entire unit to avoid damage to ceiling is recommended FV4C Fan Coils can be installed for upflow and horizontal left applications as factory shipped Units can be installed for horizontal right applications with field modifications Units may be converted for downflow applications using factory authorized accessory kits NOTE To ensure proper drainage for horizontal installations unit must be installed so it is within 1 8 in 3 2mm level of the length and width of unit A Upflow Installation If return air is to be ducted install duct flush with floor Set unit on floor over opening Only use return air opening provided return air must pass through the coil See Fig 2 1 _ FIELD SUPPLIED SUPPLY DUCT LOW VOLT
66. in direct contact with tubing see Fig 1 8 Ensure that tubing insulation is pliable and completely sur rounds vapor tube 9 When necessary use hanger straps which are 1 in wide and conform to shape of tubing insulation see Fig 1 10 Isolate hanger straps from insulation by using metal sleeves bent to conform to shape of insulation OUTDOOR WALL INDOOR WALL CAULK Pa LIQUID TUBE 53 va vg SUCTION TUBE INSULATION THROUGH THE WALL 39187 HANGER STRAP AROUND SUCTION TUBE ONLY TG54mm e MIN INSULATION TUBE LIQUID TUBE SUSPENSION 07588 Fig 1 Connecting Tubing Installation When outdoor unit is connected to factory approved indoor unit outdoor unit contains system refrigerant charge for operation with AHRI rated indoor unit when connected by 15 ft 4 57 m of field supplied or factory accessory tubing For proper unit operation check refrigerant charge using charging information located on control box cover and or in the Check Charge section of this instruction IMPORTANT Maximum liquid line size is 3 8 OD for all residential applications including long line IMPORTANT Always install the factory supplied liquid line filter drier Obtain replacement filter driers from your distributor or branch Installation NOTE Read the entire instruction manual before starting the installation SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS Improper
67. inserting a small soft wire with small kinks through metering hole Do not damage metering hole sealing surface around piston cones or fluted portion of piston 6 Clean piston refrigerant metering hole 7 Install a new retainer O ring retainer assembly or Teflon washer before reassembling AccuRater If valve is defective 1 Shut off all power to unit and remove charge from system 2 Remove solenoid coil from valve body Remove valve by cutting it from system with tubing cutter Repair person should cut in such a way that stubs can be easily re brazed back into system Do not use hacksaw This introduces chips into system that cause failure After defective valve is removed wrap it in wet rag and carefully unbraze stubs Save stubs for future use Because defective valve is not overheated it can be analyzed for cause of failure when it is returned Braze new valve onto used stubs Keep stubs oriented correctly Scratch corresponding matching marks on old valve and stubs and on new valve body to aid in lining up new valve properly When brazing stubs into valve protect valve body with wet rag to prevent overheating Use slip couplings to install new valve with stubs back into system Even if stubs are long wrap valve with a wet rag to prevent overheating After valve is brazed in check for leaks Evacuate and charge system Operate system in both modes several times to be sure valve functions properly TO I
68. is powered on with second stage heating Y2 and Y are powered on The Y signal sends low voltage through the safeties and energizes the T1 terminal on the circuit board If the compressor has been off for 5 minutes or power has not been cycled for 5 minutes the OF2 relay and T2 terminal will energize This will close the contactor and start the outdoor fan motor and compressor When the cycle is complete Y is turned off stopping the compressor nd outdoor fan The 5 minute time guard begins counting Compressor will not come on until this delay expires In the event of a power interruption the time guard will not allow another cycle for 5 minutes Compressor Operation The basic scroll design has been modified with the addition of an internal unloading mechanism that opens a by pass port in the first compression pocket effectively reducing the displacement of the scroll The opening and closing of the by pass port is controlled by an internal electrically operated solenoid The modulated scroll uses a single step of unloading to go from full capacity to approximately 67 capacity A single speed high efficiency motor continues to run while the scroll modulates between the two capacity steps Modulation is achieved by venting a portion of the gas in the first suction pocket back to the low side of the compressor thereby reducing the effective displacement of the compressor Full capacity is achieved by blocking these vents thus incre
69. knockouts on right side of coil access panel 12 Remove 2 oval coil access panel plugs and reinstall into holes on left side of coil access panel and fitting panel Duct connection flanges are provided on unit air discharge connection When using FV4C units with 20 24 and 30 kW electric heaters maintain a 1 25mm clearance from combustible materials to discharge plenum and ductwork for a distance of 36 in 914mm from unit Use accessory downflow base to maintain proper clearance on downflow installations Use flexible connectors between ductwork and unit to prevent transmission of vibration When electric heater is installed use heat resistant material for flexible connector between ductwork and unit at discharge connection Ductwork passing through unconditioned space must be insulated and covered with vapor barrier Ductwork Acoustical Treatment Metal duct systems that do not have a 90 elbow and 10 ft 3m of main duct to first branch takeoff may require internal acoustical insulation lining As an alternative fibrous ductwork may be used if constructed and installed in accordance with the latest edition of SMACNA construction standard on fibrous glass ducts Both acoustical lining and fibrous ductwork shall comply with National Fire Protection Association Standards 90A or B as tested by UL Standard 181 for Class 1 air ducts Procedure 4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS On units with a factory installed disc
70. line length is beyond 80 ft 24 38 m or greater than 20 ft 6 10 m vertical separation See Residential Piping and Long Line Guideline for special charging requirements Units with Cooling Mode TXV Units installed with cooling mode TXV require charging by the subcooling method 1 Operate unit a minimum of 10 minutes before checking charge 2 Measure liquid service valve pressure by attaching an accur ate gage to service port 3 Measure liquid line temperature by attaching an accurate thermistor type or electronic thermometer to liquid line near outdoor coil 4 Refer to unit rating plate for required subcooling temperat ure 5 Refer to Table 7 Find the point where required subcooling temperature intersects measured liquid service valve pres sure 6 To obtain required subcooling temperature at a specific li quid line pressure add refrigerant if liquid line temperature is higher than indicated or reclaim refrigerant if temperature is lower Allow a tolerance of 3 F C COMMON REVERSING VALVE A po or b uf need a 8 gt ORWY C SPEEDUP 5 THERMOSTAT INPUTS N A05332 Fig 11 Defrost Control a Table 4 Defrost Control Speedup Timing Sequence 5 MINIMUM MAXIMUM SPEEDUP PARAMETER MINUTES MINUTES NOMINAL iB 30 minute cycle 27 33 7 0 50 minute cycle 45 55 12 sec I 90 minute cycle 81 99 21 sec a 10 minute cycle 9 11 2 sec 5 minutes 4 5 5 5 1 sec Check Charge
71. out Clean filter by using cold water and mild detergent Rinse and allow filter to dry No oiling or coating of filter is required New filters are available from your local distributor Place filter in slot with cross mesh binding up or facing cooling coil and replace filter access panel COOLING COIL DRAIN PAN AND COND DRAIN The cooling coil is easily cleaned when it is dry Inspect the coil and clean if necessary before each cooling season To check or clean cooling coil remove coil access panel If coil is coated with dirt or lint vacuum it with a soft brush attachment Be careful not to bend coil fins If coil is coated with oil or grease clean it with a mild detergent and water solution Rinse coil thoroughly with clear water Be careful not to splash water on insulation HEATING On a call for heating the thermostat makes circuits R Y and R G Circuit R Y energizes contactor starting outdoor fan motor and compressor Circuit R G energizes indoor blower relay starting blower motor Should temperature continue to fall R W circuit is made through second stage room thermostat bulb Circuit R W energizes a sequencer bringing on supplemental electric heat When thermostat is satisfied its contacts open de energizing contactor and sequencer All heaters and motors should stop 7 Woll Mount Brockets 8 Bottom Rear Plate 9 Bottom Plate Assy A13135 is energized
72. position and check for continuity between 3 leads Replace motors that show an open circuit in any of the windings Place 1 lead of ohmmeter on each motor lead At same time place other ohmmeter lead on motor case ground Replace any motor that shows resistance to ground arcing burning or overheating Compressor Plug The compressor electrical plug provides a quick tight connection to compressor terminals The plug completely covers the compressor terminals and the mating female terminals are completely encapsulated in plug Therefore terminals are isolated from any moisture so corrosion and resultant pitted or discolored terminals are reduced The plug is oriented to relief slot in terminal box so cover cannot be secured if wires are not positioned in slot assuring correct electrical connection at the compressor The plug can be removed by simultaneously pulling while rocking plug However these plugs can be used only on specific compressors The configuration around the fusite terminals is outlined on the terminal covers The slot through which wires of plug are routed is oriented on the bottom and slightly to the left The correct plug can be connected easily to compressor terminals and plug wires can easily be routed through slot terminal cover It is strongly recommended to replace the compressor plug should a compressor fail due to a suspected electrical failure At a minimum inspect plug for proper connection and good con
73. refrigerant NOTE All outdoor unit coils will hold only factory supplied amount of refrigerant Excess refrigerant such as in long line applications may cause compressor internal pressure relief valve to open indicated by sudden rise in vapor pressure before vapor pressure reaches 5 psig 35kPa If this occurs turn off electrical supply to outdoor unit immediately front seat vapor service valve and recover any remaining refrigerant NOTE Correct coil position in condensate pan is essential to reliable operation 14 Install new coil pan assembly into unit Secure with the two screws previously removed from unit casing 15 Reinstall coil access and fitting panels 16 Reconnect liquid and vapor refrigerant tubes and condens ate drain tube Install new Puron R 410A liquid line fil 2 Turn off electrical supply to indoor unit ter drier 17 Evacuate tube set and indoor coil to 500 microns back seat open liquid and vapor service valves 3 Disconnect condensate drain tube 4 Disconnect liquid and vapor tubes from indoor coil Use either a tubing cutter to cut tubes or a torch to unbraze tubes as required 18 Turn on electrical supplies to indoor and outdoor units 19 Check system refrigerant charge and operation See Ap plication Guideline and Service Manual for R 410A for further information NOTE If a torch is used to unbraze line set protect fitting panel with a wet cloth or braze shield as necessary System
74. refrigerant Use a commercial type metering device in the manifold hose when charging into suction line with compressor operating e Manifold sets should be 700 psig high side and 180 psig low side with 550 psig low side retard Use hoses with 700 psig service pressure rating Leak detectors should be designed to detect HFC refrigerant Puron refrigerant as with other HFCs is only compatible with POE oils Vacuum pumps will not remove moisture from oil Do not use liquid line filter driers with rated working pressures less than 600 psig e Do not leave Puron refrigerant suction line filter driers in line longer than 72 hours Do not install a suction line filter drier in liquid line e POE oils absorb moisture rapidly Do not expose oil to atmosphere e POE oils may cause damage to certain plastics and roofing materials Wrap all filter driers and service valves with wet cloth when brazing e A factory approved liquid line filter drier is required on every unit Do use an R 22 e If indoor unit is equipped with an R 22 or piston metering device it must be changed to a hard shutoff Puron Never open system to atmosphere while it is under a vacuum When system must be opened for service recover refrigerant evacuate then break vacuum with dry nitrogen and replace filter driers Evacuate to 500 microns prior to recharging Do not vent Puron refrigerant into the
75. seconds and the fan will turn off for 40 seconds before starting in the heating mode HK32EA008 Defrost Control The HK32EAO008 defrost control is used all non communicating heat pumps and has all the same functionality speedups and troubleshooting as the HK32EA003 except for the forced defrost timing when Quiet Shift 2 is enabled Quiet Shift 2 non communicating Quiet shift 2 is a field selectable defrost mode factory set to OFF which will reduce the occasional noise that could be heard at the start of defrost cycle and restarting of heating cycle It is selected by placing DIP switch 3 on defrost board in the ON position When Quiet Shift 2 switch is placed in ON position and defrost is initiated the following sequence of operation will occur The compressor will be de energized for approximately 1 minute then the reversing valve will be energized A few seconds later the compressor will be re energized and the normal defrost cycle starts Once defrost termination conditions have been met the following sequence will occur The compressor will be de energized for approximately 1 minute then the reversing valve will be de energized A few seconds later the compressor will be re energized and the normal heating cycle starts Defrost The defrost control is a time temperature control which has field selectable settings of 30 60 90 or 120 minutes factory set to 90 minutes These settings represent the amount
76. setting for high cooling needs to be switched from tap 5 to a different tap jumper a connection from the cool tap to the desired tap so that the Y2 signal is communicated via the cool tap to the desired speed tap 2 The Y1 call for low stage cooling energizes the Fan tap on the control board The red wire from the fan tap is con nected to tap 1 on the motor Refer to the furnace Product Data to find the corresponding airflow If the airflow setting for low cooling needs to be switched from tap 1 to a differ ent tap jumper a connection from the Fan tap to the desired tap so that the Y1 signal is communicated via the Fan tap to the desired speed tap The Y1 setting will also govern the continuous fan airflow for the furnace Refer to the literature for the furnace for further details Quiet Shift Quiet shift is a field selectable defrost mode factory set to OFF which will eliminate occasional noise that could be heard at the start of defrost cycle and restarting of heating cycle It is selected by placing DIP switch 3 on defrost board see Fig 44 in the ON position When Quiet Shift switch is placed in ON position and a defrost is initiated the following sequence of operation will occur Reversing valve will energize compressor will turn off for 30 seconds and then turn back on to complete defrost At the start of heating after conclusion of defrost reversing valve will de energize compressor will turn off for another 30
77. speed furnace 58MV 58CV or new model variable speed fan coil FV4C Variable speed fan coils prior to the FV4C will NOT be rated with the new Comfort series two stage units as they are not capable of meeting the air flow requirements necessary for rating These are designed to operate with basic 24 volt thermostat inputs Operating Ambient The minimum outdoor operating ambient in cooling mode 18 55 12 78 and the maximum outdoor operating ambient in cooling mode is 125 F 51 67 C when operating voltage is 230v For 208v applications the maximum outdoor ambient is 120 F NOTE Units operating at high stage operation 208v or below line voltage and at an outdoor ambient of 120 F or greater may experience compressor trip NOTE This product is not approved for low ambient cooling at this time and no low ambient kit is available Airflow Selections ECM Furnaces The ECM Furnaces provide blower operation to match the capacities of the compressor during high and low stage cooling operation Tap selections on the furnace control board enable the installing technician to select the proper airflows for each stage of cooling Below is a brief summary of the furnace airflow configurations 1 The Y2 call for high stage cooling energizes the Cool tap on the control board The grey wire from cool tap is connec ted to tap 5 on the motor Refer to the furnace Product Data to find the corresponding airflow If the airflow
78. suction line and liquid line filter driers Be sure to purge system with dry nitrogen and evacuate when replacing filter driers Continue to monitor pressure drop across suction line filter drier After 10 hr of runtime remove suction line filter drier and replace liquid line filter drier Never leave suction line filter drier in system longer than 72 hr actual time 8 Charge system See unit information plate Seacoast Coastal units are available in selected models and sizes of Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps These units have protection to help resist the corrosive coastal environment Features include e Armor plate fins and epoxy coated coils Complete baked on paint coverage both sides of external sheet metal and grilles q Paint coated screws Coastal environments are considered to be within 2 miles of the ocean Salt water can be carried as far away as 2 miles from the coast by means of sea spray mist or fog Line of sight distance from the ocean prevailing wind direction relative humidity wet dry time and coil temperatures will determine the severity of corrosion potential in the coastal environment SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS Installation service and repair of these units should be attempted only by trained service technicians familiar with standard service instruction and training material equipment should be installed in accordance with accepted practices and unit Installation Instructions and in c
79. supplying signal Status Code 37 will be displayed on STATUS LED Fan coil control will turn off output and command blower motor to supply an airflow determined to be safe for current operation mode with electric heaters energized To find the fault 1 Stop all system operations at User Interface and check heat er stage 24 Vac outputs 2 Disconnect electric heater at plug receptacle 2 and check heater wiring for faults See Status Code 36 for more in formation STATUS CODE 44 MOTOR COMMUNICATION FAULT The MOTOR LED is connected to the blower motor communication line and works with the fan coil control microprocessor and STATUS LED to provide fan coil operation and troubleshooting information 1 Check STATUS LED If STATUS LED is indicating Status Code 41 motor control has detected that the motor will not come up to speed within 30 seconds of being commanded to run or that the motor has been slowed to below 250 rpm for more than 10 seconds after coming up to speed Motor wiring harness and fan coil control are operating properly do not replace 2 Check to be sure that the blower wheel is not rubbing the housing 3 Check motor to be sure that the motor shaft is not seized motor control module must be removed and electronics disconnected from windings to perform this check prop erly 4 Check motor windings section following instructions in Section C ECM Motor Troubleshooting If all these checks are normal the mot
80. sure that servicing equipment and replacement components are designed to operate with Puron Puron refrigerant cylinders are rose colored Recovery cylinder service pressure rating must be 400 psig DOT 4BA400 or DOT BW400 Puron systems should be charged with liquid refrigerant Use a commercial type metering device in the manifold hose when charging into suction line with compressor operating Manifold sets should be 700 psig high side and 180 psig low side with 550 psig low side retard Use hoses with 700 psig service pressure rating Leak detectors should be designed to detect HFC refrigerant a te N te N i N Puron as with other HFCs is only compatible with POE oils Vacuum pumps will not remove moisture from oil Do not use liquid line filter driers with rated working pressures less than 600 psig Do not leave Puron suction line filter driers in line longer than 72 hours Do not install a suction line filter drier in liquid line POE oils absorb moisture rapidly Do not expose oil to atmosphere POE oils may cause damage to certain plastics and roofing materials Wrap all filter driers and service valves with wet cloth when brazing A factory approved liquid line filter drier is required on every unit Do NOT use an R 22 TXV If indoor unit is equipped with an R 22 TXV or piston metering device sized for R 22 application it must be changed to a hard shutoff
81. the compressor operates at approximately 67 capacity when the solenoid is not energized and 100 capacity when the solenoid is energized The loading and unloading of the two step scroll is done on the fly without shutting off the motor between steps NOTE 67 compressor capacity translates to approximately cooling or heating capacity at the indoor coil The compressor will always start unloaded and stay unloaded for five seconds even when the thermostat is calling for high stage Fan Motor Fan motor rotates the fan blade that either draws or blows air through outdoor coil to exchange heat between refrigerant and air Motors are totally enclosed to increase reliability This also eliminates need for rain shield 4 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Turn off all power to unit before servicing or replacing fan motor Be sure unit main power switch is turned off The bearings are permanently lubricated therefore no oil ports are provided For suspected electrical failures check for loose or faulty electrical connections or defective fan motor capacitor Fan motor is equipped with thermal overload device in motor windings which may open under adverse operating conditions Allow time for motor to cool so device can reset Further checking of motor can be done with an ohmmeter Set scale on R X 1 position check for continuity between three leads Repl
82. the internal power terminal and cause tripping of the internal overload or breaker or damage to the compressor This compressor is equipped with internal protection that opens if this high vacuum condition exists and bypasses high pressure gas to the low pressure and the internal overload may trip In the case of refrigerant pump down the unit can operate with pump down but this protection may not allow the refrigerant to be pumped down completely Internal Pressure Relief IPR The internal pressure relief is located between the high and low pressure of the compressor and is designed to open when the difference of the suction and discharge pressure is 55 550 psid 35 1 38 7 kg cm2 When the IPR valve opens the high temperature gas bypasses into the motor area and will trip the motor OLP Quiet Shut Down Device The LG scroll has a shut down device to efficiently minimize the shut down sound The reversing sound is minimized by a check valve located in the discharge port of the scroll sets This slows the equalization of the high side to low side upon shut down to prevent the scrolls from operating backwards Discharge Temperature Protection The compressor discharge temperature is monitored by a temperature sensor mounted on the top cap of the compressor Wire diagrams may refer to this as a discharge temperature switch DTS This is to protect against excessively high scroll temperatures due to loss of charge or operating outside the c
83. to ignore low pressure switch trips during transitional defrost operation to avoid nuisance trips Troubleshooting and removing this switch is identical to procedures used on other switches Observe same safety precautions 13 Pressure Switches Pressure switches are protective devices wired into control circuit low voltage They shut off compressor if abnormally high or low pressures are present in the refrigeration circuit Puron pressure switches are specifically designed to operate with Puron systems R 22 pressure switches must not be used as replacements for the Puron air conditioner or heat pump Puron pressure switches are identified by a pink stripe down each wire Low Pressure Switch AC Only The low pressure switch is located on suction line and protects against low suction pressures caused by such events as loss of charge low airflow across indoor coil dirty filters etc It opens on a pressure drop at about 50 psig for Puron and about 27 for R22 If system pressure is above this switch should be closed To check Switch 1 Turn off all power to unit 2 Disconnect leads on switch 3 Apply ohmmeter leads across switch You should have continuity on a good switch NOTE Because these switches are attached to refrigeration system under pressure it is not advisable to remove this device for troubleshooting unless you are reasonably certain that a problem exists If switch must be removed remove and recover al
84. to stop the MOTOR LED will be turned off If the MOTOR LED is lit flashing and the motor is running or if the MOTOR LED is off and the motor is stopped operation is normal and no motor fault exists If the MOTOR LED is lit flashing and the motor does not run or if the MOTOR LED is off and the motor is running check the STATUS LED for the Status Code Refer to the troubleshooting instructions for the indicated Status Code in Section E Fan Coil Troubleshooting E Fan Coil Troubleshooting Fan coil faults indicated by flashing codes on the amber system STATUS LED can be resolved using troubleshooting information provided below Codes are listed in order of their priority highest to lowest Though multiple faults can exist at any time only the highest priority code will be displayed on STATUS LED Clearing the indicated fault when multiple faults exist will cause the next highest priority Status Code to be flashed existing faults as well as a fault history can be viewed at User Interface STATUS CODE 45 CONTROL BOARD TEST FAULT Fan coil control has failed internal start up tests and must be replaced No other service procedure will correct STATUS CODE 37 HEATER OUTPUT SENSED ON WHEN NOT ENERGIZED Fan coil control is provided with circuitry to detect presence of a 24 Vac signal on Electric Heater stage 1 and stage 2 outputs If fan coil control detects a 24 Vac signal on either heater stage output and it is not
85. 00 ohm scale or megohmmeter follow manufacturer s instructions Be sure all power is off Discharge all capacitors Remove wires from terminals C S and R RU Place one meter probe on ground or on compressor shell Make a good metal to metal contact Place other probe on terminals C S and R in sequence 7 Note meter scale 8 If reading of 0 or low resistance is obtained motor is grounded Replace compressor Compressor resistance to ground should not be less than 1000 ohms per volt of operating voltage Example 230 volts X 1000 ohms volt 2 230 000 ohms minimum Short Circuit To determine if any wires within windings have broken through their insulation and made contact with other wires thereby shorting all or part of the winding s be sure the following conditions are met 1 Correct motor winding resistances must be known before testing either from previous readings from manufacturer s specifications 2 Temperature of windings must be as specified usually about 70 F 3 Resistance measuring instrument must have an accuracy within gt 5 10 percent This requires an accurate ohmmeter such as a Wheatstone bridge or null balance type instrument 4 Motor must be dry or free from direct contact with liquid refrigerant Make This Critical Test Not advisable unless above conditions are met 1 Be sure all power is off 2 Discharge all capacitors 3 Remove wires from terminal
86. 003 00 and 01 PCB by examining the functional operation of the PCB components Printed Circuit Board PCB Component Layout of the actual PCB is depicted in Fig 1 and Fig 2 1 The low voltage stripped leads are used to connect the 24 V side of transformer to indoor thermostat and outdoor section 2 A 5 amp fuse is used to protect the low voltage trans former secondary 3 The fan relay is controlled by thermostat and turns fan on and off 4 A plug is used as the connection for PCB power and electric heaters Note the pin numbers on plug 5 A time delay relay circuit keeps fan motor running for ap proximately 90 seconds after G is de energized The time delay can be defeated by cutting jumper JW1 on the CES0130003 01 1612 4002 and HK61EA006 UNIT FUNCTIONS A Transformer 1 Proper Wiring of Transformer Primary or High Side Yellow wire from Molex plug is wired to C terminal on transformer and black wire from PCB relay normally open terminal is wired to 208 V or 230 V terminal on transformer Units are factory wired at 230 V terminal 2 Proper Wiring of Transformer Secondary or 24 V Side Red wire of transformer is wired to T terminal on PCB and brown wire of transformer is wired to C terminal on PCB NOTE T terminal on PCB is used to protect the transformer T terminal is connected through the fuse to R terminal on PCB B Indoor Fan 1 Wiring Indoor fan motor yellow lead is wired to C terminal on transformer
87. 021122 56 Servicing Systems on Roofs With Synthetic Materials 24 SYSTEM FUNCTION AND Brazing 5 ER 23 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 57 Aluminum 23 CHECK 58 Service Valves and Pump down 24 CARE AND MAINTENANCE 59 Liquid Line Filter Drier 27 QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE 60 Suction Line Filter 27 AC TROUBLESHOOTING 61 Accumulator i e cr PRO NR 28 HP TROUBLESHOOTING CHART HEATING CYCLE 62 Thermostatic Expansion Valve 29 HP TROUBLESHOOTING CHART COOLING CYCLE 63 MAKE PIPING CONNECTIONS 30 INDEX OF TABLES 64 This section explains how to obtain the model and serial number from unit rating plate These numbers are needed to service and repair the Puron and R 22 air conditioner or heat pump Model and serial numbers can be found on unit rating plate UNIT IDENTIFICATION Troubleshooting Charts for Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps are provided in the appendix at back of this manual They enable the service technician to use a systematic approach to locating the cause of a problem and correcting system malfunctions AIR CONDITIONER AND HEAT PUMP MODEL NUMBER NOMENCLATURE
88. 025 FVAC FE4A NF002 FX4DNF025 CAP 30 A CNP 30 A CSPH 3012A FB4CNF030 TXV FF1ENPO30 1 FX4DN B F 031 CAP 36 A CNP 36 A CSPH 3612A 6 FV4C FE4A N B F 003 FF1ENP036 FF1ENP037 FX4DN B F 037 CAP 42 A CNP 4221A CNPV 4217A CSPH 4212A FB4CNF042 TXV FX4DN B F 043 CAP 4817A CAP 48 21 24 A 48 4812 FB4CNF048 TXV FV4C FE4A N B F 005 FX4DN B F 049 CAP 60 A CNP 6024A CSPH 6012A FB4CNFO60 FVAC FE4A NBOO6 FX4DN B F 061 a Q o m I Te Q m m I Te N Table 6 Additional Subcooling Required 15 SEER Units Subcooling Delta from Rating Plate Value Indoor Unit OUTDOOR UNIT TONNAGE 030 042 CAP 1814A CNPV 1814A FBACNF018 TXV FF1ENP 018 019 FX4DNF019 CAP 24 A CNP 24 A CSPH 2412A FB4CNF024 TXV FF1ENP 024 025 FVAC FE4A NF002 FX4DNF025 CAP 30 A CNP 30 A CSPH 3012A FB4CNF030 TXV FF1ENPO30 1 FX4DN B F 031 CAP 36 A CNP 36 A CSPH 3612A FB4CNF036 TXV FV4C FE4A N B F 003 FF1ENP036 FF1ENP037 FX4DN B F 037 CAP 42 A CNP 4221A CNPV 4217A CSPH 4212A FB4C
89. 1 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM REPAIR Leak Detection New installations should be checked for leaks prior to complete charging If a system has lost all or most of its charge system must be pressurized again to approximately 150 psi minimum and 375 psi maximum This can be done by adding refrigerant using normal charging procedures or by pressurizing system with nitrogen less expensive than refrigerant Nitrogen also leaks faster than refrigerants Nitrogen cannot however be detected by an electronic leak detector See Fig 25 2 Clam SS 95422 Fig 25 Electronic Leak Detection WARNING PERSONAL INJURY AND UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Due to the high pressure of nitrogen it should never be used without a pressure regulator on the tank Assuming that a system is pressurized with either all refrigerant or a mixture of nitrogen and refrigerant leaks in the system can be found with an electronic leak detector that is capable of detecting specific refrigerants If system has been operating for some time first check for a leak visually Since refrigerant carries a small quantity of oil traces of oil at any joint or connection is an indication that refrigerant is leaking at that point A simple and inexpensive method of testing for leaks is to use soap bubbles See Fig 26 Any solution of water and soap may be used Soap solution is applied to
90. 1 Common Auxiliary Heat Stage 1 On Off Delay Selection AC HP Size Selection Y1 Low Speed AC or HP AC HP CFM Adjust Selection Not Used System Type Selection Dehumidify Aux Heat Size Selection 24v AC W2 Auxiliary Heat Stage 2 Single Speed AC or HP 2 High Speed 2 Speed AC or HP G Fan Not Used Pin on 16 Pin Plug 1 N oO RA OGON 9 10 1 12 18 14 15 16 Check voltages with 16 Pin Plug disconnected from motor These signals will start motor PURON R 410A QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE e Puron refrigerant operates at 50 70 percent higher pressures than R 22 Be sure that servicing equipment and replacement Manifold sets should be 700 psig high side and 180 psig low side with 550 psig low side retard Leak detectors should be designed to detect HFC refrigerant Puron as with other HFCs is only compatible with POE oils components are designed to operate with Puron Puron refrigerant cylinders are rose colored Recovery cylinder service pressure rating must be 400 psig DOT 4BA400 or DOT BW400 Puron systems should be charged with liquid refrigerant Use a commercial type metering device in the manifold hose when charging into suction line with compressor operating Use hoses with 700 psig service pressure rating Vacuum pumps will not remove moisture from oil Do not use liquid line filter driers with rated working pressures less than 600 psig Do not leave Puron suction line filter
91. 1100 1010 1260 1260 1575 Lo 350 350 440 525 415 440 525 610 440 525 610 700 540 610 700 875 Lo 350 350 390 470 415 415 470 550 425 470 550 630 540 550 630 785 Table 3 FV4C Fan Coil Airflow Delivery CFM in Cooling Mode OPERATING MODE peed Dehumidity 450 670 450 670 670 895 670 895 1120 Table 4 FV4C Fan Coil Airflow Delivery in Heat Pump Only Heating Mode Low S Nominal A C Cooling 560 840 560 840 840 1120 840 1120 1400 TWO SPEED APPLICATION High Speed Nominal Cooling Cooling Dehumidity 700 560 1050 840 700 560 1050 840 1050 840 1400 1120 1050 840 1400 1120 1750 1400 The above airflows result with the AC HP CFM ADJUST select jumper set on NOM Air flow can be adjusted 15 or 10 by selecting HI or LO respectively for all modes except fan only Dry coil at 230 volts and with 10KW heater and filter installed Airflows shown are at standard air conditions OPERATING MODE TWO SPEED APPLICATION Low Speed Heat Pump Heat Pump Comfort Efficiency 505 560 755 840 415 560 755 840 755 840 1010 1120 755 840 1010 1120 1260 1400 High Speed Heat Pump Heat Pump Comfort Efficiency 630 700 945 1050 630 700 945 1050 945 1050 1260 1400 945 1050 1260 1400 1575 1750 SINGLE SPEED APPLICATION Nominal A C A C Cooling Cooling Dehumidity 52
92. 16 166 7 28 7 16 722 3 A05177 Fig 2 Tiedown Knockout Locations Operating Ambient The minimum outdoor operating ambient in cooling mode without accessory is 55 F 12 78 and the maximum outdoor operating ambient in cooling mode 18 125 51 67 The maximum outdoor operating ambient in heating mode is 66 F 18 89 C Check Defrost Thermostat Check defrost thermostat to ensure it is properly located and securely attached There is a liquid header with a distributor and feeder tube going into outdoor coil At the end of the one of the feeder tubes there is a 3 8 in O D stub tube approximately 2 in 50 8 mm long see Fig 3 The defrost thermostat should be located on stub tube Note that there is only one stub tube used with liquid header and on most units it is the bottom circuit FEEDER TUBE MEN DEFROST THERMOSTAT A97517 Fig 3 Defrost Thermostat Location INSTALLATION CAUTION CUT HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Sheet metal parts may have sharp edges or burrs Use care and wear appropriate protective clothing and gloves when handling parts Check Equipment and Job Site Unpack Unit Move to final location Remove carton taking care not to damage unit Inspect Equipment File claim with shipping company prior to installation if shipment is damaged or incomplete Locate unit rating plate on unit corner
93. 17 B as indicated C SYSTEM TYPE Select system type installed AC or HP The type of system must be selected 1 AC Air conditioner 2 HP COMFORT Heat Pump Comfort provides approxim ately 315 CFM per ton for higher normal heating air deliv temperature Provides approximately 350 per ton cooling airflow for good humidity removal 3 HP EFF Heat Pump Efficiency provides same airflow for heating and cooling modes to increase overall HP effi ciency approximately 350 CFM per ton The factory setting is AC See Fig 17 C as indicated D AC HP CFM ADJUST Select Medium Low or High Airflow To provide airflow at rates described above the AC HP ADJUST select is factory set to the nominal nom tap The adjust selections HI LO will regulate airflow supplied for all operational modes except non heat pump heating modes HI provides 15 airflow over nominal unit size selected and LO provides 10 airflow below nominal unit size selected Adjust selection options are provided to adjust airflow supplied to meet individual installation needs for such things as noise comfort and humidity removal See Fig 17 D as indicated E ON OFF DELAY Select desired time delay profile NOTE Delay selections are active in cooling and heat pump heating modes only Auxiliary heating modes have a 1 minute off delay and zero on delay programmed into the ECM motor that cannot be overridden Four motor operation delay profiles ar
94. 25 5 16 20 3 8 10 1 16 28 11 16 23 13 16 11 3 4 32 1 8 27 3 16 13 1 2 Mini Base 23 1 8 35 1 2 30 5 8 15 3 16 1 5 16 8 1 4 3 1 2 39 1 4 38 15 16 34 16 7 8 42 5 16 37 3 8 18 9 16 45 11 16 40 13 16 20 1 4 25 20 3 8 10 1 16 28 7 16 23 13 16 11 3 4 31 13 16 27 3 16 13 1 2 Small 25 3 4 35 1 4 30 5 8 15 3 16 3 15 16 10 7 8 6 1 8 41 7 8 38 5 8 34 16 7 8 42 37 3 8 18 9 16 45 7 16 40 13 16 20 1 4 25 1 2 20 3 8 10 1 16 28 15 16 23 13 16 11 3 4 32 5 16 27 3 16 13 1 2 Medium 31 1 4 35 3 4 30 5 8 15 3 16 9 3 8 16 5 16 11 9 16 47 3 8 39 1 8 34 16 7 8 42 1 2 37 3 8 18 9 16 45 15 16 40 13 16 20 1 4 25 1 2 20 3 8 10 1 16 28 15 16 23 13 16 11 3 4 32 5 16 27 3 16 13 1 2 Large 35 35 3 4 30 5 8 15 3 16 13 3 16 20 1 8 15 3 8 51 1 8 39 1 8 34 16 7 8 42 1 2 37 3 8 18 9 16 45 15 16 40 13 16 20 1 4 Fig 1 Base Mid Tier Deluxe 4 sided Baffle Assembly LONG LINE GUIDELINE CABINET ASSEMBLY Refer to Residential Piping and Long Line Guideline for air Basic Cabinet Designs conditioner and heat pump systems using Puron refrigerant or Long Line Guideline for R 22 Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps Certain maintenance routines and repairs require removal of the cabinet panels There are 3 basic cabinet designs for air conditioning and heat
95. 5 420 700 560 875 700 1050 840 700 560 875 700 1050 840 1225 980 875 700 1050 840 1225 980 1400 1120 1050 840 1225 980 1400 1120 1750 1400 SINGLE SPEED APPLICATION Heat Pump Heat Pump Comfort Efficiency 470 525 630 700 785 875 945 1050 630 700 785 875 945 1050 1100 1225 785 875 945 1050 1100 1225 1260 1400 945 1050 1100 1225 1260 1400 1575 1750 OUTDOOR UNIT CAPACITY 018 024 030 036 024 030 036 042 030 036 042 048 036 042 048 060 OUTDOOR UNIT CAPACITY 018 024 030 036 024 030 036 042 030 036 042 048 036 042 048 060 UNIT SIZE 002 003 005 UNIT SIZE 002 003 005 006 NOTES 1 The above airflows result with the AC HP CFM ADJUST select jumper set on NOM 2 Air flow can be adjusted 15 or 10 by selecting HI or LO respectively for all modes except fan only 3 Dry coil at 230 volts and with 10KW heater and filter installed 4 Airflows shown are at standard air conditions 15 High 1100 1250 1250 1460 1750 1750 Lo 1100 1100 1225 1225 High 875 1040 1250 1100 1250 1460 High 1250 1460 1665 1525 1665 2085 18 20 875 1040 1040 1050 1225 1225 1050 1225 1225 1305 1050 1350 1350 1465 1750 Table 5 FV4C Airflow Delivery CFM ELECTRIC HEATER kW RANGE 0 10 0 15 Lo N
96. 6 pin connector associ ated with the Y Y2 signal The correct pin is 714 The far right column shows that 12vdc should be present between pin 14 and pin 1 common on the 16 pin con nector 4 Set meter to read DC voltage Place meter between pins 71 and 14 and check for 12vdc common side of meter on pin 1 If signal is present the problem is in the module or motor If signal is not problem is either in wiring harness or Easy Select Board These steps can be repeated for other modes of operation To check Easy Select Board 1 Leave jumper wire in place between R and Y Y2 2 Check Table 7 under Wiring Harness Connection to Easy Select Board column and row for pin 14 to see on Easy Select Board that should have voltage The correct pin is 42 The column on far right will show voltage that should be present between pin 2 and 9 or 10 common 3 Place meter between pins 2 and 9 on Easy Select Board and check for 12vdc 4 If voltage is present the wiring harness is bad if not the Easy Select Board is bad D Verify Motor Winding Section 13 the full cooling or cooling plus dehumidify mode requested value If circuit R to G is open 0 vac for super dehumidify mode the motor delivers reduced airflow to maximize the humidity removal of the system while minimizing over cooling E Electric Heat Heating Mode Thermostat closes circuit to W W1 W2 The fan coil delivers the selected
97. CAL ROOM i DRAINS TO NEW HUB DRAIN ROUTE M ROUTE REFRIGERANT LINESETS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE l 1 w ABOVE EXISTING CEILING REMOVE CEILING AS NEEDED FOR INSTALLATION AND ACCESS PROVIDE 24 RETURN AIR INLET WITH DUCT OPENING FOR RETURN AIR AND 10 OUTSIDE AIR DUCT CONNECTION TRAP AND ROUTE CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE TO HUB DRAIN EXISTING AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITHIN TENANT AREA A07 TO REMAIN we pd a N EXISTING CEILING AND N KN DIFFUSERS TO REMAIN 0 FIRST FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL Scale 1 4 1 0
98. CEPTACLES 0 0 5022510 KITCHEN EQUIP 0 0 N A RECEPTACLES 0 50 lt 10 KITCHEN EQUIP 0 0 N A NONCOIN DIVERSE 0 0 N A NONCOIN DIVERSE 0 0 N A TOTAL 11 1 11 8 TOTAL KVA 3 16 395 RELOCATED CIRCUITS lt lt 7 gt Qs CREAR GIN SPARFERIRGRRIONG FIRSTINGAMAWJEAGTIRRG SPACE STYLE MANUFACTURER TYPE AND INTERRUPTING RATING AS EXISTING PANELBOARD VOLTAGE PHASE WIRE 120V 2W NOTE INDICATES EXISTING DEVICES m KVA LOAD CKT cKT CKT gt LOAD CKT NN Eg CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ed ri CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION M es LOAD sank ERT E BKR PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C BKR FIL iUe siii a BKR PHASE A PHASE B PHASE C BKR Eb basado Rd i 2 2 1 AU 1 2 TOTAL CONNECTED KVA BY PHASE E Past ms 5s ocr er Eee puc 22 000 ROOM MLO MOUNTING FLUSH LUGS STANDARD FED FROM 1 06 ROOM VOLTS 208Y 120V 3P 4W MOUNTING FLUSH BUS AMPS 225 FED FROM TMDP NEUTRAL 100 NOTE INDICATES EXISTING DEVICES LIGHTS RM 102 LIGHTS RM 103 EMER LIGHTS RM 105 LIGHTS RM 104 REC RM 113 112 105 1 NOTE 1 AU 2 40 2 A C 3 5 A A A A AV AKI 25 A C 9 REC RM 106 105 101 A C OUTLET LIGHTS RM 113 EME
99. CT SIZE RECTANGULAR INCHES DUCT SIZE ROUND INCHES DIFFUSER REUTRN AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE EXHAUST AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE DUCTWORK POSITIVE PRESSURE DUCTWORK NEGATIVE PRESSURE CONNECT TO EXISTING DUCTWORK EXISTING TO REMAIN MECHANICAL LEGEND 13 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION NOTE THIS IS A STANDARD LEGEND ALL ITEMS SHOWN MAY NOT APPEAR ON DRAWINGS Consulting LLC 6 Covalent 1708 Peochtree St Suite 210 Atlanta GA 30309 404 355 9334 main 404 835 1118 fax or OD Vibes ete 2 42 Y z lt 2 J er at lt J B g WEZ ol rw lt 22 C o q 2 I 112 DOCUMENT ISSUE RECORD DATE DESCRIPTIO 94843 REVISIONS 1 08 13 REVISIONS PROJECT 13 072 SCALE AS SHOWN SHEET TITLE MECHANICAL NEW WORK PLAN FIRST FLOOR SHEET NO M2 0 REMAIN IN SERVICE FOR A07 EXISTING OUTSIDE DUCTWORK TO REMAIN IN SERVICE FOR A06 NEW 1079 OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK WITH WALL CAP FOR ADDITIONAL UNIT IN A07 COORDINATE ROUTING AND INSTALLATION WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS EXISTING EXHAUST AIR DUCTWORK TO REMAIN FOR A07 SERVICE NEW 879 EXHAUS WITH WALL CAP N UP TO MECHANICAL ROOM ROUTE CONDENSATE DRAINS
100. DER gt gt AS CONSTRUCTION COMPANY gt OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL WHITE PROVISION LANDLORD S WORK SUITE AQ6 A07 ATLANTA GA Provided White Provision Suite A06 A07 1100 Howell Mill Rd NW Atlanta 30318 5100 Old Ellis P oint Suite 200 Roswell GA 30076 Phone 678 947 8505 Fax 678 947 8582 DERUCK ese CONSTRUCTION COMPANY WHITE PROVISION LANDLORD S WORK SUITE A06 A07 Atlanta GA Project Owner White Provision Redevelopment L P 3625 Cumberland Blvd Twelfth Floor Atlanta GA 30339 Project Team Construction Team Construction Manager Derucki Construction Company LLC Contact John Derucki 5100 Old Ellis Point Roswell GA 30076 Phone 678 947 8505 Fax 678 947 8582 Project Manager Laura Rosenthal laura deruckiconstruction com Mobile 470 201 0655 Superintendent Greg Powell gregpowell deruckiconstruction com Mobile 678 409 2384 Design Team Architect of Record Square Feet Studio 154 Krog St NE Suite 170 Atlanta GA 30307 Building Department City of Atlanta Beaeau of Buildings 55 Trinity Avenue Suite 3900 Atlanta GA 30303 Phone 404 330 6150 Fax 404 658 6979 Email bobinformation atlantaga gov 678 618 2750 770 423 1660 770 263 9300 678 738 0827 DERUCKI 22 CONSTRUCTION COMPANY mc White Provision Landlord s Work Suite A06 A07 Subcontractor Cont
101. E AS SHOWN SHEET TITLE MECHANICAL NEW WORK PLAN FIRST FLOOR SHEET M2 0 SUSPENDED ABOVE EXISTING CEILING REMOVE CEILING AS NEEDED FOR INSTA AND ACCESS PROVIDE 24 RETURN AIR WITH DUCT OPENING FOR RETURN AIR 10 OUTSIDE AIR DUCT CONNECTION TRA AND ROUTE CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE TO EXISTING DRAIN CiTY OF ATLANTA BUREAU OF BUILD NGS HVAC DIVISION 101515 DATE THOUT O INSPECTIONS WITH i PLAN SHALL REMAIN ON ROUTING OF EXISTING DUCTWORK IS APPROXIMATE FIELD VERIFY CONDITIONS ABOVE CEILING PRIOR TO WORK EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT ABOVE CEILING TO REMAIN IN SERVICE MATCHING 5 TON HEAT PUMP IN SECOND FLOOR MECHANICAL ROOM TO REMAIN EXISTING AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM WITHIN TENANT AREA 06 TO REMAIN EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK TO REMAIN IN SERVICE FOR 6 EXISTING FAN COIL UNIT ABOVE CEILING TO REMAIN IN SERVICE MATCHING 4 HEAT PUMP SECOND FLOOR MECHANICAL ROOM TO REMAIN MODIFY EXISTING CONDENSATE DRAIN LINE TO TERMINATE AT NEW HUB DRAIN WITHIN A07 TENANT AREA SEE COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING SERVICES EXISTING CEILING AND DIFFUSERS TO REMAIN M EE E S S NEW 10 OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK WITH WALL CAP FOR ADDITIONAL UNIT IN A07 COORDINATE ROUTING AND INSTALLATION WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS 515 EXISTING EXHAUST AIR J EXISTING OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK TO REMAIN IN SERVICE FOR 7 DUCTWORK TO REMAIN FOR A07 SERVICE UP TO MECHANI
102. ED BEFORE CPENNG MOTOR J il i T MA ii li EB olol B 9 50 B EL Fig 5 FV4 motor ECMS 0 Motor 7 6 9 9 9 POWER CONNECTOR 9 10112135 1 2 54 5 67 8 LETT CONTROL CONNECTOR DRAIN HOLE oo J OU A11048 Fig 4 Motor Speed Selection for FB4C FX4D amp PF4 odd Lees CONTROL POWER 000 O 00 0y I I Fig 6 FV4 motor ECM2 3 Motor OPTIONAL SAFETY GROUND DRAIN HOLE m Speed Taps may be located on motor or on plug close to motor sizes OPTIONAL SAFETY GROUND DRAIN HOLE B heater size outdoor unit size and type comfort or efficiency settings on and off delay profiles and continuous fan speed The installer should select the correct size of components that are being in
103. EEP VACUUM Y CHARGE SYSTEM A95425 Fig 31 Triple Evacuation Method 33 System Clean Up After Burnout Some compressor electrical failures can cause motor to burn When this occurs by products of burn which include sludge carbon and acids contaminate system Test the oil for acidity using POE oil acid test to determine burnout severity If burnout is severe enough system must be cleaned before replacement compressor is installed The 2 types of motor burnout are classified as mild or severe In mild burnout there is little or no detectable odor Compressor oil is clear or slightly discolored An acid test of compressor oil will be negative This type of failure is treated the same as mechanical failure Liquid line strainer should be removed and liquid line filter drier replaced In a severe burnout there is a strong pungent rotten egg odor Compressor oil is very dark Evidence of burning may be present in tubing connected to compressor An acid test of compressor oil will be positive Follow these additional steps 1 TXV must be cleaned or replaced 2 Drain any trapped oil from accumulator if used 3 Remove and discard liquid line strainer and filter drier 4 After system is reassembled install liquid and suction line Puron filter driers NOTE On heat pumps install suction line drier between compressor and accumulator 5 Operate system for 10 hr Monitor pressure drop across drier If p
104. ENTRY OPTIONS 1 5 38 1 FIELD MODIFIED SIDE RETURN LOCATION FOR 003 UNITS ONLY FIELD SUPPLIED RETURN PLENUM A09243 INTRODUCTION Model FV4C Fan Coil units are designed for flexibility and can be used for upflow horizontal or downflow kits required on manufactured and mobile home applications These units are designed specifically for Puron refrigerant R 410A and must be used only with Puron air conditioners and heat pumps as shipped These units are designed to meet the low air leak requirements currently in effect Because of this the units need special attention in the condensate pan and drain connection area and when brazing tubing These units are available for application in systems of 18 000 through 60 000 Btuh nominal cooling capacities Factory authorized field installed electric heater packages are available in 5 through 30 kW See Product Data for available accessory kits INSTALLATION Procedure 1 CHECK EQUIPMENT Unpack unit and move to final location Remove carton taking care not to damage unit Inspect equipment for damage prior to installation File claim with shipping company if shipment is damaged or incomplete Locate unit rating plate which contains proper installation information Check rating plate to be sure unit matches job specifications POWER ENTRY OPTIONS 002 17 5 444 5 mm 003 004 005 21 533 4 mm 006 24 609 6 mm FRONT SERVICE
105. Fin Isolator Position Approx in Middle of Coil Typically 2 places 13186 Fig 28 Fin Isolator Orientation The copper stub tube connection to the liquid service valve needs to be un brazed for coil removal See Fig 29 D d ISTR ASSY COPPER STUB TUBE 13188 Fig 29 Copper Stub Tube Connection 5000 4500 4000 LEAK IN SYSTEM 5 3000 2500 0 VACUUM TIGHT roe TOO WET TIGHT 500 DRY SYSTEM 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MINUTES A95424 Fig 30 Deep Vacuum Graph Triple Evacuation Method The triple evacuation method should be used when vacuum pump is only capable of pumping down to 28 in of mercury vacuum and system does not contain any liquid water Refer to Fig 31 and proceed as follows 1 Pump system down to 28 in of mercury and allow pump to continue operating for an additional 15 minutes 2 Close service valves and shut off vacuum pump 3 Connect a nitrogen cylinder and regulator to system and open until system pressure is 2 psig 4 Close service valve and allow system to stand for 1 hr During this time dry nitrogen will be able to diffuse throughout the system absorbing moisture 5 Repeat this procedure as indicated in Fig 31 System will then be free of any contaminants and water vapor v BREAK VACUUM WITH DRY NITROGEN v v EVACUATE v BREAK VACUUM WITH DRY NITROGEN WAIT v v CHECK FOR TIGHT DRY SYSTEM IF IT HOLDS D
106. ING CONDITION DRAWINGS NO ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO SHOW ON THE DRAWINGS MECHANICAL WORK WHICH IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE RELEVANT TO THIS PROJECT IN PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE EFFECT THAT THE WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS WILL HAVE ON THE EXISTING SERVICES SHOULD THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS BE DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO THE DISRUPTION OF THE EXISTING SERVICES EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER S RECOMMENDATIONS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS NOMINAL OA ESP SUPPLEMENTAL CFM INW C HEAT CAPACITY T AIR UNITS SHALL BE JOHNSON CONTROLS AVY OR EQUAL BY TRANE OR CARRIER HEAT PUMPS SHALL BE JOHNSON CONTROLS YZB OR EQUAL BY TRANE OR CARRIER gt 20 c gt gt 20 lt 2 Os lt 60 12052 den MECHANICAL ABBREVIATIONS ABBREVIATION DEFINITION ABBREVIATION DEFINITION A C ABOVE CEILING IN INCHES WATER COLUMN FF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE F AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT 1000 BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE MD MANUAL DAMPER HR CHILLED WATER RETURN MAKE UP WATER S CHILLED WATER SUPPLY OUTSIDE AIR TE CONNECT TO EXISTING PRESSURE DROP CWP PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE CONDENSATE ORAN DB ROOF HOOD
107. INGS NO ATTEMPT HAS BEEN MADE TO SHOW ON THE DRAWINGS MECHANICAL WORK WHICH IS NOT CONSIDERED TO BE RELEVANT TO THIS PROJECT IN PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE EFFECT THAT THE WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS WILL HAVE ON THE EXISTING SERVICES SHOULD THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS BE DIFFERENT FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO THE DISRUPTION OF THE EXISTING SERVICES EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER S RECOMMENDATIONS HEAT PUMP ELEC CONNECTION S BUILT HEATING CYCLE NOMINAL CAPACITY SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS COOLING CYCLE AIR UNIT a AIR UNITS SHALL BE JOHNSON CONTROLS AVY OR EQUAL BY TRANE OR CARRIER HEAT PUMPS SHALL BE JOHNSON CONTROLS YZB OR EQUAL BY TRANE OR CARRIER 15 16 THERMOSTAT OR TEMERATURE SENSOR HUMIDISTAT OR HUMIDITY SENSOR WALL MOUNTED SWITCH FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK MANUAL DAMPER FIRE DAMPER DUCT WITH LINER DUCT TRANSITION SQUARE TO ROUND DUCT TRANSITION DUCT MOUNTED STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR BOL WALL OPENING SECURITY BARS WALL LOUVER SMOKE DAMPER MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER SPLITTER DAMPER SUPPLY AIR ARROW RETURN AIR ARROW REMOVE EXISTING DUCTWORK N rasgo e CEILING DUCT EXISTING PIPING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION AIR DISTRIBUTION TAG TYPE SIZE CFM DU
108. ISE SPECIFIED CONSTRUCT AIR DUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS LATEST EDITION DUCTWORK MATERIALS SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL i ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS AND OR BREAKERS POWER WIRING THRU MOTOR CONTROL DEVICES TO MOTORS OR TO JUNCTION BOXES OF FACTORY WIRED EQUIPMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE ELECTRICAL DIVISION OF WORK MECHANICAL WORK SHALL INCLUDE CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM AND SHALL INCLUDE FURNISHING OF MAGNETIC STARTERS OR CONTACTORS WHERE REQUIRED COORDINATE VOLTAGE AND PHASE OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE ORDERINC LOCATIONS SHOWN FOR EQUIPMENT ARE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE FIELD CONDITIONS FOR THE EXACT LOCATION AND CONFIGURATION AND MODIFY DUCT SYSTEM ACCORDINGLY CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY AVAILABLE SPACE FOR DUCTWORK BEFORE FABRICATING CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY DUCTWORK TO FIT AVAILABLE FIELD CONDITIONS CUTTING OR OTHERWISE ALTERING ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION AND ORDERING SUBMIT FOR REVIEW FIVE COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS ON EQUIPMENT AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICES AND CONTROLS INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE THE DRAWINGS ARE BELIEVED TO BE A FAIRLY ACCURATE REPRESENTATION OF THE EXISTING WORK HOWEVER THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MAKING ON SITE INVESTIGATIONS TO DETERMINE THE ACCURACY OF THE EXIST
109. ITED WARRANTY SOME STATES OR PROVINCES DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION LASTS SO THE ABOVE MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES MADE IN THIS WARRANTY ARE EXCLUSIVE AND MAY NOT BE ALTERED ENLARGED OR CHANGED BY ANY DISTRIBUTOR DEALER OR OTHER PERSON WHATSOEVER e S THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER 1 Labor or other costs incurred for diagnosing repairing removing installing shipping servicing or handling of either defective parts or replacement parts or new units 2 Any product purchased over the Internet 3 Normal maintenance as outlined in the installation and servicing instructions or Owner s Manual including filter cleaning and or replacement and lubrication 4 Failure damage or repairs due to faulty installation misapplication abuse improper servicing unauthorized alteration or improper operation 5 Failure to start or damages due to voltage conditions blown fuses open circuit breakers or the inadequacy unavailability or interruption of electrical internet service provider or mobile device carrier service or your home network 6 Failure or damage due to floods winds fires lightning accidents corrosive environments rust etc or other conditions beyond the control of Company Parts not supplied or designated by Company or damages resulting from their use Products installed outside the U S A or its territories and Canada Electricity or fuel costs or increase
110. LON SEAL D t E SWEAT FLARE PISTON ADAPTER PISTON BODY LIQUID SERVICE VALVE 05226 Fig 4 Liquid Service Valve Make Piping Connections A WARNING PERSONAL INJURY AND ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Relieve pressure and recover all refrigerant before system repair or final unit disposal Use all service ports and open all flow control devices including solenoid valves P CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation If ANY refrigerant tubing is buried provide a 6 in 152 4 mm vertical rise at service valve Refrigerant tubing lengths up to 36 914 4 mm may be buried without further special consideration Do not bury lines longer than 36 in 914 4 mm Outdoor units may be connected to indoor section using accessory tubing package or field supplied refrigerant grade tubing of correct size and condition For tubing requirements beyond 80 ft substantial capacity and performance losses can occur Following the recommendations in the Residential Piping and Long Line Guideline will reduce these losses Refer to Table 1 for accessory requirements Refer to Table 2 for field tubing diameters There are no buried line applications greater than 36 in 914 4 mm If refrigerant tubes or indoor coil are exposed to atmosphere they must be evacuated to 500 microns to elimin
111. LUC BY ake Lowe TITLE annu wos CA fy lt SYM 0 5 An ze von 552 Sworn to and subscribed before me this 6 day of ool 253 4 Bi lt 22 2 OLG OR 2 OF 28 2051 0 5 gt 2 S 1 7 os CHAN ANotary Public My Commission 2 Di 2 EXHIBIT D SUBCONTRACTOR VENDOR WARRANTY FORM PROJECT WHTIE PROVISION LANDLORDS WORK SUITE A06 A07 OWNER WHITE PROVISION REDEVELOPEMENT L P GENERAL CONTRACTOR Derucki Construction Company LLC We BARDI HEAT AND AIR INC Subcontractor Vendor for WHITE PROVISION SUITE A06 A07 described in Specification Section s Reference Subcontract Exhibit A Do hereby warrant that all labor and materials furnished and work performed in conjunction with the above referenced project are in accord with the Contract Documents and authorized modifications thereto and will be free from defects due to defective materials and workmanship for a period of ONE YEAR from Date of Acceptance This warranty commences on 12 20 2013 and expires on 12 20 2014 Should any defect develop during the warranty period due to improper material workmanship or arrangement the same shall upon written notice by the Owner be made good by the undersigned at no expense to the Owner Nothing in the above shall be deemed to apply to work which has been abused or neglec
112. LY OPEN LOOSE LEADS AT COMPRESSOR FAULTY START GEAR 1 PH OPEN SHORTED OR GROUNDED COMPRESSOR MOTOR WINDINGS COMPRESSOR STUCK COMPRESSOR INTERNAL PROTECTION OPEN DEFECTIVE RUN CAPACITOR DEFECTIVE START CAPACITOR CONTACTOR OPEN POWER SUPPLY DEFECTIVE LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER OPEN THERMOSTAT OPEN CONTROL CIRCUIT LOSS OF CHARGE CONTACTOR OR COIL DEFECTIVE LOOSE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION STRIP HEATERS NOT OPERATING OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT DEFECTIVE ODT SETTING TOO LOW CAP TUBE PINCHED OR BULB NOT SENSING TRUE ODT STRIP HEATER RELAY OR CONTACTOR DEFECTIVE OPENING IN POWER CIRCUIT TO HEATER ELEMENTS BROKEN FUSE LINK BROKEN HEATER ELEMENT OPEN KLIXON OVER TEMPERATURE THERMOSTAT DEFECTIVE ROOM THERMOSTAT 2ND STAGE A90206 COMPRESSOR RUNS INSUFFICIENT HEATING OUTDOOR FAN RUNNING REVERSING VALVE STUCK RESTRICTED LIQUID LINE PISTON RESTRICTED OR IS CLOGGED UNDER CHARGED OUTDOOR COIL DIRTY STRAINER RESTRICTED OUTDOOR COIL HEAVILY FROSTED DEFECTIVE DEFROST THERMOSTAT DEFROST THERMOSTAT IN POOR PHYSICAL CONTACT WITH TUBE DEFECTIVE CIRCUIT BOARD BAD ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ANYWHERE IN DEFROST CIRCUIT HEAT PUMP TROUBLESHOOTING HEATING CYCLE LOW SUCTION LOW HEAD OUTDOOR FAN STOPPED LOOSE LEADS AT OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR INTERNAL FAN MOTOR KLIXON OPEN
113. Loosen blower wheel setscrew and remove blower wheel from motor shaft NOTE Further disassembly of motor and mount is not necessary as adequate clearance is available to clean motor GROMMET MOTOR Fig 20 Motor Inlet Ring and Blower Wheel Assembly 25 TEFLON SEAL PISTON em RETAINER BRASS Pd HEX BODY BRASS HEX NUT A93530 Fig 21 Refrigerant Flow Control Device For FB PISTON BODY CLEANING AND REPLACEMENT CAUTION ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in environmental damage Do not vent refrigerant to atmosphere Recover during system repair or final unit disposal CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution could result in equipment damage Damage may occur to the scroll compressor if operated at a negative suction pressure during a system pumpdown 1 Pump down outdoor unit Close service valves at outdoor unit 2 Recover remaining refrigerant from tubing and coil through gage port on vapor tube service valve Disconnect refriger ant liquid tube from piston body See Fig 21 3 Avoid damaging seal ring or machined surfaces on piston bore and retainer 4 Using small wire with a hook on end of it remove piston from body CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution could result in equipment damage When cleani
114. MPRESSORS PROTECT MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FROM DAMAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED CONSTRUCT AIR DUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS LATEST EDITION DUCTWORK MATERIALS SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL ELECTRICAL DISCONNECTS AND OR BREAKERS POWER WIRING THRU MOTOR CONTROL DEVICES TO MOTORS OR TO JUNCTION BOXES OF FACTORY WIRED EQUIPMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE ELECTRICAL DIVISION OF WORK MECHANICAL WORK SHALL INCLUDE CONTROL AND INTERLOCK WIRING REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM AND SHALL INCLUDE FURNISHING OF MAGNETIC STARTERS OR CONTACTORS WHERE REQUIRED COORDINATE VOLTAGE AND PHASE OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE ORDERING LOCATIONS SHOWN FOR EQUIPMENT ARE APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE FIELD CONDITIONS FOR THE EXACT LOCATION AND CONFIGURATION AND MODIFY DUCT SYSTEM ACCORDINGLY CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY AVAILABLE SPACE FOR DUCTWORK BEFORE FABRICATING CONTRACTOR SHALL MODIFY DUCTWORK TO FIT AVAILABLE FIELD CONDITIONS CUTTING OR OTHERWISE ALTERING ANY STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT 10 11 12 INCHES WATER COLUMN LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE 1000 BRITISH THERMAL UNITS PER HOUR MANUAL DAMPER MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER MAKE UP WATER OUTSIDE AIR PRESSURE DROP PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE RETURN AIR ROOF HOOD SECURITY
115. NDOOR COIL VIA SERVICE VALVE ON OUTDOOR COIL TO ACCUMULATOR INSULATE FOR TP 3 e ACCURATE READING 4 READING DISCHARGE LINE ELECTRONIC THERMOMETER A88341 Fig 19 Reversing Valve Heating Mode Solenoid De Energized FROM OUTDOOR COIL INSULATE FOR ACCURATE ON FROM COMPRESSOR 26 Reversing Valve In heat pumps changeover between heating and cooling modes is accomplished with a valve that reverses flow of refrigerant in system This reversing valve device is easy to troubleshoot and replace The reversing valve solenoid can be checked with power off with an ohmmeter Check for continuity and shorting to ground With control circuit 24v power on check for correct voltage at solenoid coil Check for overheated solenoid With unit operating other items can be checked such as frost or condensate water on refrigerant lines The sound made by a reversing valve as it begins or ends defrost is a whooshing sound as the valve reverses and pressures in system equalize An experienced service technician detects this sound and uses it as a valuable troubleshooting tool Using a remote measuring device check inlet and outlet line temperatures DO NOT touch lines If reversing valve is operating normally inlet and outlet temperatures on appropriate lines should be close to each other Any difference would be due to heat loss or gain across valve body Temperatures ar
116. NF042 TXV FX4DN B F 043 CAP 4817A CAP 48 21 24 A 48 4812 FB4CNF048 TXV FV4C FE4A N B F 005 FX4DN B F 049 CAP 60 A CNP 6024A CSPH 6012A FBACNFO60 FVAC FE4A NBOO6 FX4DN B F 061 a I Te Q m I Te Q m m I Te N 10 Table 7 Required Liquid Line Temperatures F LIQUID PRESSURE AT REQUIRED SUBCOOLING TEMPERATURE F SERVICE VALVE PSIG 8 10 12 14 16 18 251 76 74 72 70 68 66 259 78 76 74 72 70 68 266 80 78 76 74 72 70 274 82 80 78 76 74 72 283 84 82 80 78 76 74 291 86 84 82 80 78 76 299 88 86 84 82 80 78 308 90 88 86 84 82 80 317 92 90 88 86 84 82 326 94 92 90 88 86 84 335 96 94 92 90 88 86 345 98 96 94 92 90 88 354 100 98 96 94 92 90 364 102 100 98 96 94 92 374 104 102 100 98 96 94 384 106 104 102 100 98 96 395 108 106 104 102 100 98 406 110 108 106 104 102 100 416 112 110 108 106 104 102 427 114 112 110 108 106 104 439 116 114 112 110 108 106 450 118 116 114 112 110 108 462 120 118 116 114 112 110 5 474 122 120 118 116 114 112 N 486 124 122 120 118 116 114 rs 499 126 124 122 120 118 116 o 511 128 126 124 122 120 118 m 79 Table 8 Superheat C
117. NOTE The model plug takes priority over factory model information input at the factory If the model plug is removed after initial power up the unit will operate according to the last valid model plug installed and flash the appropriate fault code temporarily Table 13 Model Plug Information PIN RESISTANCE MODEL MODEE K ohms NUMBER FLUG NUMBER Pins 1 4 Pins 2 3 25HNB624 HK70EZ041 18 91 25HNB636 HK70EZ043 18 150 25HNB648 HK70EZ045 18 220 25HNB660 HK70EZ047 18 360 25HNB924 HK70EZ010 5 1 120 25HNB936 HK70EZ012 5A 180 25HNB948 HK70EZ014 5 1 270 25HNB960 HK70EZ016 11 5 1 24ANB124 HK70EZ009 5 1 91 24ANB136 HK70EZO011 5 1 150 24ANB148 HK70EZ013 5 1 220 24ANB160 HK70EZ015 5 1 360 24ANB724 HK70EZ040 18 75 24ANB736 HK70EZ042 18 120 24ANB748 HK70EZ044 18 180 24ANB760 HK70EZ046 18 270 45 TWO STAGE 25HNB 24ANB Application Guidelines Carrier designed and tested the two stage air conditioner and heat pump products with Puron refrigerant to operate at a minimum outdoor operating ambient in cooling mode at 55 F without low ambient cooling enabled and the maximum outdoor operating ambient in cooling is 125 F 51 6 C On Infinity communicating systems only low ambient cooling is available to 0 F 17 8 C The maximum outdoor operating ambient in heating mode is 66 F 18 8 C on all heat pumps Continuous operation in heating mode is approved to 30 F 34 4 C Thermostat options for the two stage units are as follows
118. OR Printed in U S A SEC2 cA EASY SELECT AUX HEAT KW CFM 020 010 05 1075 875 725 625 1 1 1 SIZE ED d VI 036 030 024 018 B su SYSTEM 0 HP COMFORT HP EFF RN 8 AC HP CFM ADJUST NOM Lo HI ik 8 8 8 B ON OFF DELAY FV4C f 9 HEATER MOTOR Copyright 2009 CAC BDP e 7310 W Morris St e Indianapolis IN 46231 Manufacturer reserves the right to change at any time specifications and designs without notice and without obligations 18 24 7 Heating 8 Air Conditioning The Climate s Always Right With Bardi Gm Section 3 Heat Pump Condensing Unit Warranty Carrier www bardi com 2175 Royal Palm Court Norcross Georgia 30071 e Residential 770 263 5355 Commercial 770 263 9300 e Fax 770 263 9400 CARRIER CORPORATION turn to the Limited Warranty for Air Conditioner 8 Heat Pump Condensing Units with Puron R 410A Refrigerant FOR WARRANTY SERVICE OR REPAIR Contact the installer or a Carrier dealer You may be able to find the installer s name on the equipment or in your Owner s Packet You can also find a Carrier dealer online at www carrier com For help contact Carrier Corporation Consumer Relations P O Box 4808 Syracu
119. OTOR LED is off STATUS LED is indicating a Status Code 44 and motor is running Disconnect the motor harness at the fan coil control If motor continues to run fan coil control is good and control module on motor may need replacement STATUS CODE 25 INVALID MOTOR MODEL SELEC TION On initial start up fan coil control shall poll motor for its size data and check fan coil size data stored in fan coil control memory 1 If motor size is incorrect for fan coil size or fan coil size data is invalid Status Code 25 will be displayed on STATUS LED 2 If model size data is missing as is the case when a replace ment fan coil control is installed system User Interface will prompt installer to enter correct model size from a list of valid sizes 3 If motor size is incorrect for model size motor must be re placed with proper size motor Fan coil control will not re spond to operation requests until this fault condition is resolved STATUS CODE 27 INVALID OUTDOOR UNIT SIZE On initial power up fan coil control will write into memory outdoor unit size as provided by User Interface in a fully communicating system 1 If outdoor unit size is invalid Status Code 27 will be dis played on STATUS LED 2 User Interface will prompt the installer to choose size from a list of valid sizes for application with fan coil 3 Check communications wiring to be sure User Interface has established communications with outdoor unit or select p
120. Ohm out sensor and check wiring Improper relationship between coil sensor and outdoor air sensor Ohm out sensors and check wiring Compressor operation detected then disappears while low stage demand exists Possible causes are internal compressor overload trip or start relay and capacitor held in circuit too long if installed Compressor operation detected then disappears while high stage demand exists Possible causes are internal compressor overload trip or start relay and capacitor held in circuit too long if installed Compressor voltage sensed when no demand for compressor operation exists Contactor may be stuck closed or there is a wiring error Compressor voltage not sensed when compressor should be starting Con tactor may be stuck open or there is a wiring error Thermal cutout occurs in three consecutive low high stage cycles Low stage locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled Thermal cutout occurs in three consecutive high low stage cycles High stage locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled Low pressure switch trip has occurred during 3 consecutive cycles Unit operation locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled High pressure switch trip has occurred during 3 consecutive cycles Unit operation locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled error code AMBER LED OPERATION FAULT FLASH CODE On solid Standby no call for unit operation None flash Low Stage Cool Hea
121. R REC RM 101 102 SPARE REC RM 104 112 REC RM 105 102 REC RM 103 14 LIGHTS RM 104 REC RM 105 104 LIGHTS RM 105 LIGHTS RM 102 103 A C OUTLET REC RM 102 103 SPARE DED RM 102 QUAD SPACE DED BREAKROOM DISPOSAL A C DED GFI BREAKROOM DED MICROWAVE A C REC RM 100 106 LTG RR GFI A C LTG RM 111 107 110 BATH FANS PANEL LA A06 A TEL BKBD 40 39 SPACE 42 41 0 1 58 BALANCED THREE PHASE AMPS 9 aa DIRECTORY FIRSPNGVAVARYEAG RANG SPACE STYLE MANUFACTURER TYPE AND INTERRUPTING RATING AS EXISTING PANELBOARD LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TYPE LAMP QUANTITY amp DESCRIPTION e BALLAST MOUNTING METHOD MANUFACTURER amp CATALOG DESIGN SERIES WATTAGE 2 2W LED HALOGEN COMBINATION EGRESS LED EXIT SIGN WITH N A CEILING LITHONIA EXR LED EL BATTERY BACHUP WITH SINGLE OR M6 DOUBLE FACE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS WHITE THERMOPLASTIC HOUSING RED LETTERS UNIVERSAL ARROWS AND UNIVERSAL MOUNTING FIXTURE SHALL COMPLY WITH 101 2000 5500 2 VISIBLE LED LAMPS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE PROVIDE INTEGRAL MAINTENANCE FREE BATTERY PACK FOR MINIMUM 90 MINUTE OPERATION 8 13 4 0 e Covalent Consulting LL C 1708 Peochtree St Suite 0 Atlanta GA 30309 404 355 9334 main 404 835 1118 fax nda rene ide eae
122. RE LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SOME STATES OR PROVINCES DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION LASTS SO THE ABOVE MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES MADE IN THIS WARRANTY ARE EXCLUSIVE AND MAY NOT BE ALTERED ENLARGED OR CHANGED BY ANY DISTRIBUTOR DEALER OR OTHER PERSON WHATSOEVER THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER 1 Labor or other costs incurred for diagnosing repairing removing installing shipping servicing or handling of either defective parts or replacement parts or new units 2 Any product purchased over the Internet 3 Normal maintenance as outlined in the installation and servicing instructions or Owner s Manual including filter cleaning and or replacement and lubrication 4 Failure damage or repairs due to faulty installation misapplication abuse improper servicing unauthorized alteration or improper operation 5 Failure to start due to voltage conditions blown fuses open circuit breakers or damages due to the inadequacy or interruption of electrical service 6 Failure or damage due to floods winds fires lightning accidents corrosive environments rust etc or other conditions beyond the control of Company Parts not supplied or designated by Company or damages resulting from their use Products installed outside the U S A or its territories and Canada Electricity or fuel costs or increases in electricity or fuel costs from any reason whatsoever includ
123. RMOSTAT A97517 Fig 8 Defrost Thermostat Location Check Defrost Thermostat There is a liquid header with a distributor and feeder tube going into outdoor coil At the end of 1 of the feeder tubes there is a 3 8 in OD stub tube approximately 2 50 8 mm long See Fig 8 The defrost thermostat should be located on stub tube Note that there is only 1 stub tube used with a liquid header and on most units it is the bottom circuit NOTE The defrost thermostat must be located on the liquid side of the outdoor coil on the bottom circuit and as close to the coil as possible For a copper stub tube the DFT will have a copper cup For an aluminum stub tube the DFT will have an aluminum cup Don t interchange material types Defrost Control Board Troubleshooting defrost control involves a series of simple steps that indicate whether or not board is defective NOTE This procedure allows the service technician to check control board and defrost thermostat for defects First troubleshoot to make sure unit operates properly in heating and cooling modes This ensures operational problems are not attributed to the defrost control board HK32EA001 007 DEFROST CONTROL The HK32EA001 007 defrost control is used in all Comfort Series heat pump models Its features include selectable defrost intervals of 30 60 90 minutes and standard defrost speed up capability This section describes the sequence of operation and trouble shooti
124. S TYP u X NS 1 ROUTE REFRIGERANT LINESETS 3 SUE EP 0 TIGHT TO STRUCTURE AND COORDINATE WITH EXISTING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 1 SS L L 4 L L M SUITE A06 407 LANDLORD WORK WHITE PROVISIONS BUILDING 1100 HOWELL MILL ROAD ATLANTA GA fc M08 be SSF M DOCUMENT ISSUE RECORD DATE DESCRIPTIO 5 LL LL I Lal EXISTING HEAT PUMPS AND CONDENSING UNITS 1 9 12 13 FOR CONSTRUCTIE 9 18 13 REVISIONS 2 j 1 j 11 09 13 REVISIDNS 5 Ll DOWN TO TENANT SPACE ade 13 072 AS SHOWN SHEET TITLE S MECHANICAL SE NEW WORK PLAN SECOND FLOOR SHEET SECOND FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL ocale 1 4 2 1 0 M2 1 Covalent p Consulting L C 1708 Peochtree St Suite 0 Atlanta GA 9 404 355 9334 main 404 835 1118 fax Ht OWES et eee hee ined SUITE 06 07 LANDLORD WORK WHITE PROVISIONS BUILDING A 1100 HOWELL MILL ROAD ATLANTA GA DOCUMENT ISSUE RECORD DATE DESCRIPTIC 9 12 FOR CUNSTRUCTID 2 9 18 13 REVISIONS 3 11 08 13 REVISIDNS PROJECT 13 072 SCAL
125. SOR MOTOR WINDINGS COMPRESSOR STUCK COMPRESSOR INTERNAL PROTECTION OPEN DEFECTIVE RUN CAPACITOR DEFECTIVE START CAPACITOR CONTACTOR OPEN POWER SUPPLY DEFECTIVE LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER OPEN THERMOSTAT OPEN CONTROL CIRCUIT LOSS OF CHARGE CONTACTOR OR COIL DEFECTIVE LOOSE ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TABLE Catalog No 24 25 5SM Replaces 24 25 48M INDEX OF TABLES DESCRIPTION Required Field Installed Accessories for Air Required Field Installed Accessories for Heat Pumps Defrost Control Speed Up Timing Sequence Fitting Losses in Equivalent Feet Puron System Suction Pressure Drop 1 R 22 System Suction Pressure Drop Puron Refrigerant Pressure Temperature Chart R 22 Refrigerant Pressure Temperature Chart Puron Subcooling Chart hh er chine eke E Puron Superheat Chart R 22 Subcoolmg Chart arses SR ECRIRE Rui PS 22 Superheat Chart Rec me e eee c RO ee sneered TWO STAGE 25HNB 24ANB Model Plug Information
126. Select HP COMFORT D AC HP CFM ADJUST Select LO E ON OFF DELAY Select ENH CONTINUOUS FAN Select desired speed 2 Install heater with Intelligent Heat Staging and remove Jumper J2 except when using 5 8 or 10 kw heater 3 Remove Jumper 11 to activate all dehumidify modes 4 Complete wiring and install outdoor temperature sensor according to Installation Instructions THERMIDISTAT CONTROL SETTINGS 1 Set DIP Switches Set the dip switches back of Thermidistat Control Board appropriately for specific system being installed 2 Thermidistat Control Configurations See Thermidistat Control Installation Instructions for detailed description Option 5 Variable Speed Motors set to ON Option 7 Super Dehumidify set to ON Option 9 Intelligent Heat set to ON if installing with a single speed heat pump Option 12 Heaters during Defrost setting 2 is suggested for all heaters Option 16 Set to ON for warmer heat below 40 F Option 17 Select programmable or non programmable mode 3 Set desired humidity level on front of Thermidistat 50 to 5596 RH recommended For cool to dehumidify operation both dhu and cool must be displayed Edition Date 05 09 LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK N esp s 69 8 dh lw v 69 Go eke eS 25 25 AUX2 HUM2 0580430226 018 8 E I 24VAC ew cO MOLEX 12 PIN CONNECT
127. T SECURITY BARS SMD SMOKE DAMPER P EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE DUCT MOUNTED STATIC PRESSURE SENSOR FIRE DAMPER SPD SPLITTER DAMPER HEAT PUMP VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE HWC HOT WATER COIL WET BULB TEMPERATURE F WP HOT WATER PUMP WALL LOUVER 8 HOT WER E HWS HOT WATER SUPPLY 55 5 2 55 NOTE THESE ARE STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS ALL ABBREVIATIONS SHOWN ABOVE MAY NOT APPEAR ON DRAWINGS MECHANICAL LEGEND mue TERNOS OR TEVERURE SENSOR 9 SENSOR esme S wat WOUND SWICH ME AR DISTRIBUTION TAG A B SZE CFM 0 0 hd DUCT SIZE RECTANGULAR INCHES fo DUCT SIZE ROUND INCHES DUCT MOUNTED STAC PRESSURE SENSOR a lt REUTRN AIR DISTRIBUTION DEVICE lI scemwves Ez E DUCTWORK NEGATIVE PRESSURE REMOVE EXISTING DUCTWORK INST NOTE THIS IS A STANDARD LEGEND ALL ITEMS SHOWN NOT APPEAR ON DRAWINGS d 6 Covalent Consulting LLC 1708 Peachtree St Suite 210 Atlanta GA 30309 404 355 9334 main 404 835 1118 fax of tous ene MOUNT HEAT PUMP ON PLATFORM ABOVE GENERATOR BAY ADJACENT TO EXISTING HEAT PUMPS vo EXISTING HEAT PUMPS AND CONDENSING UNIT
128. TIONS Standard No Yes Yes t No Yes No See Long Line Application Guideline No No REQUIRED FOR LOW AMBIENT COOLING APPLICATIONS Below 55 F 12 8 Standard Yes Tt Yes Yes t Yes t Yes Yes No Yes Recommended ACCESSORY Accumulator Ball Bearing Fan Motor Compressor Start Assist Capacitor and Relay Crankcase Heater Evaporator Freeze Thermostat Hard Shutoff TXV Isolation Relay Liquid Line Solenoid Valve Motor Master Control or Low Ambient Switch Support Feet For tubing line sets between 80 and 200 ft 24 38 and 60 96 m and or 20 ft 6 09 m vertical differential refer to Residential Piping and Longline Guideline Additional requirement for Low Ambient Controller full modulation feature MotorMaster Control Always Ask For ACTORY t Infinity 2 stage units come standard with this accessory Not required on 2 stage 6 Thermostatic Expansion Valve TXV A modulating flow control valve which meters refrigerant liquid flow rate into the evaporator in response to the superheat of the refrigerant gas leaving the evaporator Kit includes valve adapter tubes and external equalizer tube Hard shut off types are available Usage Guideline Accessory required to meet AHRI rating and system reliability where indoor not equipped Hard shut off TXV or LLS required in heat pum
129. TRIC HEATER SERVICE Service can be completed with heater in place Shut off power before servicing A Limit Switch Refer to Electric Heater Function and Troubleshooting section of this manual B Sequencer Refer to Electric Heater Function and Troubleshooting section of this manual C Transformer A 40 VA transformer supplies 24 V power for control circuit Check for 208 230V on primary side of transformer If present check for 24V on secondary side NOTE Transformer is fused Do not short circuit D Fan Relay Relay coil is 24 V Check for proper control voltage Replace relay if faulty CLEANING OR REPLACING REFRIGERANT FLOW CONTROL DEVICE Refer to Fig 21 and instructions given in Piston Body Cleaning or Replacement section The refrigerant flow control device is protected by a wire mesh strainer It is located inside the 3 8 in liquid tube at field braze joint next to flow control device Access to strainer is through field braze joint SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A Condensing Unit COOLING When thermostat calls for cooling the circuit between R and G is complete and single pole single throw relay FR is energized The normally open contacts close causing blower to operate The circuit between R and Y is also complete This completed circuit causes contactor in outdoor unit to close which starts compressor and outdoor fan HEATING When thermostat calls for heating and FAN switch is set on AUTO the circuit betw
130. TS IN THIS SCOPE OF WORK PROVIDE A 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER THERMOSTAT WITH 50 FEET OF WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING STATE AND LOCAL CODES ADDITIONAL CONTROL WIRING IN THE SPACE COIL WIRING AND LOCATE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE 2006 EDITION WITH GEORGIA AMENDMENTS THERMOSTAT AT INTERIOR UNITS OR ON WALL ADJACENT TO EXTERIOR THE INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE 2006 EDITION WITH GEORGIA AMENDMENTS UNITS THE INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE 2009 EDITION WITH GEORGIA AMENDMENTS 4 REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE SIZED BASED ON MANUFACTURERS OBTAIN AND PAY FOR REQUIRED PERMITS AND FEES REQUIREMENTS COORDINATED WITH LINESET LENGTHS AND INSULATED WITH 1 THICK FLEXIBLE CELLULAR PIPE INSULATION DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT NECESSARILY SHOW EVERY FITTING AND DETAIL INSTALL DUCTS EQUIPMENT AND CONTROLS IN A NEAT WORKMANLIKE MANNER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOOD PRACTICE FOR A COMPLETE WORKABLE INSTALLATION AVOID CONFLICT WITH OTHER WORK 5 REMOVE EXISTING CEILING TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED FOR THE NEW WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS REMOVE EXISTING CEILING BELOW NEW MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT MAKE ADEQUATE PROVISIONS FOR PREVENTING NOISE AND VIBRATION ARRANGE EQUIPMENT INTO THE AVAILABLE SPACE IN A MANNER TO MAKE WORKING PARTS ACCESSIBLE FOR MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE GUARANTEED AGAINST DEFECTS FOR ONE YEAR PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FOUR YEAR WARRANTY ON CO
131. The liquid solenoid closes in the compressor off mode to prevent refrigerant migration into the unit through the liquid line CHECK CHARGE All 25HNB6 units must be charged in high stage only Factory charge amount and desired subcooling are shown on unit rating plate Charging method is shown on information plate inside unit To properly check or adjust charge conditions must be favorable for subcooling charging Favorable conditions exist when the outdoor temperature is between 70 F and 100 F 21 11 C and 37 78 C and the indoor temperature is between 70 F and 80 F 21 11 C and 26 67 C Follow the procedure below Unit is factory charged for 15ft 4 57 m of lineset Adjust charge by adding or removing 0 6 02 8 of 3 8 liquid line above or below 15ft 4 57 m respectively For standard refrigerant line lengths 80 ft 24 38 m or less allow system to operate in cooling mode at least 15 minutes If conditions are favorable check system charge by subcooling method If any adjustment is necessary adjust charge slowly and allow system to operate for 15 minutes to stabilize before declaring a properly charged system If the indoor temperature is above 80 F 26 67 C and the outdoor temperature is in the favorable range adjust system charge by weight based on line length and allow the indoor temperature to drop to 80 F 26 67 C before attempting to check system charge by subcooling method as described above If the ind
132. User Interface This fan coil will not respond to commands provided by a common thermostat except under certain emergency situations described in the Start Up Troubleshooting sub section The User Interface uses temperature humidity and other data supplied from indoor and outdoor system components to control heating or cooling system for optimum comfort FE4A ADVANCED TROUBLESHOOTING PUSE n 0 Ue o Communication 26 LED LAH o HUM xuv Motor LED 13030 Fig 12 FE4A Circuit Board LED Locations Troubleshooting the FE Fan Coil Circuit Board Production Unit circuit board Fan Coil part number HK38EA011 RCD Replacement circuit board HK38EA012 Older circuit board part numbers HK38EA006 and HK38EA009 Primary test that should be performed Motor Line Voltage Check 1 Turn off power 240V 2 Remove Plug 3 from ECM motor 3 Turn on power 4 Check Plug 3 terminals 4 and 5 to ensure there are 240V 5 Turn off power FFM WARNING ELECTRICAL OPERATION HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Before installation or servicing system always turn off main power to system There may be more than one disconnect Switch Turn off accessory heater power if applicable Lock out and tag switch with a suitable warning label FAN MOTOR The motor is three speed direct drive High speed lead is black medium speed lead is
133. When motor is commanded to operate the MOTOR LED will be turned on and will flash each time instructions are sent to the motor When the motor is commanded to stop the MOTOR LED will be turned off The MOTOR LED will not flash to indicate communications when it is turned off Fan coil control is constantly communicating with the motor even when the motor and MOTOR LED are off If motor does not acknowledge receipt of communications the control will display Status Code 44 on STATUS LED and continue to try to communicate with motor motor acknowledges communication status code will be cleared If MOTOR LED is lit and flashing and motor does not run 1 Check the STATUS LED If STATUS LED is indicating a Status 44 code check the motor wiring harness for proper connection to control and motor receptacles 2 Check motor wiring harness to be sure all wiring complies with wiring diagram description makes a complete circuit from connector to connector and is not shorted 3 Check 12 Vdc low voltage supply to motor at Pins 1 and 2 of motor header connection to fan coil control If all checks are normal fan coil control is good and control module on motor may need replacement Check motor and Motor Control Module following the instructions in Section C ECM Motor Troubleshooting Shorted or mis wiring of the low voltage motor harness wiring will not cause damage to fan coil control or to motor control module If the M
134. absorb lubricant spills and prevent run offs and protect drop cloth from tears caused by tools or components 3 Place terry cloth shop towel inside unit immediately under component s to be serviced and prevent lubricant run offs through the louvered openings in the base pan 4 Perform required service 5 Remove and dispose of any oil contaminated material per local codes After the brazing operation and the refrigerant tubing and evaporator coil have been evacuated the valve stem can be turned counterclockwise until back seats which releases refrigerant into tubing and evaporator coil The system can now be operated Back seating service valves must be back seated turned counterclockwise until seated before the service port caps can be removed and hoses of gauge manifold connected In this position refrigerant has access from and through outdoor and indoor unit The service valve stem cap is tightened to 20 gt 2 ft lb torque and the service port caps to 9 gt 2 ft Ib torque The seating surface of the valve stem has a knife set edge against which the caps are tightened to attain a metal to metal seal If accessory pressure switches are used the service valve must be cracked Then the knife set stem cap becomes the primary seal The service valve cannot be field repaired therefore only a complete valve or valve stem and service port caps are available for replacement If the service valve is to be replaced a metal
135. ace motors that show an open circuit in any of the windings Place 1 lead of ohmmeter on each motor lead At same time place other ohmmeter lead on motor case ground Replace any motor that shows resistance to ground signs of arcing burning or overheating Located above the compressor is a single speed fan motor and fan The 24ANB1 25HNB9 air conditioner and heat pump models use the ECM variable speed fan motor 48 refrigerant charge may not be correct Do not use chart to adjust refrigerant charge NOTE In heating mode check refrigerant charge only when pressures are stable If in doubt remove charge and weigh in correct refrigerant charge NOTE When charging is necessary during heating season charge must be weighed in accordance with unit rating plate 0 6 oz ft of 3 8 in liquid line above or below 15 ft respectively EXAMPLE To calculate additional charge required for a 25 ft line set 25 ft 15 ft 10 ft X 0 6 oz ft 6 oz of additional charge SYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 25 24 The outdoor unit control system has special functions The following is an overview of the two stage control functions Cooling and Heating Operation The 25HNB6 24ANB7 25HNB9 24ANBI model utilizes either a standard 2 stage indoor thermostat or Infinity Communication User Interface With a call for first stage cooling the outdoor fan reversing valve and low stage compressor are energized I
136. act Information Contact Jim Furness Jimfur80 gamil com Don Burton Gayle RandalLowe com Denis Irkhin denisirkhin bardi com Bruce Davidson bruce puizelelectric com Drywall Atlanta Plumbing Marietta HVAC Norcross Electric Atlanta Sub Name R amp T General Construction Inc Randal Lowe Plumbing LLC Bardi Heating and Air Inc Putzel Electrical Contractors 5100 Old Ellis Point Suite 200 Roswell GA 30076 Fax 678 947 8582 Phone 678 947 8505 EXHIBIT D SUBCONTRACTOR VENDOR WARRANTY FORM PROJECT WHTIE PROVISION LANDLORDS WORK SUITE 06 07 OWNER WHITE PROVISION REDEVELOPEMENT L P GENERAL CONTRACTOR Derucki Construction Company LLC We amp T GENERAL CONSTRUCTION Subcontractor Vendor for WHITE PROVISION SUITE A06 A07 described in Specification Section s Reference Subcontract Exhibit A Do hereby warrant that all labor and materials furnished and work performed in conjunction with the above referenced project are in accord with the Contract Documents and authorized modifications thereto and will be free from defects due to defective materials and workmanship for a period of ONE Y EAR from Date of Acceptance This warranty commences on 12 20 2013 and expires on 12 20 2014 Should any defect develop during the warranty period due to improper material workmanship or arrangement the same shall upon written notice by the Owner be made good by the undersigned at no expense to
137. al if wired in with W2 If W3 and E are not wired to W2 the sequencers heat relays can be controlled individually to stage additional electric heat The sequence control is described in the following section 1 W2 When thermostat sends a signal to W2 a 24 Vac signal is applied across sequencer relay No 1 causing it to close When sequencer relay No 1 closes first stage of electric heat is energized In straight electric heat fan is also ener gized through the normally closed contacts of fan relay In cooling heat pump or manual fan mode fan will already be running since fan relay would have been energized When thermostat stops calling for electric heat the 24 Vac signal to sequencer relay No 1 turns off and sequencer opens after a delay of 60 to 90 seconds Heaters equipped with relays will be de energized immediately When se quencer relay opens first stage of heat turns off along with fan providing thermostat is not calling for the fan 2 W3 When a signal is sent to W3 a 24 Vac signal to sequencer relay No 2 causes it to close with second stage of electric heat turning on The 24 Vac signal applied to sequencer re lay No 1 causes fan to operate Timing is such that sequen cer relay No 1 will turn on before sequencer relay No 2 When signal to W3 is turned off sequencer relay No 2 opens If W2 is also satisfied first stage of electric heat and fan will also turn off providing thermostat is not calling for th
138. all joints and connections in system A small pinhole leak is located by tracing bubbles in soap solution around leak If the leak is very small several minutes may pass before a bubble will form Popular commercial leak detection solutions give better longer lasting bubbles and more accurate results plain soapy water The bubble solution must be removed from the tubing and fittings after checking for leaks as some solutions may corrode the metal Compressor Removal and Replacement Once it is determined that compressor has failed and the reason established compressor must be replaced CAUTION PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Turn off all power to unit before proceeding Wear safety glasses protective clothing and gloves when handling refrigerant Acids formed as a result of motor burnout can cause burns CAUTION PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Wear safety glasses protective clothing and gloves when handling refrigerant and when using brazing torch 1 Shut off all power to unit 2 Remove and recover all refrigerant from system until pressure gauges read 0 psi Use all service ports Never open a system under a vacuum to atmosphere Break vacuum with dry nitrogen holding charge first Do not exceed 5 psig 3 Disconnect electrical leads from compressor Disconnect or remove crankcase heater
139. and floor CAUTION PROPERTY DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in property damage Gasket kit number KFAHDO101SLP is required for horizontal slope coil conversion to maintain low air leak low sweat performance G Manufactured and Mobile Home Housing Applications 1 Fan coil unit must be secured to the structure using field supplied hardware 2 Allow a minimum of 24 610 mm clearance from access panels 3 Recommended method of securing for typical applications a If fan coil is away from wall attach pipe strap to top of fan coil using No 10 self tapping screws Angle strap down and away from back of fan coil remove all slack and fasten to wall stud of structure using 5 16 in 8mm diameter lag screws Typical both sides of fan coil b If fan coil is against wall secure fan coil to wall stud using 1 8 in 3mm thick right angle brackets Attach brackets to fan coil using No 10 self tapping screws and to wall stud using 5 16 in 8mm diameter lag screws See Fig 7 4 102mm MAX SECURE FAN COIL TO STRUCTURE UNIT AWAY FROM WALL PIPE STRAP oleo TYPICAL BOTH SIDES OR lt UNIT AGAINST WALL 125 3mm f MOUNTING BRACKET 6 TYPICAL BOTH SIDES DOWN FLOW 0 BASE KIT KFACB down SECURE UNIT TO FLOOR ANGLE BRACKET OR PIPE STRAP 4 102mm MAX A07567 Fig 8 A Coil Procedure 3 AIR DUCTS Connect supply air duct over o
140. and remove compressor hold down bolts 4 Cut compressor from system with tubing cutter Do not use brazing torch for compressor removal Oil vapor may ignite when compressor is disconnected 5 Scratch matching marks on stubs in old compressor Make corresponding marks on replacement compressor 6 Use torch to remove stubs from old compressor and to reinstall them in replacement compressor 7 Use copper couplings to tie compressor back into system 8 Replace filter drier evacuate system recharge and check for normal system operation A CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Do not leave system open to atmosphere Compressor oil is highly susceptible to moisture absorption 32 Aluminum Coil Removal For all aluminum coils the coil has two fin isolators on the top of the coil as shown in Fig 27 Also the top and bottom of the tube sheets have edge guards These must be reinstalled after removal of the coil The orientation of the fin isolator is shown in Fig 28 There is a threaded mechanical fitting on the liquid distributor This connection is not field serviceable and should not be disturbed Fin Isolators Edge Guards Edge Guard A13187 Fig 27 Edge Guards amp Fin Isolator Location gt OUTSIDE OF UNIT INSIDE OF UNT Orientation of
141. application requirement the field wiring terminal block provides connection terminals for use of a standard humidistat The FV4 and 40FK fan coils will detect the humidistat contacts opening on increasing humidity and reduce its airflow to approximately 80 percent of nominal cooling mode airflow This reduction will increase the system latent capacity until the humidity falls to a level which causes the humidistat to close its contacts When the contacts close airflow will return to 100 percent of the selected cooling airflow To activate this mode remove jumper J1 and wire in a standard humidistat Carefully consult product airflow data for cooling and dehumidification modes right column of Table 4 shows that 12Vdc should be present between Pin No 14 and Pin No 1 common on the 16 pin connector 2 Set meter to read DC voltage Place meter leads between Pins No 1 common and No 14 and check for 12Vdc If signal is present the problem is in the module or motor If signal is not present the problem is either in wiring harness or Easy Select Board These steps can be repeated for other modes of operation To check Easy Select Board 1 Leave jumper wire in place between R and Y Y2 2 Check Table 4 under Volt Meter on Easy Select Board Plug column and row for Pin No 14 on motor plug to see pin number on Easy Select Board that should have voltage The correct pin is No 2 The column on far right will show voltage
142. approximately 80 of the nominal cooling airflow to increase the latent capacity of the system D Cooling Mode Super Dehumidify Operation See Fig 22 for Quick Reference Guide NOTE The indoor control used such as Thermidistat must be capable of providing Super Dehumidify operation mode and control must be configured as outlined in its installation instructions Consult indoor control literature to determine if control is capable of providing Super Dehumidify inputs and for configuration instructions If the indoor temperature is below the temperature set point and the humidity is above the humidity set point the Thermidistat closes circuit R to O opens circuits R to DH and R to G and cycles circuit R to Y Y2 for single speed system R to Y1 or R to Y1 and Y Y2 for 2 speed system The ECM motor reads the G signal to the fan coil while the heat pump is operating circuit R to Y Y2 for single speed system R to Y1 or R to Y1 and Y Y2 for 2 speed system closed 24 vac If circuit R to G is closed 24 vac the motor will deliver airflow at 12 d Intelligent Staging of the electric heater elements to more closely match heating load requirements and provide more consistent heating air temperatures Procedure 9 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A Accessory Electric Heaters Electric heaters may be installed with the FV4C Fan Coil per instructions supplied with electric heater package See unit rating plate for factory approved e
143. are used as primary heating source When using a Thermidistat Control Zone Perfect Plus or Comfort Zone 11 the 24 vac signal may be sourced directly from the Thermidistat HUM terminal See Fig 9 10 11 and 12 HUMIDISTAT HUM 1 24 VAC HUM 2 G TO HUMIDIFIER HUMIDIFIER WIRING A95317 Fig 19 Humidifier Wiring E Dehumidify Capability with Standard Humidistat Connec tion Latent capacities for systems using the 4 Fan Coil are better than average systems If increased latent capacity is an application requirement the field wiring terminal block provides connection terminals for use of a standard humidistat The FV4C Fan Coil will detect the humidistat contacts opening on increasing humidity and reduce its airflow to approximately 80 of nominal cooling mode airflow This reduction will increase the system latent capacity until the humidity falls to a level which causes the humidistat to close its contacts When the contacts close the airflow will return to 100 of the selected cooling airflow To activate this mode remove Jumper J1 and wire in a standard humidistat See Fig 20 FV4C C Use following procedure to check control signals THERMOSTAT 1 Remove all thermostat wires from Easy Select Board 2 Jumper screw terminals 1 at a time R Y Y2 R Y1 R WI1 If motor runs in all cases thermostat is mis wired configured incorrectly or defective If motor runs in som
144. ary depending on the voltmeter used WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Disconnect all power to the unit before servicing the field wires or removing the control package The disconnect when used on the access panel does not disconnect power to the line side of the disconnect but does allow safe service to all other parts of the unit The minimum maintenance requirements for this equipment are as follows 1 Inspect and clean or replace air filter each month or as re quired 2 Inspect cooling coil drain pan and condensate drain each cooling season for cleanliness Clean as necessary An in spection port is provided on all A coil delta plates Remove plastic plug to inspect Replace plug after inspection 3 Inspect blower motor and wheel for cleanliness each heating and cooling season Clean as necessary 4 Inspect electrical connections for tightness and controls for proper operation each heating and cooling season Service as necessary CAUTION CUT HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Sheet metal parts may have sharp edges or burrs Use care and wear appropriate protective clothing and gloves when handling parts FILTER ASSEMBLY To clean or replace air filter push plastic connectors toward center of unit and remove filter access panel outward Push filter up and back into unit Then slide filter
145. asing the displacement to 100 DC solenoid in the compressor controlled by a rectified 24 volt AC signal in the external solenoid plug moves the slider ring that covers and uncovers these vents The vent covers are arranged in such a manner that the compressor operates at approximately 6796 capacity when the solenoid is not energized and 10046 capacity when the solenoid is energized The loading and unloading of the two step scroll is done on the fly without shutting off the motor between steps NOTE 67 compressor capacity translates to approximately cooling or heating capacity at the indoor coil The compressor will always start unloaded and stay unloaded for five seconds even when the thermostat is calling for high stage capacity Heating Check Chart Procedure To check system operation during heating cycle refer to the Heating Check Chart on outdoor unit This chart indicates whether a correct relationship exists between system operating pressure and air temperature entering indoor and outdoor units If pressure and temperature do not match on chart system refrigerant charge may not be correct Do not use chart to adjust refrigerant charge Verify 25HCB6 units for proper switching between low amp high stages Check the suction pressures at the service valves Suction pressure should be reduced by 3 10 when switching from low to high capacity Compressor current should increase 20 45 when switching from low to high stag
146. ate contamination and moisture in the system Outdoor Unit Connected To Factory Approved Indoor Unit Outdoor unit contains approximate system refrigerant charge for operation with approved AHRI rated indoor unit when connected by 15 ft 4 57 m of field supplied or factory accessory tubing and factory supplied filter drier Some indoor units require additional subcooling to achieve optimal heating performance Using Table 5 or 6 Additional Subcooling Required check refrigerant charge for maximum efficiency P UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Installation of filter drier in liquid line is required Evacuate Refrigerant Tubing and Indoor Coil 4 CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Never use the system compressor as a vacuum pump Refrigerant tubes and indoor coil should be evacuated using the recommended deep vacuum method of 500 microns The alternate triple evacuation method may be used see triple evacuation procedure in service manual Always break a vacuum with dry nitrogen Deep Vacuum Method The deep vacuum method requires a vacuum pump capable of pulling a vacuum of 500 microns and a vacuum gage capable of accurately measuring this vacuum depth The deep vacuum method is the most positive way of assuring a sys
147. ated with 25 ft 7 6 m of lineset See Product Data sheet for performance data when using different size and length linesets Notes 1 Do not apply capillary tube indoor coils to these units 2 For Tubing Set lengths between 80 and 200 ft 24 38 and 60 96 m horizontal or 20 ft 6 09 m vertical differential 250 ft 76 2 m Total Equivalent Length refer to the Residential Piping and Longline Guideline Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps using Puron refrigerant Installing with Indoor Piston Outdoor Unit Connected to Factory Approved Indoor Unit Check piston size shipped with indoor unit to see if it matches required indoor piston size If it does not match replace indoor piston with correct piston size NOTE Correct pistons are shipped with outdoor units in the accessory bag and are only qualified for piston fan coils Example fan coils with piston FB4C and 5 1 5 through 4 ton When changing indoor piston use a back up wrench Hand tighten hex nut then tighten with wrench 1 2 turn Do not exceed 30 ft Ibs The indoor piston contains a Teflon ring or seal which is used to seat against the inside of distributor body and must be installed properly to ensure proper seating See Fig 5 13 16 BRASS HEX NUT TEFLON SEAL TEFLON 3 4 BRASS HEX BODY RINGS DISTRIBUTOR PISTON PISTON RETAINER 10342 Fig 5 Indoor Piston Installation Install Liquid Line
148. ater to heater due to variations in airflow patterns and element radiant heat conditions The devices are sized to remain on line under heat pump conditions 115 air off coil and minimum CFM but trip to prevent outlet air conditions above 200 F or excessive component or duct temperatures The device itself consists of a bimetallic disc which when overheated snaps through to open a normally closed high voltage high current switch When system temperatures cool sufficiently the switch will automatically reset to its closed position Normal failure mode for this switch is open If a limit switch has been determined to be defective NEVER BYPASS THE LIMIT SWITCH When replacing limit switch ensure that it is replaced with a limit switch of identical opening temperature and closing differential Limit switches are typically color coded to identify their range B KFC and KFD Electric Heat Relay KFC and KFD electric heater packages have relays controlling the heater elements instead of sequencers A small rectifier PCB is mounted to each relay which converts the incoming 24 Vac control signal to DC In addition to the rectifier circuit the second and third stage relays contain a time on delay circuit of five seconds for second stage and eight seconds for third stage When the control signal is WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or deat
149. ation of indoor and outdoor components installed Fan coil control will read IDR value connected to Pins 5 and 8 of heater harness connector If no resistor is found system User Interface will prompt installer to verify that no heater is installed Verifying that this is correct will establish that fan coil is operating without an electric heater accessory Upon choosing negative option installer will be prompted to select heater size installed from a list of valid heater sizes for fan coil and outdoor unit size installed If heater ID resistor value read is invalid Status Code 26 will be displayed on STATUS LED If heater installed is equipped with a resistor connected to Pins 5 and 8 of heater harness connector and Status Code 26 is displayed on STATUS LED 1 Check wiring harness connections to be sure connections are secure 2 If symptoms persist disconnect wiring harness at fan coil control heater header and check for a resistance value great er than 5000 ohms 3 Check for proper wiring of resistor assembly 4 Make sure heater size installed is an approved size for out door unit and fan coil sizes installed NOTE Fan coil control will not operate electric heater until this Status Code is resolved If the heater size is set through the User Interface the heater will be operated as a single stage heater If staging is desired the IDR value must be read in by the fan coil control Table 5 FEA self identifying resistor va
150. ator is the outdoor coil In the typical air conditioning mode compressed hot gas leaves the compressor and enters the condensing coil As gas passes through the condenser coil it rejects heat and condenses into liquid The liquid leaves condensing unit through liquid line and enters metering device at evaporator coil As it passes through metering device it becomes a gas liquid mixture As it passes through indoor coil it absorbs heat and the refrigerant moves to the compressor and is again compressed to hot gas and cycle repeats Servicing Systems on Roofs With Synthetic Materials POE polyol ester compressor lubricants are known to cause long term damage to some synthetic roofing materials Exposure even if immediately cleaned up may cause embrittlement leading to cracking to occur in one year or more When performing any service which may risk exposure of compressor oil to the roof take appropriate precautions to protect roofing Procedures which risk oil leakage include but are not limited to compressor replacement repairing refrigerants leaks replacing refrigerant components such as filter drier pressure switch metering device coil accumulator or reversing valve Synthetic Roof Precautionary Procedure 1 Cover extended roof working area with an impermeable polyethylene plastic drop cloth or tarp Cover an approximate 10 x 10 ft area 2 Cover area in front of the unit service panel with a terry cloth shop towel to
151. ay ignite causing burns Capacitors are used as a phase shifting device to aid in starting certain single phase motors Check capacitors as follows 1 With power off discharge capacitors as outlined above Disconnect capacitor from circuit Put ohmmeter on R X 10k scale Using an analog ohmmeter check each terminal to ground use capacitor case Discard any capacitor which measures 1 2 scale deflection or less Place ohmmeter leads across capacitor and place on R X 10k scale Meter should jump to a low resistance value and slowly climb to higher value Failure of meter to do this indicates an open capacitor If resistance stays at or a low value capacitor is internally shorted 2 Capacitance testers are available which will read value of capacitor If value is not within 10 percent value stated on capacitor it should be replaced If capacitor is not open or shorted the capacitance value is calculated by measuring voltage across capacitor and current it draws 4 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Exercise extreme caution when taking readings while power is on 11 ELECTRICAL 4 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Exercise extreme caution when working on any electrical components Shut off all power to system prior to troubleshooting Some troubleshooting techniques
152. be warm With power off and heater leads disconnected check across leads with ohmmeter Do not look for a specific resistance reading Check for resistance or an open circuit Change heater if an open circuit is detected Time Delay Relay The TDR is a solid state control recycle delay timer which keeps indoor blower operating for 90 sec after thermostat is satisfied This delay enables blower to remove residual cooling in coil after compression shutdown thereby improving efficiency of system The sequence of operation is that on closure of wall thermostat and at end of a fixed on delay of 1 sec fan relay is energized When thermostat is satisfied an off delay is initiated When fixed delay of 90 gt 20 sec is completed fan relay is de energized and fan motor stops If wall thermostat closes during this delay TDR is reset and fan relay remains energized TDR is a 24v device that operates within a range of 15v to 30v and draws about 0 5 amps If the blower runs continuously instead of cycling off when the fan switch is set to AUTO the TDR is probably defective and must be replaced 12 Use following formula to calculate capacitance Capacitance mfd 2650 X amps volts 3 Remove any capacitor that shows signs of bulging dents or leaking Do not apply power to a defective capacitor as it may explode Sometimes under adverse conditions a standard run capacitor in a System is inadequate to start compressor In these instance
153. been abused or neglected by the Owner Le 7 N NN AIC ME ELECTRICAL GENERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL KEY NOTES 6 Covalent N m Consulting LLC INN CX 1 SCOPE OF WORK INCLUDES CHANGES TO TENANT SPACES AO6 AND A07 ONLY w y WORK MAY INCLUDE CHANGES TO EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN OTHER AREAS OF THE D MAKE FINAL CONNECTION TO FAN COIL UNIT 1708 Peachtree St A E BUILDING THAT RELATE TO EQUIPMENT IN THESE AREAS OR CHANGES TO LABELING Suite 210 LA A07 8 10 A gt k P FOR EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN OTHER AREAS 2 SPACE A07 METER AND DISCONNECT SEE SINGLE LINE Atlanta GA 30309 3 4 C 246 41 6G EN PN F NN Pus DIAGRAM FOR CONNECTIONS 404 355 9334 main S 2 VERIFY ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO CONNECTION AND MAKE NECESSARY us a um 2 NY ae ADJUSTMENTS EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SEE SHEET 0 NS 2 E EUN NC x Mo COPYRIGHT COVALENT CONSULTING 2013 AV 2 CR LES Se 5 SEE 0 FOR ELECTRICAL SINGLE LINE AND DETAILS COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION IN FIELD OF HEAT PUMP COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS gt f s e SG HVAC EQUIPMENT WITH HVAC N 4 SEE E4 0 FOR ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES CONTRACTOR 72 E 7 NANS 2 x Ni UNITS LA A06 A 22 24 1 2 C 24 2 41 2G 4
154. blade 6 Reconnect electrical power and check for proper operation 59 CARE AND MAINTENANCE To assure high performance and minimize possible equipment malfunction it is essential that maintenance be performed periodically on this equipment The frequency with which maintenance is performed is dependent on such factors as hours of operation geographic location and local environmental conditions 4 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Disconnect all electrical power to unit before performing any maintenance or service on outdoor unit Remember to disconnect power supply to air handler as this unit supplies low voltage power to the outdoor unit The minimum maintenance that should be performed on this equipment is as follows 1 Check outdoor coil for cleanliness each heating and cooling season and clean as necessary 2 Check fan motor and blade for cleanliness each month during cooling season and clean as necessary 3 Check electrical connections for tightness and controls for proper operation each cooling season and service as necessary CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Because of possible damage to the equipment or personal injury maintenance should be performed by qualified personnel only Desert and Seacoast Locations Special consideration m
155. carrier away from seal opening valve and increasing flow of refri gerant The increased refrigerant flow causes increased leav ing evaporator pressure which is transferred via the equal izer tube to underside of diaphragm with which the pin carrier spring pressure closes valve The refrigerant flow is effectively stabilized to load demand with negligible change in superheat 3 Disconnect condensate drain tube 4 Disconnect liquid and vapor tubes from indoor coil Use a tubing cutter to cut tubes NOTE If a torch is used to unbraze tube set protect fitting panel with a wet cloth or braze shield as necessary 5 Remove coil access panel 6 Remove clip securing fitting panel to condensate drain pan Remove fitting panel 7 Remove any shipping clips including horizontal pan clip and slide coil condensate pan assembly out of unit 8 Upflow or Horizontal Applications Only Remove hori zontal condensate drain pan from coil condensate pan as sembly See Fig 22 9 Remove the four coil brackets See Fig 22 10 Remove screws at delta plates and remove coil from vertical condensate drain pan See Fig 22 11 Horizontal Applications Only Remove coil top seal at tached with four screws and J shaped tube from original coil and install it in same position on new coil See Fig 22 12 Place coil assembly in plastic condensate pan and secure us ing four screws through delta plate S
156. ce blower is within the unit casing to force blower assembly toward control box while sliding assembly into unit to en sure that blower assembly engages deck properly 8 Fasten blower assembly to deck with screws previously re moved 9 Reconnect electrical leads to fan coil control 10 Reconnect electrical power to unit and test fan for proper rotation FF1E and FFMA The minimum maintenance requirements for this equipment are as follows 1 Inspect and clean or replace air filter each month or as re quired 2 Inspect cooling coil drain pan and condensate drain each cooling season for cleanliness Clean as necessary 3 Inspect blower motor and wheel for cleanliness each heating and cooling season Clean as necessary 4 Inspect electrical connections for tightness and controls for proper operation each heating and cooling season Service as necessary CAUTION CUT HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Sheet metal parts may have sharp edges or burrs Use care and wear appropriate protective clothing and gloves when handling parts A Air Filter The air filter should be replaced as needed CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage Never operate unit without a filter B Cooling Coil Drain Pan and Condensate Drain The cooling coil is easily cleaned when it is dry Inspect coil and clean if necessary before eac
157. ce in text with basic troubleshooting instructions Careful use of information displayed will reduce the need for extensive manual troubleshooting The amber LED located at bottom center of control adjacent to motor harness plug is Motor Status LED and it is labeled MOTOR A second amber LED located in upper right center of Ig OO 100 A12231 POWER CONNECTOR PL14 CONTROL CONNECTOR PL13 ALLOW 5 MINUTES AFTER ra o o z 5 2 ul o oc 1 ul 0 Fig 11 4 ECM3 0 Motor Before proceeding to replace a motor control module 1 Check motor winding section to be sure it is functional 2 Remove motor control module section and unplug winding plug Motor shaft should turn freely resistance between any two motor leads should be similar and resistance between any motor lead and unpainted motor end should exceed 100 000 ohms 3 Failing any of these tests entire ECM motor must be re placed 4 Passing all of the tests motor control module alone can be replaced 14 VERIFY MOTOR WINDING SECTION WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death or possible equipment damage After disconnecting power from the ECM motor wait at least five minutes before removing the control section Internal capacitors require time to discharge Minor injury from electrical shock may result from early contact with live metal parts
158. chnicians to check thermistor resistance regardless of the temperature For example at a 60 F temperature thermistor resistance should be around 16 000 Ohms See Fig 34 We will talk about the thermistor in more detail when we review the control board fault codes THERMISTOR CURVE 90 80 gt 70 60 50 40 30 20 RESISTANCE KOHMS 10 0 0 20 20 00 80 100 120 17 77 6 67 4 44 15 56 26 67 37 78 48 89 TEMPERATURE F 08054 Fig 34 Resistance Values Versus Temperature vS 12 DOF CCH RED VEL 0 gt 70 SEC a BRN QU mro OTN 29 e a WE 5 RT 6 8 3 ISI 1 5coMMsrarus J5 g ch 25 F7 Mone a lo 4 6 rrr AE 6 use UTILE 2 0 Liquid Line Solenoid A12261 ul 0 oH p vS RED VEL
159. cifically designed for R 22 or Puron refrigerant Only operate with the appropriate drier using factory authorized components It is recommended that the liquid line drier be installed at the indoor unit Placing the drier near the TXV allows additional protection to the TXV as the liquid line drier also acts as a strainer Install Liquid line Filter Drier Indoor AC A CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation To avoid performance loss and compressor failure installation of filter drier in liquid line is required CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation To avoid filter drier damage while brazing filter drier must be wrapped in a heat sinking material such as a wet cloth Refer to Fig 20 and install filter drier as follows 1 Braze 5 in liquid tube to the indoor coil 2 Wrap filter drier with damp cloth 3 Braze filter drier to above 5 liquid tube Flow arrow must point towards indoor coil 4 Connect and braze liquid refrigerant tube to the filter drier A05178 Fig 20 Liquid Line Filter Drier AC CAUTION PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Wear safety glasses protective clothing and gloves when handling refrigerant 4 Remove accumulator from syste
160. ckaged with kits or accessories when installing Follow all safety codes Wear safety glasses protective clothing and work gloves Have a fire extinguisher available Read these instructions thoroughly and follow all warnings or cautions included in literature and attached to the unit Consult local building codes and the current editions of the National Electrical Code NEC NFPA 70 On a call for cooling the thermostat makes circuits R O R Y and R G Circuit R O energizes reversing valve switching it to cooling position Circuit R Y energizes contactor starting outdoor fan motor and compressor Circuit R G energizes indoor unit blower relay starting indoor blower motor When thermostat is satisfied its contacts open de energizing contactor reversing valve and blower relay This stops compressor and fan motors HEATING On a call for heating the thermostat makes circuits R Y and R G Circuit R Y energizes contactor starting outdoor fan motor and compressor Circuit R G energizes indoor blower relay starting blower motor Should temperature continue to fall R W circuit is made through Second stage room thermostat bulb Circuit R W energizes a sequencer bringing on supplemental electric heat When thermostat is satisfied its contacts open de energizing contactor and sequencer heaters and motors should stop CES013003 00 01 HK61EA002 HK61EA006 CONTROL BOARDS This section of the service manual describes the CESO130
161. cked rotor amp LRA value is stamped on compressor nameplate If compressor draws locked rotor amps and all other external sources of problems have been eliminated compressor must be replaced Because compressor is a sealed unit it is impossible to determine exact mechanical failure However complete system should be checked for abnormalities such as incorrect refrigerant charge restrictions insufficient airflow across indoor or outdoor coil etc which could be contributing to the failure Runs Does Not Pump In this type of failure compressor motor runs and turns compressor but compressor does not pump refrigerant A clamp on ampmeter on common leg shows a very low current draw much lower than rated load amp RLA value stamped on compressor nameplate Because no refrigerant is being pumped there is no return gas to cool compressor motor It eventually overheats and shuts off on its internal protection 4 Fig 12 Split Post Grommet part number KA75UG100 A07123 88344
162. coil supplier If the coil resistance is infinite or is grounded the compressor must be replaced 58 oc XL 9 5 a x 000000 5 os ae 2 p Ss I s E ru gt B 2 SC i 5 vem 3 Speedup Quiet Defrost interval Pins Shift DIP switches A05378 Fig 44 Defrost Control CHECK CHARGE Factory charge amount and desired subcooling are shown on unit rating plate Charging method is shown on information plate inside unit To properly check or adjust charge conditions must be favorable for subcooling charging Favorable conditions exist when the outdoor temperature is between 70 F and 100 F 21 11 C and 37 78 C and the indoor temperature is between 70 F and 80 F 21 11 C and 26 67 C Follow the procedure below Unit is factory charged for 15ft 4 57 m of lineset Adjust charge by adding or removing 0 6 oz ft 018 kg m of 3 8 liquid line above or below 15ft 4 57 m respectively For standard refrigerant line lengths 80 ft 24 38 m or less allow system to operate in cooling mode at least 15 minutes If conditions are favorable check system charge by subcooling method If any adjustment is necessary adjust charge slowly and allow system to operate for 15 minutes to stabilize before declaring a properly charged system If the
163. contains oil vapors which may ignite when exposed to a flame 410 QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE e R 410A refrigerant operates at 50 70 percent higher pressures than R 22 Be sure that servicing equipment and replacement components are designed to operate with R 410A refrigerant e R 410A refrigerant cylinders are rose colored e Recovery cylinder service pressure rating must be 400 psig DOT 4BA400 or DOT BW400 e R 410A refrigerant systems should be charged with liquid refrigerant Use a commercial type metering device in the manifold hose when charging into suction line with compressor operating e Manifold sets should be 700 psig high side and 180 psig low side with 550 psig low side retard e Use hoses with 700 psig service pressure rating e Leak detectors should be designed to detect HFC refrigerant e R 410A refrigerant as with other HFCs is only compatible with POE oils e Vacuum pumps will not remove moisture from oil e Do not use liquid line filter driers with rated working pressures less than 600 psig Do not leave R 410A refrigerant suction line filter driers in line longer than 72 hours e Do not install a suction line filter drier in liquid line e POE oils absorb moisture rapidly Do not expose oil to atmosphere e POE oils may cause damage to certain plastics and roofing materials e Wrap all filter driers and service valves with wet cloth when brazing e factory approved liquid line filter drier is required on ev
164. ctices which may result in minor personal injury or product and property damage NOTE is used to highlight suggestions which will result in enhanced installation reliability or operation A WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Before installing modifying or servicing system main electrical disconnect switch must be in the OFF position There may be more than 1 disconnect switch Lock out and tag switch with a suitable warning label WARNING EXPLOSION HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in death serious personal injury and or property damage Never use air or gases containing oxygen for leak testing or operating refrigerant compressors Pressurized mixtures of air or gases containing oxygen can lead to an explosion On rooftop applications locate unit at least 6 in above roof surface 3 8 in 9 53 mm Dia Tiedown Knockouts in 2 Places LL i 3 EN o i ai Fe ibi 17 View From Top UNITBASEPAN TIEDOWN KNOCKOUT LOCATIONS in mm Dimension in mm A B C 608 X 565 7 3 4 196 8 4 13 32 111 9 18 1 32 457 9 660 290 9 1 8 231 8 4 7 16 112 7 21 1 4 539 8 9 1 8 231 8 6 9 16 166 7 24 1116 627 1 888 X 869 9 1 8 231 8 6 9
165. d 4 Operational vibration could indicate a charge issue Verify charge and ensure proper piping and structural penetration insulation Tubing that is too rigid to building rafters without proper insulation could transfer noise throughout the structure On some occasions a sound dampener or mass weight RCD part no 328209 751 placed on the vibrating tubing has been known to reduce this noise Utilizing compressor split post grommets see Fig 12 may also reduce this vibration if piping cannot be remedied 5 An operational high pitch frequency or waa waa sound that appears to resonate through the suction line could indicate a need to add more flex or muffling in the lines This has been occasional in scroll compressor applications and is usually remedied by adding a field fabricated suction line loop see Fig 13 Reciprocating compressors may have a noticeable discharge pulsation that could be remedied with a installed discharge muffler Recommend loop by continuous tubing with no more than 12 inches vertical and 6 inch horizontal loop 6 An internal thunking thumping grinding rattling noise could indicate compressor internal failures and may be verified by comparing the compressor amperage to what the compressor should be drawing according to a manufacturer s performance data 7 A whistling or squealing noise during operation may indicate a partial blockage of the refrigerant charge 8 A whistle
166. damaged or incomplete Locate unit rating plate which contains proper installation information Check rating plate to be sure unit matches job specifications C System Type The type of system must be selected 1 AC air conditioner approx 350 CFM ton 2 HP COMFORT provides lower airflow than air condi tioner selection approximately 315 CFM ton in heating mode In cooling mode supplies 350 CFM ton 3 HP EFF provides same airflow for heat pump heating and cooling modes approximately 350 CFM ton The factory setting is AC See Fig 7 D AC HP CFM Adjust Select low nominal or high airflow The factory selection is NOM The adjust selections HI LO will regulate airflow supplied for cooling and heat pump heating modes only 15 percent and 10 percent respectively The adjust selection options are provided to adjust airflow supplied to meet individual installation needs for such things as noise comfort and humidity removal See Fig 7 E ON OFF Delay NOTE ON OFF Delay is active only in cooling and heat pump only heating modes In auxiliary heat mode or emergency heat mode the ON delay is 0 seconds and the OFF delay is fixed and cannot be overridden Select desired time delay profile Four motor operation delay profiles are provided to customize and enhance system operation See Fig 7 The selection options are 1 The standard 90 seconds off delay factory setting 0 90 2 No delay option used for servici
167. defective Replace contactor 5 If contactor is closed and unit will still not run check capacitor and compressor If unit will not go into defrost 1 Perform speedup function as described above to test the defrost function of the circuit board 2 If the unit will go into defrost with the speed up but will not on its own the defrost thermostat may not be functioning properly Perform the full defrost thermostat and board troubleshooting the same as described for the HK32EA001 007 control Other than the Quiet shift if selected and the speedup timing the troubleshooting process is identical 3 If unit still will not run defrost remove thermostat pigtail harness from board and perform checks directly on input pins with jumper wires The pigtail may have a bad connection or be mis wired HK32EA008 DEFROST CONTROL The 183228008 defrost control is used in all non communicating heat pumps and has all the same functionality speedups and troubleshooting as the HK32EA003 except for the forced defrost timing when Quiet Shift 2 is enabled Quiet Shift 2 non communicating Quiet shift 2 is a field selectable defrost mode factory set to OFF which will reduce the occasional noise that could be heard at the start of defrost cycle and restarting of heating cycle It is selected by placing DIP switch 3 on defrost board in the ON position When Quiet Shift 2 switch is placed in ON position and defrost is initiated the fo
168. dition on any compressor replacement Low Voltage Terminals The low voltage terminal designations and their description and function are used on all split system condensers W Energizes first stage supplemental heat through defrost relay wht R Energizes 24 v power from transformer red Y Energizes contactor for first stage cooling or first stage heating for heat pumps yel O Energizes reversing valve on heat pumps orn C Common side of transformer blk 17 If the defrost thermostat is closed a complete defrost cycle is initiated If the Quiet Shift switch is turned on the compressor will be turned off for two 30 second intervals as explained previously Troubleshooting HK32EA003 If outdoor unit will not run 1 Does the Y input have 24 volts from thermostat not check thermostat or wire If yes proceed to 2 2 The Y spade terminal should have 24 volts if Y input is energized This output goes through the pressure switches and back to the T1 input to energize the time delay and defrost timing circuit If the contactor is not closed the time delay may still be active Defeat time delay by shorting speed up pins for 1 second Be sure not to short more than 1 second 3 Once time delay has elapsed voltage on T2 should energize contactor Check voltage on contactor coil If no voltage is present check for opened pressure switch 4 If voltage is present and contactor is open contactor may be
169. door temperature to drop to 80 F 26 67 C before attempting to check system charge by subcooling method as described above 8 If unit has a higher suction line temperature than charted temperature add refrigerant until charted temperature is reached 9 If unit has a lower suction line temperature than charted temperature reclaim refrigerant until charted temperature is reached 10 When adding refrigerant charge in liquid form into suction service port using flow restricting device 11 If outdoor air temperature or pressure at suction valve changes charge to new suction line temperature indicated on chart 12 Optimum performance will be achieved when the operating charge produces 5 to 6 F suction superheat at suctio service valve with 82 F outdoor ambient and 80 26 7 C dry bulb 67 F 19 4 C wet bulb indoo temperature DOE test conditions at rated airflow Heating Check Chart Procedure To check system operation during heating cycle refer to the Heating Check Chart on outdoor unit This chart indicates whether a correct relationship exists between system operating pressure and air temperature entering indoor and outdoor units If pressure and temperature do not match on chart system refrigerant charge may not be correct Do not use chart to adjust refrigerant charge Units with Indoor Pistons installed with indoor pistons require charging by the Units superheat me
170. door unit Installation Instructions for system start up instructions and refrigerant charging method details Procedure 8 EASY SELECT CONFIGURATION TAPS Easy Select taps are used by the installer to configure a system The ECM motor uses the selected taps to modify its operation to a pre programmed table of airflows See Table 3 and 4 Airflows are based on system size or mode of operation and those airflows are modified in response to other inputs such as the need for de humidification See Fig 17 and 18 FV4C The low voltage circuit is fused by a board mounted 5 amp automotive fuse placed in series with the transformer SEC2 and the R circuit The C circuit of the transformer is referenced to chassis ground through a printed circuit run at SEC1 connected to metal standoff marked with ground symbol H Basic Fan Coil Configuration The following basic configuration of the fan coil will provide ARI rated performance of the heat pump 1 AUX HEAT KW CFM Select the heater range for the size electric heater installed AC HP SIZE Select system size installed SYSTEM TYPE Select system type HP EFF AC HP CFM ADJUST Select NOM ON OFF DELAY Select 0 90 profile CONTINUOUS FAN Select desired fan speed when ther
171. duct against failure due to defect in materials or workmanship under normal use and maintenance as follows All warranty periods begin on the date of original installation If a part fails due to defect during the applicable warranty period Company will provide a new or remanufactured part at Company s option to replace the failed defective part at no charge for the part Alternatively and at its option the Company will allow a credit in the amount of the then factory selling price for a new equivalent part toward the retail purchase price of a new Company product Except as otherwise stated herein those are Company s exclusive obligations under this warranty for a product failure This limited warranty is subject to all provisions conditions limitations and exclusions listed below and on the reverse if any of this document OWNER OCCUPIED RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS This warranty is to the original purchasing owner and is transferable only to the extent and as stated in the Warranty Conditions and below The warranty period in years depending on the part and the claimant is as shown in the chart below Limited Warranty Years Product Item Original Owner Subsequent Owner Fan Coil Parts 10 or 5 10 or 5 f properly registered within 90 days otherwise 5 years except in California and Quebec and other jurisdictions that prohibit warranty benefits conditioned on registration registration is not required to obtain longer warra
172. e STATUS LED will be on any time fan coil is in idle mode If at any time communications are not successful for a period exceeding two minutes fan coil control will only allow emergency heating or cooling operation using a common thermostat a non communicating outdoor unit and the R C Y O W outdoor unit terminal strip connections and will display Status Code 16 System Communication Fault on amber STATUS LED No further fan coil troubleshooting information will be available at User Interface until communications are re established If COMM LED does not light within proper time period and status code is not displayed 1 Check system transformer high and low voltage to be sure the system is powered 2 Check fuse on fan coil control to be sure it is not blown If fuse is open check system wiring before replacing it to be sure a short does not cause a failure of replacement fuse If COMM LED does not light within proper time period and status code is displayed Check system wiring to be sure User Interface is powered and connections are made A to A B to B etc and wiring is not shorted Mis wiring or shorting of the ABCD communications wiring will not allow successful communications NOTE Shorting or mis wiring low voltage system wiring will nof cause damage to fan coil control or User Interface but may cause low voltage fuse to open C ECM Motor Troubleshooting The ECM motor used in this product consists of two parts th
173. e The compressor solenoid when energized in high stage should measure 24vac When the compressor is operating in low stage the 24v DC compressor solenoid coil is de energized When the compressor is operating in high stage the 24v DC solenoid coil is energized The solenoid plug harness that is connected to the compressor has an internal rectifier that converts the 24v AC signal to 24v DC DO NOT INSTALL A PLUG WITHOUT AN INTERNAL RECTIFIER Unloader Test Procedure The unloader is the compressor internal mechanism controlled by the DC solenoid that modulates between high and low stage If it is suspected that the unloader is not working the following methods may be used to verify operation 1 Operate the system and measure compressor amperage Cycle the unloader on and off at 30 second plus intervals at the thermostat from low to high stage and back to low stage Wait 5 seconds after staging to high before taking a reading The compressor amperage should go up or down at least 20 percent 2 If the expected result is not achieved remove the solenoid plug from the compressor and with the unit running and the thermostat calling for high stage test the voltage output at the plug with a DC voltmeter The reading should be 24 volts DC 3 If the correct DC voltage is at the control circuit molded plug measure the compressor unloader coil resistance The resistance should be approximately 330 or 1640 ohms de pending on unloader
174. e cases but not others continue to check wiring harness and circuit board WIRING HARNESS 1 Shut off power to unit wait 5 min Remove 5 pin plug from motor 2 3 Remove 16 pin from motor 4 Replace 5 pin plug and turn power on 5 Check for appropriate voltages on 16 pin connector with screw terminals jumpered See Table 7 for values and see examples below If signals check correctly and motor does not run inspect wiring harness for loose pins or damaged plastic that could cause poor connections If connections are good either control module or motor is defective If proper signals are not present check circuit board using procedure below 12 PIN PLUG PL 1 ON EASY SELECT BOARD 1 Unplug harness from board 2 Check for appropriate voltages on pins with Easy Select Board screw terminals jumpered See Table 7 for values and see example below If proper signals are not present replace Easy Select Board If present at board and not at 16 pin connector wiring harness is defective TROUBLESHOOTING EXAMPLE Motor is not running on a call for heat pump heating System is a single speed heat pump 1 After performing checks in Thermostat section follow steps 1 thru 5 in Wiring Harness section Then proceed with ex ample 2 With all thermostat wires removed from Easy Select Board place a jumper wire between R and Y Y2 low voltage Screw terminals on the Easy Select board 3 Check Table 7 for pin number on 1
175. e compressor shuts off when the outdoor ambient is greater than or equal to 100 F 37 7 C This reduces pressure differential for easier starting on next cycle On 25HNB6 24ANB7 models the outdoor fan remains energized during the 1 minute compressor staging time delay On 25HNB6 24ANB7 models the outdoor fan motor is a PSC type A fan relay on the control board turns the fan off and on by opening and closing a high voltage circuit to the motor It does not change speeds between low and high stage operation On 25HNB9 24ANB1 models the outdoor fan is an ECM type The motor control is continuously powered with high voltage The motor speed is determined by electrical pulses provided by the PWM outputs on the control board The ECM motor RPM adjusts to outdoor conditions as described in Table 14 The PWM output can be measured with a volt meter set to DC volts In low ambient cooling below 55 F 12 7 C the control board cycles the fan off and on Table 14 Outdoor Fan Motor PWM Outdoor Temp DC volts Tolerance 2 3 Low amp High Mud M MM OAT gt 104 F 40 25HNB924 8 72 9 35 11 90 25HNB936 9 06 10 23 11 90 25HNB948 9 91 11 04 11 90 25HNB960 10 83 11 70 11 90 24ANB124 9 57 10 88 11 90 24ANB136 9 06 10 23 11 90 24ANB148 9 91 11 04 11 90 24ANB160 10 83 11 70 11 90 NOTE For 25HNB9 models in low ambient cooling the PWM output for both high and low stage equals the value for low stage opera
176. e control module and the motor winding section Do not assume motor or module is defective if it will not start Use the designed in LED information aids and follow troubleshooting steps described below before replacing motor control module or entire motor Motor control module is available as a replacement part 13 FEA Model FE4A fan coil is designed to be installed with a communicating user interface The FE4A fan coil will provide airflow at a rate commanded by the User Interface The nominal airflow ton rate is 350 CFM ton The User Interface will modify the commanded airflow under certain operating modes Refer to the User Interface literature for further system control details This fan coil will not respond to commands from a common thermostat except under certain emergency situations explained in this document ELECTRONICALLY COMPUTED MOTOR ECM3 0 An ECM3 0 is fed high voltage AC power through the 5 pin connector The AC power is then internally rectified to DC by a diode module After rectification DC signal is electronically communicated and fed in sequential order to 3 stator windings The frequency of these communication pulses determines motor speed The rotor is permanently magnetized ECM3 0 CONTROL POWER The ECM3 0 control power is supplied from R circuit through printed circuit runs to motor control connector Plug 1 Pin 1 through motor control harness to motor The C side of low voltage control power circuit is co
177. e out of outdoor unit metering device and all capillary tube coils Change out of indoor coil is recommended There can be no deviation 1 If system is being replaced due to compressor electrical failure assume acid is in system If system is being replaced for any other reason use approved acid test kit to determine acid level If even low levels of acid are detected install factory approved 100 percent activated alumina suction line filter drier in addition to the factory supplied liquid line filter drier Remove the suction line filter drier as soon as possible with a maximum of 72 hr 2 Drain oil from low points or traps in suction line and evaporator if they were not replaced 3 Change out indoor coil or verify existing coil is listed in the Product Data Digest 4 Unless indoor unit is equipped with a Puron approved metering device change out metering device to factory supplied or field accessory device specifically designed for Puron 5 Replace outdoor unit with Puron outdoor unit 6 Install factory supplied liquid line filter drier CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Never install suction line filter drier in the liquid line of a Puron system 7 If suction line filter drier was installed for system clean up operate system for 10 hr Monitor pressure drop across drier If pressure drop exceeds 3 psig replace
178. e best checked with a remote reading electronic type thermometer with multiple probes Route thermocouple leads to inside of coil area through service valve mounting plate area underneath coil Fig 18 and Fig 19 show test points TP on reversing valve for recording temperatures Insulate points for more accurate reading FROM INDOOR COIL VIA SERVICE VALVE ON OUTDOOR COIL TO OUTDOOR COIL TO ACCUMULATOR FROM COMPRESSOR DISCHARGE LINE A88342 Fig 18 Reversing Valve Cooling Mode or Defrost Mode Solenoid Energized Install Liquid line Filter Drier Indoor HP Refer to Fig 21 and install filter drier as follows 1 Braze 5 in liquid tube to the indoor coil 2 Wrap filter drier with damp cloth 3 Braze filter drier to 5 in long liquid tube from step 1 4 Connect and braze liquid refrigerant tube to the filter drier Suction Line Filter Drier The suction line drier is specifically designed to operate with use only factory authorized components Suction line filter drier is used in cases where acid might occur such as burnout Heat pump units must have the drier installed between the compressor and accumulator only Remove after 10 hours of operation Never leave suction line filter drier in a system longer than 72 hours actual time A05227 Fig 21 Liquid Line Filter Drier HP 27 Liquid Line Filter Drier Filter driers are spe
179. e fan 3 When thermostat sends a signal to E a 24 Vac signal is sent to sequencer relay No 3 The 24 Vac signal applied to se quencer relay No 3 turns on third stage of electric heat The 24 Vac signal applied to sequencer relay No 1 turns on first stage of electric heat and fan When thermostat stops calling for electric heat the signal to sequencers relays 1 2 and 3 are turned off and sequencers relays open This causes electric heat to turn off with fan providing thermo stat is not calling for the fan NOTE Electric heaters are factory wired with all stages tied together If independent staging is desired consult outdoor thermostat installation instructions or corporate thermostat instructions TROUBLESHOOTING THE PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD CES013000 00 01 HK61EA002 HK61EA006 Use wiring schematics shown in Fig 1 and Fig 2 as a guide in troubleshooting PCB unless otherwise noted A If Fan Will Not Turn On from Thermostat IF THERE IS NO HIGH VOLTAGE TO TRANSFORMER 1 Check plug receptacle connection This supplies power from heaters to PCB Fan Relay Be sure plug is connected properly replace transformer with one that has a higher VA rating and meets system specifications D If Fan Runs Continuously 1 If PCB has no low voltage power check blue and black fan leads These may be switched at sequencer relay 2 If PCB has low voltage power check fan relay to see if it is opening and closing It may
180. e plastic cap covering the vertical drains only and discard Remove the plug from the overflow hole and discard At completion of the downflow installation caulk around the vertical pan fitting to door joint to retain the low air leak performance of the unit Units are equipped with primary and secondary 3 4 in 19mm FPT drain connections For proper condensate line installation see Fig 2 4 5 6 and 8 To prevent property damage and achieve optimum drainage performance BOTH primary and secondary drain lines should be installed and include properly sized condensate traps See Fig 14 and 16 Factory approved condensate traps are available Be sure to install plastic push in plugs in unused condensate drain fittings It is recommended that PVC fittings be used on the plastic condensate pan Do not over tighten Finger tighten plus 1 1 2 turns Use pipe dope A03002 Fig 14 Recommended Condensate Trap LOW VOLTAGE TERMINAL BLOCK PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 2 SEC2 ad c c GI Du AUX HEAT KW CFM L a 5 95 SEGUE ilii ll SIZE 1 9 Ep quc FS B au 8 8 e SYSTEM AC HPCOMFORT HP EFF om 8 1 1 AC HP CFM ADJUST E d NOM Lo 8 8 8 1601 e ON OFF DELAY ELO i 7 5 a E M 9 ZA T WS 2 FAN B HUM F Lo M
181. e power to outdoor unit off and turning thermostat to cooling Check voltage at coil with voltmeter Reading should be between 20v and 30v Contactor should pull in if voltage is correct and coil is good If contactor does not pull in replace contactor 4 With high voltage power off and contacts pulled in check for continuity across contacts with ohmmeter very low or 0 resistance should be read Higher readings could indicate burned or pitted contacts which may cause future failures Capacitor 4 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or equipment damage Capacitors can store electrical energy when power is off Electrical shock can result if you touch the capacitor terminals and discharge the stored energy Exercise extreme caution when working near capacitors With power off discharge stored energy by shorting across the capacitor terminals with a 15 000 ohm 2 watt resistor NOTE If bleed resistor is wired across start capacitor it must be disconnected to avoid erroneous readings when ohmmeter is applied across capacitor S 4 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or equipment damage Always check capacitors with power off Attempting to troubleshoot a capacitor with power on can be dangerous Defective capacitors may explode when power is applied Insulating fluid inside is combustible and m
182. e powered on and with second stage of cooling Y1 Y2 and are on For these systems with first stage of heating Y1 is on and for second stage of heating Y1 and Y2 are on When the reversing valve is energized O is powered on Communication and Status Function Lights For Infinity Control only Green communications COMM Light A green LED COMM light on the outdoor board indicates successful communication with the other system products The green LED will remain OFF until communication is established Once a valid command is received the green LED will turn ON continuously If no communication is received within 2 minutes the LED will be turned OFF until the next valid communication Amber Status Light An amber colored STATUS light is used to display the operation mode and fault codes as specified in the troubleshooting section See Table 16 for codes and definitions NOTE Only one code will be displayed on the outdoor unit control board the most recent with the highest priority ECM Fan Motor Troubleshooting If the outdoor fan motor fails to start and run Check the high voltage supply The unit need not be running to check high voltage but the power must be on e Ifthe 230vac is present use Table 14 to check for proper control voltage output to the fan motor from the control board The control board sends DC voltage signals to the motor through the terminals labeled PWM1 and PWM2 Set a voltmeter on a DC voltage sca
183. e pressure on the top side of the diaphragm This opens the valve and increases the flow of refrigerant The increased refrigerant flow causes the leaving evaporator temperature to decrease This lowers the pressure on the diaphragm and closes the pin The refrigerant flow is effectively stabilized to the load demand with negligible change in superheat Install TXV The thermostatic expansion valve is specifically designed to operate with a refrigerant type Do not use an R 22 TXV on a Puron system and do not use a Puron valve on an 22 system Refer to Product Data Sheet for the appropriate TXV kit number A CAUTION UNIT OPERATION HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Al indoor coil units must be installed with a hard shut off metering device 10 Attach TXV bulb to vapor tube inside cabinet in same location as original was when removed using supplied bulb clamps nylon or copper See Fig 23 for correct positioning of sensing bulb Replacing on an Indoor Coil pre 2006 1 Pump system down to 2 psig and recover refrigerant 2 Remove coil access panel and fitting panel from front of cabinet 11 Route equalizer tube through suction connection opening large hole in fitting panel and install fitting panel in place 12 Sweat inlet of TXV marked IN to liquid line Avoid excessive heat which could damage valve 3 Remove TXV
184. e proper location of screws for mounting metal support straps See Fig 4 D Horizontal Right Conversion of Units with Slope Coils CAUTION PROPERTY DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in property damage Gasket kit number KFAHDO101SLP is required for horizontal slope coil conversion to maintain low air leak low sweat performance 1 Remove blower and coil access panels and fitting panel See Fig 5 2 Remove screw securing coil assembly to right side casing flange 3 Remove coil assembly 4 Lay fan coil on its right side and reinstall coil assembly with condensate pan down See Fig 5 5 Attach coil to casing flange using previously removed coil mounting screw 6 Make sure the pan cap in the fitting door is properly seated on the fitting door to retain the low air leak rating of the unit 7 Add gaskets from kit KFAHD per kit instructions 8 Reinstall access panels and fitting panel aligning holes with tubing connections and condensate pan connections Make sure liquid and suction tube grommets are in place to prevent air leaks and cabinet sweating Install grommets after brazing BLOWER ASSEMBLY PRIMARY DRAIN SECONDARY DRAIN A03001 REFRIGERANT CONNECTIONS B Modular Units The FV4C Fan Coil in sizes 003 005 and 006 are available in 2 piece modular construction Modular construction allows installer to disassemble unit into 2 components coil box and blo
185. e provided to customize and enhance system operation See Fig 17 E as indicated Selection options are 1 The standard 90 sec off delay Factory setting at 100 air flow 2 No delay option used for servicing unit or when a thermo stat is utilized to perform delay functions 3 A 30 sec on delay with no airflow 90 sec off delay at 100 airflow profile is used when it is desirable to allow system coils time to heat up cool down in conjunction with the airflow 4 ENH enhanced selection provides a 30 sec on delay with no airflow plus 150 sec at 70 airflow no off delay for added comfort This profile will minimize cold blow in heat pump operation and could enhance system efficiency F CONTINUOUS FAN Select desired fan speed when ther mostat is set on continuous fan NOTE If installed with a 2 speed outdoor unit do not select HI speed continuous fan If HI is selected low speed compression will also run HI speed possibly resulting in insufficient dehumidification 1 LO speed factory setting 50 cooling mode airflow 2 MED speed move connector to MED 80 cooling mode airflow 3 HI speed move connector of HI 100 cooling mode air flow See Fig 17 F as indicated G Low Voltage Circuit Fusing and Reference EASY SELECT BOARD TERMINAL BLOCK J1 0 JUMPER HUMIDISTAT A95316 Fig 20 Humidistat Wiring for De Humidify Mode Dehumidify and Super Dehu
186. e speed at which the motor windings are thus commutated is determined by a pulse width modulated PWM signal which is received from the control board on the motor control lines The PWM signal is created by turning a DC signal on and off once within a given period of time The signal on time relative to the signal total period defines the percent of the PWM For example if the period is 5 sec and the control power is turned on for 1 sec then off the signal will remain off for 4 sec before turning on again to start the next cycle The PWM is called a 20 percent duty cycle signal If the on time is increased to 4 sec of the 5 sec period the PWM is called an 80 percent duty cycle The reads the signal and increases the motor speed linearly from minimum speed to maximum speed with the percent duty cycle value of the supplied PWM signal Outdoor Fan Motor Operation There are two different types of motors used in the Infinity 2 stage outdoor units The 25HNB6 models use a PSC type fan motor and the speed does not change between high and low speed operation On 25HNB9 models an ECM fan motor is used to achieve higher efficiency ratings of the system The outdoor unit control energizes outdoor fan anytime compressor is operating except for defrost or low ambient cooling The outdoor fan remains energized if pressure switch or compressor overload should open The outdoor fan motor will continue to operate for one minute after th
187. eat Chart ine Temperature 351757 37 39 38 40 39 41 40 42 41 43 42 44 43 45 43 45 44 46 45 47 46 48 47 49 48 50 49 51 50 52 51 53 52 54 52 54 53 55 54 56 55 57 56 58 56 58 57 59 28 60 50 62 62 61 63 62 64 63 65 63 65 64 66 SESS Vapor Table 11 R 22 Subcooling Chart R 22 Liquid Line Temperature F F Subcooling F 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 2 64 2 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 4 66 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 66 64 62 60 4 69 71 78 75 77 7 71 69 7 89 87 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72 70 22 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72 94 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 26 94 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 97 95 93 91 89 87 85 83 81 79 77 99 97 95 93 91 89 87 85 83 81 79 101 99 97 95 93 91 89 87 85 83 81 102 100 98 96 94 92 90 88 86 84 82 104 102 100 98 96 94 92 90 88 86 84 105 103 101 99 97 95 93 91 89 87 85 91 89 87 6 8 99 113 1 117 101 99 97 118 116 114 112 110 108 106 104 102 100 98 10 M En o CO NI NI NI NIN 2 cO AB 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 4 OD gt OD Oj 01 gt
188. eating mode on air conditioners when electric heat is the primary heating source In heat pump heating mode when electric heaters are energized the ECM motor will run the higher of heat pump heating airflow and electric heater airflow to ensure safe 10 FILTER ACCESS PANEL SECONDARY DRAIN WITH APPROPRIATE TRAP REQUIRED USE FACTORY KIT OR FIELD SUPPLIED TRAP USE FACTORY KIT OR FIELD SUPPLIED TRAP OF SUFFICIENT DEPTH STANDARD P TRAPS ARE NOT SUFFICIENT SEE FIGURE OF RECOMMENDED CONDENSATE TRAP 03003 Fig 16 Insufficient Condensate Trap Condensate drain lines should be pitched downward at a minimum of 1 in 25mm for every 10 ft 3m of length Consult local codes for additional restrictions or precautions CAUTION UNIT COMPONENT HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in product damage Never operate unit without a filter Damage to blower motor or coil may result Factory authorized filter kits must be used when locating the filter inside the unit For those applications where access to internal filter is impractical a field supplied filter must be installed in the return duct system IMPORTANT Factory authorized filters must be used when locating the filter inside the unit See Table 1 Table 1 Filter Kits PART NUMBER SIZE USED WITH FILTER KIT 12 KFAFK0212MED 002 PACK KFAFK0312LRG 003 005 KFAFK0412XXL 006 Procedure 7 UNIT START UP Refer to out
189. econd blower off time delay pre programmed into the motor Speed tap 4 is used for electric heat only with 0 second blower time delay and the WHITE wire should remain tap 4 Speed tap 5 is used for high static applications but has O second blower time delay pre programmed into the motor See Airflow Performance tables for actual CFM Also see Fig 4 for motor speed selection location NOTE In low static applications lower motor speed tap should be used to reduce possibility of water being blown off coil 90 sec off delay Electric heat 1 0 sec off delay T electric heat airflow is same CFM as Tap 3 except 0 sec off delay t high static applications see airflow tables for max airflow FB4C FX4D PF4 odd sizes 1 odd sizes FAN MOTOR The X 13 motor used with this product contains two parts the control module and the motor winding section Do not assume the motor or module is defective if it will not start Go through the steps described below before replacing control module or entire motor The control module is available as a replacement part A It is normal for the motor to rock back and forth on startup Do not replace the motor if this is the only problem identified B If the motor is not running 1 Check for proper high voltage and ground at the L G and N connections at the motor Correct any voltage issue before proceeding to the next step 2 The motor is communicated through 24 Vac
190. ects airflow these fan coils are constant airflow units The blower delivers requested airflow regardless of static pressure Consult fan coil Product Data for static pressure limits The ECM2 3 5 0 is pre programmed and contains airflow tables for all modes of operation Blower characteristics requested airflow torque and speed are known from laboratory testing If any two characteristics are known the third is defined Requested airflow is known from Easy Select board configuration and thermostat signals Torque is known because it is directly related to stator current which is measured by motor control Speed is measured by counting back EMF pulses from stator windings This information is entered into an expression that calculates torque from speed and airflow numbers If calculation does not match stored blower characteristics torque is adjusted until agreement is reached This calculation and adjustment is performed every 0 8 seconds while motor is in operation There is no direct measure of static pressure but unit does react to a change in static to maintain constant airflow A change in pressure will result in a change in stator speed and torque The motor will begin to adjust on the next sampling calculate new desired speed and torque and adjust as necessary INTEGRATED CONTROLS AND MOTOR 2 3 5 0 An 2 3 5 0 is fed high voltage AC power through the 5 connector See Fig 6 or Fig 5 The AC power is then int
191. ed subcooling are shown on unit rating plate Charging method is shown on information plate inside unit To properly check or adjust charge conditions must be favorable for subcooling charging Favorable conditions exist when the outdoor temperature is between 70 F and 100 21 11 C and 37 78 C and the indoor temperature is between 70 and 80 F 21 11 and 26 67 C Follow the procedure below Unit is factory charged for 15ft 4 57 m of lineset Adjust charge by adding or removing 0 6 oz ft of 3 8 liquid line above or below 15ft 4 57 m respectively For standard refrigerant line lengths 80 ft 24 38 m or less allow system to operate in cooling mode at least 15 minutes If conditions are favorable check system charge by subcooling method If any adjustment is necessary adjust charge slowly and allow system to operate for 15 minutes to stabilize before declaring a properly charged system If the indoor temperature is above 80 F 26 67 C and the outdoor temperature is in the favorable range adjust system charge by weight based on line length and allow the indoor temperature to drop to 80 F 26 67 C before attempting to check system charge by subcooling method as described above If the indoor temperature is below 70 F 21 11 C or the outdoor temperature is not in the favorable range adjust charge for line set length above or below 15ft 4 57 m only Charge level should then be appropriate for the system to achieve ra
192. ee Fig 22 13 Horizontal and Upflow Applications Only Attach the four coil brackets to coil pan assembly See Fig 22 14 Horizontal Applications only Place horizontal condens ate pan into position on coil pan assembly NOTE Installation of horizontal condensate pan is not necessary for upflow or downflow applications 15 Slide complete assembly into unit 16 Reinstall fitting panel and reconnect clip securing fitting panel to condensate drain pan 17 Horizontal Applications Only Reinstall horizontal pan clip Secure with one screw See Fig 22 Reinstall coil ac cess panel 18 Reconnect liquid and vapor refrigerant tubes and condens ate drain tube Install new Puron R 410A liquid line fil ter drier 19 Evacuate tube set and indoor coil to 500 microns back seat open liquid and vapor service valves 20 Turn on electrical supplies to indoor and outdoor units 21 Check system refrigerant charge and operation See Ap plication Guideline and Service Manual for 410 for further information COIL MOUNTING SCREW IL SUPPORT IL CASS S SLOPE SEN Y ore LFA ski DRAINPAN REFRIGERANT COIL TO CONNECTIONS PAN SCREW BOTH SIDES A98113 Fig 23 Slope Coil Component Location 27 CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution could result in equipment damage Use a backup wrench and do not over tighten as deformation of the piston body will
193. een R and W is complete The heater sequence SEO is energized which closes contacts of relay There will be a time delay This completed circuit energizes all heating elements HTR and blower motor B Heat Pump COOLING 2 Check sequencer relay No 1 and plug wiring Yellow wire should be connected to Pin No 9 of plug and to limit switch Black wire should be connected to Pin No 7 of plug and to sequencer relay No 1 3 Check field power leads L1 and L2 If these are not receiv ing power system cannot function IF TRANSFORMER HAS HIGH VOLTAGE APPLIED TO IT 1 Check low voltage transformer leads R red and C brown Be sure they are wired to correct locations 2 Check output voltage of transformer secondary side R red and C brown Be sure transformer output is between 18Vac and 30Vac If transformer output is incorrect and transformer is receiving correct input voltage 208V or 230V then transformer needs to be replaced with recom mended transformer If no problem exists with transformer secondary proceed to items 3 and 4 3 Check low voltage fuse shown in Fig 1 or Fig 2 If fuse is blown replace it with an identical 5 amp fuse The trans former cannot supply power to board with fuse blown or loose If fuse blows when unit has power applied to it the system most likely has one of the following problems Check all 24 V wiring for an electrical short b The maximum load on transformer is 40 VA If load on
194. ensor should fail low ambient cooling will not be allowed and the one minute outdoor fan off delay will not occur Defrost will be initiated based on coil temperature and time If the OCT sensor should fail low ambient cooling will not be allowed Defrost will occur at each time interval during heating operation but will terminate after 5 minutes If there is a thermistor out of range error defrost will occur at each time interval during heating operation but will terminate after 5 minutes Count the number of short and long flashes to determine the appropriate flash code Table 16 gives possible causes and actions related to each error OCT Thermistor must be secured tight on stub tube A05408 Fig 38 Outdoor Coil Thermistor OCT Attachment 53 Temperature Thermistors Thermistors are electronic devices which sense temperature As the temperature increases the resistance decreases Thermistors are used to sense outdoor air OAT and coil temperature OCT Refer to Fig 34 for resistance values versus temperature If the outdoor air or coil thermistor should fail the control will flash the appropriate fault code See Table 16 IMPORTANT The outdoor air thermistor and coil thermistor should be factory mounted in the final locations Check to ensure thermistors are mounted properly per Fig 37 and Fig 38 Thermistor Sensor Comparison The control continuously monitors and compares the outdoor air tem
195. equired For longer greater than 80 ft and small diameter linesets less than service valve size correct pressure add to gauge pressure reading per Tables 5 and 6 e If Pseudo Superheat is greater than 15 proceed to High SuperHeat section e If Pseudo Evaporator Superheat is between 2 and 15 TXV appears to be functioning properly e If operation erratic hunting proceed to Hunting Superheat F Superheat in repetition section NOTE Hunting is when the valve superheat swings more than 10 Pseudo Evaporator Superheat Instructions The Pseudo Evaporator Superheat calculates the superheat at the outlet of the evaporator with known and available information Because there generally is not a pressure port on the vapor line at the indoor coil this procedure allows the service personnel to evaluate the evaporator superheat with the vapor pressure port at the outdoor unit The method requires the following information Suction line temperature at the outlet of the evaporator CF Suction line pressure at the outdoor unit psig Outdoor nominal unit size btuh Suction line equivalent line length ft e Suction line pressure drop from tables Table 5 and Table 6 Pressure Temperature relationship for refrigerant used P T Chart If system uses a vapor line the same size as vapor service valve fiting or larger AND the line set equivalent length is 80 feet or less the pressure drop in vapor line of line se
196. er reference only A13136 Fig 15 FFMA sizes 18 amp 24 Expanded View Duct Components Blower amp Electrical Parts EVAPORATOR PARTS amp DRAIN PANCI8K amp 24K 7 Distributor Assy 6 Header Assy Coil II Piston Installed 8 Throttle 9 Distributor 3 Coil Airproof Plate Coil Support Plate 10 Capillary 1 Filter Support Plate Note This illustration is for reference only 11 Drain Plu 12 Drain Pan 13 Coil Roof Plate A13137 Fig 16 FFMA sizes 18 amp 24 Expanded View Evaporator Parts amp Drain Pan 20 3068366 CASE 1 Wropper Assy 2 Top Plate Assy 3 Blower Assy Panel 4 Upper Filter Panel 0 7 Wall Mount Brockets Q 8 Instoll Support Plate LL Yo 9 Bottom Rear Plate 9 Lower Filter Panel 6 Louvered Grill Cover E Z Note This illustration is for reference only 10 Bottom Plate Assy A13138 Fig 17 FFMA sizes 30 amp 36 Expanded View Case DUCT COMPONENTS 30K amp 36K gt DUCT COMPONENTS BLOWER amp ELECTRICAL PARTS 9 Left Plate 6 Blower Discharge Side Brackets 4 Heater Blank Uff Plate 7 Support Bracket 3 Blower Discharge Plate
197. er loading and increase the transformer capacity or split the load with an accessory transformer as required TYPICAL HEAT HP THERMOSTAT FAN COIL PUMP 24 VAC HOT 24 VAC COM HEAT STAGE 2 COOL HEAT STAGE 1 INDOOR FAN COOLING o EMERGENCY IF AVAILABLE LEGEND 24N FACTORY WIRING 24 FIELD WIRING FIELD SPLICE CONNECTION OUTDOOR THERMOSTAT EMERGENCY HEAT RELAY SUPPLEMENTAL HEAT RELAY A02325 3 Fig 10 Generic Wiring Diagrams See thermostat Installation Instructions for specific unit combinations Make Electrical Connections A WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Do not supply power to unit with compressor terminal box cover removed NOTE Use copper wire only between disconnect switch and unit NOTE Install branch circuit disconnect of adequate size per NEC to handle unit starting current Locate disconnect within sight from and readily accessible from unit per Section 440 14 of NEC Route Ground and Power Wires Remove access panel to gain access to unit wiring Extend wires from disconnect through power wiring hole provided and into unit control box Connect Ground and Power Wires 4 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death The unit cabinet must have an uninterrupted or unbroken ground to m
198. er acceptable heat sinking material on the valve before brazing To prevent damage to the unit use a metal barrier between brazing area and unit TEFLON SEAL AD L PISTON PISTON BODY L SWEAT FLARE ADAPTER LIQUID SERVICE VALVE A05226 Fig 16 Front Seating Service Valve with Chatleff Connection Used in Base Comfort and 4 Sided Performance and Infinity Puron Heat Pumps PISTON PISTON RETAINER SWEAT FLARE ADAPTER 01019 Fig 17 AccuRater Components used in R 22 Heat Pumps 25 Heating Piston AccuRater Heat Pumps Only In this product line AccuRater pistons are used to meter refrigerant for heat pump heating mode only indoor coils are supplied with a bi flow TXV for metering in the cooling mode AccuRater piston has a refrigerant metering hole through it The piston seats against the meters refrigerant in to the outdoor coil in heating and allows refrigerant to flow around it in cooling mode There are 2 types of liquid line connections used Flare connections are used in R 22 systems 1 Shut off power to unit 2 Pump unit down using pumpdown procedure described in this service manual 3 Loosen nut and remove liquid line flare connection from AccuRater 4 Pull retainer out of body being careful not to scratch flare sealing surface If retainer does not pull out easily carefully use locking pliers to remove it 5 Slide piston and piston ring out by
199. ernally rectified to DC by a diode module After rectification DC signal is electronically communicated and fed in sequential order to three stator windings The frequency of these commutation pulses determines motor speed The rotor is permanently magnetized An 2 3 5 0 is powered with high voltage at all times The motor will not run with high voltage alone Low voltage must be applied to control plug to run motor ECM2 3 5 0 Control Power The ECM2 3 5 0 control power is supplied from R circuit through printed circuit runs to motor control Connector Pin 8 through motor control harness to motor The C side of low voltage control power circuit is connected by printed circuit runs to motor Connector Pins 9 10 and 11 then through motor control harness to motor Low Voltage Circuit Fusing and Reference The low voltage circuit is fused by a board mounted 5 amp automotive type fuse placed in series with transformer SEC2 and R circuit The C circuit of transformer is referenced to chassis ground through a printed circuit run at SEC1 connected to metal standoff marked NOTE The PCB must be mounted with two screws and motor ground lead secured to blower housing or erratic motor operation can result Transformer Motor and Electric Heater Power Connection Transformer high voltage supplied from electric heater package or high voltage leads through 12 pin heater connector plug recp2 The ECM2 3 5 0 power connections are made at the tran
200. ery unit e Never open system to atmosphere while it is under a vacuum When system must be opened for service recover refrigerant evacuate then break vacuum with dry nitrogen and replace filter driers Evacuate to 500 microns prior to recharging e Do not vent R 410A refrigerant into the atmosphere e Observe all warnings cautions and bold text Copyright 2013 CAC BDP e 7310 W Morris St e Indianapolis IN 46231 Edition Date 01 13 Catalog No SM FANCOIL 01 Manufacturer reserves the right to change at any time specifications and designs without notice and without obligations 6018009 46 28 002 00 3 005 006 Fan Coil for Puron Refrigerant Installation Instructions SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS Improper installation adjustment alteration service maintenance or use can cause explosion fire electrical shock or other conditions which may cause death personal injury or property damage Consult a qualified installer service agency or your distributor or branch for information or assistance The qualified installer or agency must use factory authorized kits or accessories when modifying this product Refer to the individual instructions packaged with the kits or accessories when installing Follow all safety codes Wear safety glasses protective clothing and work gloves Use quenching cloth for brazing operations Have fire extinguisher available Read these instructions thoroughly and follow all warning or caution
201. es above 17Vac for more than four seconds the brownout condition is cleared and normal system operation will resume subject to any minimum compressor off delay function which may be in effect Brownout does not affect blower or electric heater operation STATUS CODE 53 OUTDOOR AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FAULT If an OAT sensor is found at power up input is constantly checked to be within a valid temperature range If sensor is found to be open or shorted at any time after initial validation Status Code 53 will be displayed at amber STATUS LED Check for faults in wiring connecting sensor to OAT terminals Using an Ohmmeter check resistance of thermistor for a short or open condition If thermistor is shorted or open replace it to return the system to normal operation If fault is in the wiring connections correcting the fault will clear the code and return the system to normal operation NOTE If fault condition is an open thermistor or a wiring problem that appears to be an open thermistor and the power to the fan coil control is cycled off the fault code will be cleared on the next power up but the fault will remain and system operation will not be as expected This is because on power up the fan coil 16 STATUS CODE 26 INVALID HEATER SIZE On initial power up fan coil control will write into memory electric heater size as read from heater if heater is provided with Identifier Resistor IDR Heater size must be valid for combin
202. es out change control Crankcase Heater Crankcase heater is a device for keeping compressor oil warm By keeping oil warm refrigerant does not migrate to and condense in compressor shell when the compressor is off This prevents flooded starts which can damage compressor On units that have a single pole contactor the crankcase heater is wired in parallel with contactor contacts and in series with compressor See Fig 7 When contacts open a circuit is completed from line side of contactor through crankcase heater through run windings of compressor and to other side of line When contacts are closed there is no circuit through crankcase heater because both leads are connected to same side of line This allows heater to operate when system is not calling for cooling The heater does not operate when system is calling for cooling TEMP SWITCH CRANKCASE HTR WN BLK BLK BLK BLK 1 97586 Fig 7 Wiring for Single Pole Contactor The crankcase heater is powered by high voltage power of unit Use extreme caution troubleshooting this device with power on The easiest method of troubleshooting is to apply voltmeter across crankcase heater leads to see if heater has power Do not touch heater Carefully feel area around crankcase heater If warm crankcase heater is probably functioning Do not rely on this method as absolute evidence heater is functioning If compressor has been running the area will still
203. exists when the coil temperature is at or below 32 F for 4 minutes during the interval The defrost cycle is terminated when the coil temperature reaches 65 F or 10 minutes has passed On 25HNB6 models defrost will occur in low or high stage as demanded by the thermostat or User Interface regardless of OAT On 25HNB9 models when OAT is gt 25 3 9 C defrost will occur in low or high stage as demanded by the thermostat or User Interface On 25HNB9 models if OAT is lt 25 F 3 9 C defrost will occur in high stage only regardless of thermostat or User Interface demand and will terminate at 50 F 10 C coil temperature with a minimum of 2 5 minutes in defrost If the coil temperature does not reach 32 F 0 C within the interval the interval timer will be reset and start over Upon initial power up the first defrost interval is defaulted to 30 minutes Remaining intervals are at selected times Defrost is only allowed to occur below 50 F 10 outdoor ambient temperature The outdoor fan output ODF will remain off for 20 seconds after termination This delay will allow time for the system to capture the heat from the outdoor coil and reduce the steam cloud effect that may occur on transition from defrost to the heating cycle The outdoor fan output OFF delay of 20 seconds may be defeated to enable the fan to energize immediately at the time of termination and 12 seconds prior to the reversing valve de
204. f low stage cannot satisfy cooling demand high stage cooling is energized by the second stage of indoor thermostat or User Interface After second stage is satisfied the unit returns to low stage operation until first stage is satisfied or until second stage is required again When both first stage and second stage cooling are satisfied the compressor will shut off The reversing valve will remain energized until the control board power is removed or a call for heating in initiated With a call for heating the outdoor fan and compressor are energized The compressor will operate in high or low stage operation as needed to meet the heating demand When the heating demand is satisfied the compressor and fan will shut off The reversing valve is de energized in the heating mode NOTE When two stage unit is operating at low stage system vapor suction pressure will be higher than a standard single stage system or high stage operation NOTE Outdoor fan motor will continue to operate for one minute after compressor shuts off when outdoor ambient is greater than or equal to 100 F This reduces pressure differential for easier starting on next cycle NOTE If unit has not operated within the past 12 hours or following a unit power up upon the next thermostat high or low stage demand unit operates for a minimum of 5 minutes in high stage On models with non communicating non Infinity systems with first stage of cooling Y1 and O ar
205. f valve to open indicated by sudden rise in vapor pressure before vapor pressure reaches 5 psig 35kPa If this occurs turn off electrical supply to outdoor unit immediately front seat vapor service valve and recover any remaining refrigerant 2 Turn off electrical supply to indoor unit Remove coil access and fitting panels Remove 1 screw securing coil to unit casing Remove coil pan assembly from unit SLOPE COIL UNITS If it is determined that system does not have leaks and refrigerant is not contaminated proceed as follows tA 1 Recover system refrigerant Place assembly on a flat surface Remove the two screws a Attach manifold gage set to service valves securing coil support columns to pan See Fig 23 9 Rotate columns 90 pull away from coil and remove columns from assembly b Front seat close liquid tube service valve 0 Start unit in cooling mode d 10 Remove the remaining two screws securing coil to condens Run unit until low pressure switch opens at 50 psig ate pan 350kPa or vapor pressure reaches 5 psig 35kPa Do not allow compressor to pump into a vacuum 11 Remove coil from condensate pan e Turn off electrical supply to outdoor unit 12 Remove coil top seal See Fig 23 13 Install new coil into condensate pan using the two original screws and two support columns f Front seat vapor service valve g Recover any remaining
206. fpm 20 1 2 9 9 1649 2 18000 5 8 3 1 1018 1 3 4 1 2 678 0 1 2 16 7 2199 3 24000 5 8 5 2 1357 1 3 4 2 0 904 0 7 8 1 0 678 0 5 8 7 8 1696 2 30000 3 4 2 9 1130 1 8 1 5 848 0 5 8 10 9 2036 2 36000 3 4 4 1 1356 1 7 8 2 0 1017 0 5 8 14 1 2375 3 42000 3 4 5 4 1582 1 7 8 2 7 1187 1 1 1 8 0 8 696 0 3 4 6 9 1808 1 48000 7 8 3 5 1357 1 1 1 8 1 0 796 0 3 4 10 4 2260 2 60000 7 8 5 2 1696 1 1 1 8 1 4 995 0 Line set application not recommended Example 1 While on a service call after checking for proper indoor and outdoor airflow Tom finds the following pressures and temperatures at the service valves of a Puron air conditioner Liquid line pressure 340 psig Liquid line temperature 97 F e Suction line pressure 125 psig e Suction line temperature 70 F Using a Puron PT chart the subcooling is determined to be 8 F which is within 3 of the 10 F listed on the rating plate believes the charge is correct He calculates the superheat to be approximately 27 F superheat The apparently high superheat has Tom concerned Tom uses the Pseudo Evaporator Superheat method to check the TXV performance The system is a 3 ton Puron air conditioner with 75 feet equivalent length of 3 4 suction line Based on Table 5 the system has approximately 3 psig pressure drop in the vapor line Per the instructions he takes the suction line temperature at the outlet of the evaporator and finds it to be 53 F Tom adds 3 psi
207. frost cycle will be observed actual length depends on Quiet Shift switch position When Quiet Shift is off only a short 30 second defrost cycle is observed With Quiet Shift ON the speed up sequence is one minute 30 second compressor off period followed by 30 seconds of defrost with compressor operation When returning to heating mode the compressor will turn off for an additional 30 seconds and the fan for 40 seconds 16 14 Remove jumper between DFT and R terminals Reconnect defrost thermostat leads Failure to remove jumper causes unit to switch to defrost every 30 60 or 90 minutes and remain in defrost for full 10 minutes 15 Replace control box cover Restore power to unit If defrost thermostat does not check out following above items or incorrect calibration is suspected check for defective thermostat as follows 1 Follow items 1 5 above 2 Route sensor or probe underneath coil or other convenient location using thermocouple temperature measuring device Attach to liquid line near defrost thermostat Insulate for more accurate reading 3 Turn on power to outdoor unit 4 Restart unit in heating 5 Within a few minutes liquid line temperature drops within a range causing defrost thermostat contacts to close Temperature range is from 33 F to 27 Notice temperature at which ohmmeter reading goes from oo to zero ohms Thermostat contacts close at this point 6 Short between the speed up terminals using a
208. g The jumper connects the W1 and W2 terminals together If either is energized W2 airflow is delivered With the jumper pulled there are separate airflows for W1 and W2 H Airflow Delivery CAUTION ELECTRICAL OPERATION HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation DO NOT remove or apply 5 pin plug on motor with power on Arcing could occur which can damage control module Turn power back on and check the following 3 Check for 24Vac on SECI and SEC2 If no voltage is present check transformer 4 Verify that approximately 230Vac is present at motor 5 Verify low voltage control signals to motor according to procedure below Use following procedure to check low voltage signals The ECM motor in these fan coils receive low voltage signals from the Easy Select Board through the wiring harness assembly The combination of pins energized at the motor determines the speed the motor will run The procedure below isolates the fan coil from all external devices such as a thermostat condensing unit humidifier or electronic air cleaner There is also a specific troubleshooting example to demonstrate the process Table 7 provides information needed to verify that the correct voltages are present at the motor and the Easy Select Board THERMOSTAT 1 Remove all thermostat and accessory wires from Easy Se lect Board 2 On Easy Select Board jumper screw terminals 1 at a
209. g or water damage will occur Install traps in the condensate lines as close to the coil as possible See Fig 16 Make sure that the outlet of each trap is below its connection to the condensate pan to prevent condensate from overflowing the drain pan Prime all traps test for leaks and insulate traps if located above a living area 4 CAUTION PRODUCT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in product or property damage Wrap a wet cloth around rear of fitting to prevent damage to and factory made joints 4 Evacuate coil and tubing system to 500 microns using deep vacuum method Procedure 6 CONDENSATE DRAIN To connect drains the cap openings must be removed Use a knife to start the opening near the tab and using pliers pull the tab to remove the disk Clean the edge of the opening if necessary and install the condensate line Finally caulk around the lines where they exit the fitting to retain the low leak rating of the unit CAUTION UNIT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in product or property damage The conversion of the fan coil to downflow requires special procedures for the condensate drains on both A coil and slope units The vertical drains have an overflow hole between the primary and secondary drain holes This hole is plugged for all applications except downflow but must be used for downflow During the conversion process remove th
210. g mode of operation refrigerant flow is reversed The bi flow TXV has an additional internal check valve and tubing These additions allow refrigerant to bypass TXV when refrigerant flow is reversed with only a 1 psig to 2 psig pressure drop through device When heat pump switches to defrost mode refrigerant flows through a completely open not throttled TXV The bulb senses the residual heat of outlet tube of coil that had been operating in heating mode about 85 and 155 psig This temporary not throttled valve decreases indoor pressure drop which in turn increases refrigerant flow rate decreases overall defrost time and enhances defrost efficiency PROBLEMS AFFECTING TXV A Low Suction Pressure 1 Restriction in TXV 2 Low refrigerant charge 3 Low indoor load 4 Low evaporator airflow B High Suction Pressure 1 Overcharging 2 Sensing bulb not secure to vapor tube 3 High indoor load 4 Large evaporator face area NOTE When installing or removing TXV wrap TXV with a wet cloth When reattaching TXV make sure sensing bulb is in good thermal contact with suction tube 5 The needle valve on pin carrier is spring loaded which also exerts pressure on underside of diaphragm via push rods which closes valve Therefore bulb pressure equals evapor ator pressure at outlet of coil plus spring pressure If load increases temperature increases at bulb which increases pressure on topside of diaphragm which pushes pin
211. g to inspect 3 Inspect blower motor and wheel for cleanliness each heating and cooling season Clean as necessary 4 Inspect electrical connections for tightness and controls for proper operation each heating and cooling season Service as necessary Consult Fan Coil Service Manual available from equipment distributor for maintenance procedures CAUTION CUT HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Sheet metal parts may have sharp edges or burrs Use care and wear appropriate protective clothing and gloves when handling parts Using the Owner s User Manual furnished in outdoor unit the installing technician should explain system operation to the consumer with particular emphasis on indoor fan coil operation sounds and filter maintenance Before proceeding with module replacement check the following to ensure motor winding section is functional With control module removed and unplugged from winding section 1 The resistance between any 2 motor leads should be similar 2 The resistance between any motor lead and the unpainted motor end plate should be greater than 100K ohms If motor winding section fails one of these tests it is defective and must be replaced START UP PROCEDURES Refer to outdoor unit Installation Instructions for system start up instructions and refrigerant charging method details CARE AND MAINTENANCE For continuing high performance and to minimize possible
212. g to the 125 psig suction pressure at the outdoor unit to get 128 psig evaporator pressure The saturated pressure of 128 equates to 44 F Tom calculates the evaporator superheat to be 53 F 44 F 9 The appears to be operating properly Table 6 R 22 System Suction Pressure Drop R 22 Suction Line Pressure Drop psig Total Equivalent Line Length ft 80 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 11 14 17 20 24 27 31 34 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 5 7 8 10 12 18 15 17 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 6 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 8 10 18 15 18 20 23 25 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 9 2 2 2 3 3 4 5 4 5 7 8 9 11 12 13 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 1 i 1 1 1 1 2 2 6 7 9 10 12 14 16 17 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 7 9 11 18 16 18 20 22 4 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 5 7 8 10 12 18 15 17 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 1 i 1 1 1 1 2 2 Examining the lineset Jason finds approximately 145 ft of suction line with 4 long radius elbows Per Fig 33 and Table 6 each fitting has an equivalent length of 1 4 ft The total equivalent length of the suction line is 145 4 1 4 150 ft Based on Table 8 Jason determines there should be 10 psig pressure drop in the suction line Jason now takes the suction line temperature at the outlet of the evaporator and obtains 51 F Per the instructions Jason adds the 10 psig pressure drop to the 60 psig pressure at the outdoo
213. ged seats and o rings should not be replaced Replacement of entire service valve is required Service valve must be replaced by properly trained service technician Service valves provide a means for holding original factory charge in outdoor unit prior to hookup to indoor coil They also contain gauge ports for measuring system pressures and provide shutoff convenience for certain types of repairs See Fig 15 Front seating service valves are used in outdoor residential equipment This valve has a service port that contains a Schrader fiting The service port is always pressurized after the valve is moved off the front seat position The service valves used in the outdoor units come from the factory front seated This means that the refrigerant charge is isolated from the line set connection ports All heat pumps are shipped with an adapter stub tube This tube must be installed on the liquid service valve After connecting the stub tube to the liquid service valve of a heat pump the valves are ready for brazing The interconnecting tubing line set can be brazed to the service valves using industry accepted methods and materials Consult local codes Before brazing the line set to the valves the belled ends of the Sweat connections on the service valves must be cleaned so that no brass plating remains on either the inside or outside of the bell joint To prevent damage to the valve and or cap ring use a wet cloth or oth
214. gerants present additional safety hazards CAUTION PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Wear safety glasses protective clothing and gloves when handling refrigerant The scroll compressor pumps refrigerant through the system by the interaction of a stationary and an orbiting scroll See Fig 11 The scroll compressor has no dynamic suction or discharge valves and it is more tolerant of stresses caused by debris liquid slugging and flooded starts The compressor is equipped with an internal pressure relief port The pressure relief port is a safety device designed to protect against extreme high pressure The relief port has an operating range between 550 to 625 psi differential pressure for Puron and 350 to 450 psi differential pressure for R 22 Scrolls have a variety of shut down solutions depending on model to prevent backward rotation and eliminate the need for cycle protection If replacement is deemed necessary perform the following to replace sensor 1 Locate top cap and discharge temperature sensor 2 Carefully remove sensor cover A12343 12342 3 Expose the sensor holder 4 Slide out the sensor slide in replacement and reinstall the cover A12344 A12345 19 Noisy Compressor Noise may be caused by a variety of internal and external factors Careful attention to the type of noise may help identify the source The following are some examp
215. h Disconnect all power to the unit before servicing the field wires or removing the control package The disconnect when used on the access panel does not disconnect power to the line side of the disconnect but does allow safe service to all other parts of the unit The minimum maintenance requirements for this equipment are as follows 1 Inspect and clean or replace air filter each month or as re quired 2 Inspect cooling coil drain pan and condensate drain each cooling season for cleanliness Clean as necessary An in spection port is provided on all A coil delta plates Remove plastic plug to inspect Replace plug after inspection 3 Inspect blower motor and wheel for cleanliness each heating and cooling season Clean as necessary 4 Inspect electrical connections for tightness and controls for proper operation each heating and cooling season Service as necessary CAUTION CUT HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Sheet metal parts may have sharp edges or burrs Use care and wear appropriate protective clothing and gloves when handling parts FILTER ASSEMBLY To clean or replace air filter push plastic connectors toward center of unit and remove filter access panel outward Push filter up and back into unit Then slide filter out Clean filter by using cold water and mild detergent Rinse and allow filter to dry No oiling or coating of filter is required New filters
216. h cooling season To check or clean cooling coil remove blower heater access panel to gain full access to cooling coil If coil is coated with dirt or lint vacuum with a soft brush attachment Be careful not to bend coil fins If coil is coated with oil or grease clean it with a mild detergent and water solution Rinse coil with clear water Be careful not to splash water onto insulation Inspect drain pan and condensate drain at same time cooling coil is checked Clean drain pan and condensate drain by removing any foreign matter from pan Flush pan and drain tube with clear water If drain tube is restricted it can generally be cleared by high pressure water Cut plastic line and work outside condensate pan and away from coil to clear drain tube NOTE There MUST be a trap in condensate line Trap must be at least 3 in deep not higher than the bottom of unit condensate drain opening and pitched downward to an open drain or sump 24 CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage Do not use caustic household drain cleaners in the condensate pan or near the coil Drain cleaners can quickly destroy a coil BLOWER MOTOR AND WHEEL Clean blower motor and wheel when cooling coil is cleaned WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Disconnect electrical power before removing any access panels Lock out and
217. hard shutoff with an external equalizer and a balance port pin A hard shut off TXV does not have a bleed port Therefore minimal equalization takes place after shutdown TXVs are specifically designed to operate with Puron or R 22 refrigerant use only factory authorized TXV s Do not interchange Puron and R 22 TXVs Operation The TXV is a metering device that is used in air conditioning and heat pump systems to adjust to changing load conditions by maintaining a preset superheat temperature at the outlet of the evaporator coil The volume of refrigerant metered through the valve seat is dependent upon the following 1 Superheat temperature is sensed by cap tube sensing bulb on suction tube at outlet of evaporator coil This temperature is converted into pressure by refrigerant in the bulb pushing downward on the diaphragm which opens the valve via the pushrods 2 The suction pressure at the outlet of the evaporator coil is transferred via the external equalizer tube to the underside of the diaphragm This is needed to account for the indoor coil pressure drop Residential coils typically have a high pressure drop which requires this valve feature 3 The pin is spring loaded which exerts pressure on the underside of the diaphragm Therefore the bulb pressure works against the spring pressure and evaporator suction pressure to open the valve If the load increases the temperature increases at the bulb which increases th
218. harging Heat Pump Only in EVAPORATOR ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE F WB OUTDOOR 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 67 68 70 72 74 76 m 55 11 11 12 12 12 13 17 20 24 24 25 25 25 25 60 6 6 7 7 7 7 12 16 21 22 23 23 23 23 65 3 7 12 18 19 21 21 22 22 70 7 14 16 18 20 20 20 75 3 11 13 16 18 18 19 82 6 8 12 15 16 17 85 4 7 11 14 15 16 90 4 8 12 14 15 95 6 10 12 14 100 4 8 11 12 105 3 6 9 11 110 5 7 10 115 3 6 8 Optimum performance point 82 outdoor ambient and 80 F dry bulb 67 F wet bulb indoor conditions DOE B Test Conditions Where a dash appears do not attempt to charge system under these conditions or refrigerant slugging may occur Charge must be weighed in Note Superheat F is at low side service port Allow a tolerance of F Note Indoor dry bulb between 70 and 80 F Table 9 Required Suction Line Temperature SUCTION PRESSURE AT SERVICE PORT PSIG SURERHEAT TEMP 107 8 112 2 116 8 121 2 126 130 8 138 8 140 8 145 8 0 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 2 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 4 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 6 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 8 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 10 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 12 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 14 49 51 53 55 57 59 61
219. he OAT OCT as open will be checked If correct then the brownout will be toggled Status code 6 shows the brownout is disabled e Status code 5 shows the brownout is active After the brownout defeat is set power down and reinstall the OAT OCT sensor and remove the short from the forced defrost pins As long as the short on the forced defrost remains the OAT and OCT faults will not be cleared The code will continue to be flashed The control is shipped with the brownout active The change in status is remembered until toggled to a new status power down power up sequence will not reset the status It may be necessary to do the toggle twice to cycle to the desired state of the defeat 230V Line Power Disconnect Detection If there is no 230v at the compressor contactor s when the indoor unit is powered and cooling or heating demand exists the appropriate fault code is displayed Verify the disconnect is closed and 230v wiring is connected to the unit Compressor Voltage Sensing The control board input terminals labeled VS and L2 on 25HNB6 24ANB7 and 25HNB9 24ANBI models see Fig 36 are used to detect compressor voltage status and alert the user of potential problems The control continuously monitors the high voltage on the run capacitor of the compressor motor Voltage should be present any time the compressor contactor is energized and voltage should not be present when the contactor is de energized Contactor Sh
220. hort cycling The delay begins counting when the low voltage is interrupted and at the end of heating or cooling cycle System function and Sequence of operation HK32EA003 On power up 24 volts between R C the 5 minute cycle timer begins counting down The compressor will not be energized until this timer is elapsed Cooling On a call for cooling thermostat makes R O R Y and R G Circuit R O energizes reversing valve switching it to cooling position Circuit R Y sends low voltage through the safeties and energizes the T1 terminal on the circuit board If the compressor has been off for 5 minutes or power has not been cycled for 5 minutes the OF2 relay and T2 terminal will energize This will close the contactor start the outdoor fan motor and compressor When the cycle is complete R Y is turned off and compressor and outdoor fan should stop When using Carrier thermostats the reversing valve remains energized in the cooling mode until the thermostat is switched to heat or the mode it turned off The 5 minute time guard begins counting Compressor will not come on again until this time delay expires In the event of a power interruption the time guard will not allow another cycle for 5 minutes Heating On a call for heating thermostat makes R Y and Circuit R Y sends low voltage through the safeties and energizes the T1 terminal on the circuit board T1 energizes the defrost logic circuit If the compressor
221. ieved to be plugged This unit s piston is unique and replacements are available from RCD The filter drier should be located on the liquid line at the indoor unit to prevent particulate from plugging the piston SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A Condensing Unit COOLING When thermostat calls for cooling the circuit between R and G is complete and single pole single throw relay FR is energized The normally open contacts close causing blower to operate The circuit between R and Y is also complete This completed circuit causes contactor in outdoor unit to close which starts compressor and outdoor fan HEATING When thermostat calls for heating and FAN switch is set on AUTO the circuit between and W is complete The heater sequence SEQ 18 17 Check the blower motor serial output signal The blinking LED on the control board represents the serial output signal You can measure the signal with a DC voltmeter by remov ing Plug 1 from the circuit board HK38AE011 and con necting the DC voltmeter across PL1 4 and PL1 2 The voltage should be near OVdc but it will fluctuate briefly several times per second If you have an analog voltmeter the needle briefly will go high several times per second If you have a digital voltmeter with a bar graph it will show a large change in magnitude on the bar graph several times per second If you have a plain digital voltmeter it will show a brief fluctuation in voltage and the magnitude may v
222. ilure If fuse has failed refer to Fuse Fail ure section 2 Check for faulty transformer Check output voltage of trans former secondary side R red and C brown Make sure output is between 18Vac and 30Vac If output voltage is low and input voltage tests normal replace transformer 3 Check for miswired heater plug harness 4 Check limit switch or sequencer failure These switches should have failed in open position If output voltage is zero volts replace switch 5 Check heater relay and PCB KFC and KFD heaters only Control voltage input to PCB should be 24Vac Output to relay should be 18 Vdc minimum If input is present but no output replace PCB If output is present replace relay D Heater Will Not Turn Off 1 Check low voltage wiring for miswire 2 Check for shorted elements to ground 3 Replace sequencer relays They may be stuck closed E Nuisance Trips 1 Check for low airflow due to dirty filters blocked registers or undersized duct 22 ELECTRIC HEATER FUNCTION AND TROUBLESHOOTING FB4 FE4 FF1E FV4 FX4 4 This section describes KFC and KFD series electric heaters in exclusion of Smart Heat by examining the functional operation of these heaters DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRIC HEATER COMPONENTS A Limit Switch The limit switch is a temperature sensitive control whose function is to prevent system from overheating in abnormal conditions The temperature settings often vary from he
223. indoor temperature is above 80 F 26 67 C and the outdoor temperature is in the favorable range adjust system charge by weight based on line length and allow the indoor temperature to drop to 80 F 26 67 C before attempting to check system charge by subcooling method as described above If the indoor temperature is below 70 F 21 11 C or the outdoor temperature is not in the favorable range adjust charge for line set length above or below 15ft 4 57 m only Charge level should then be appropriate for the system to achieve rated capacity The charge level could then be checked at another time when the both indoor and outdoor temperatures are in a more favorable range NOTE If line length is beyond 80 ft 24 38 m or greater than 20 ft 6 10 m vertical separation See Long Line Guideline for special charging requirements Cleaning Coil 1 Remove top cover See Remove Top Cover in Cabinet section of this manual 2 Remove coil grilles or louvers as applicable to gain full access to coils for cleaning NOTE 4 sided deluxe units employ one louver spacer on each of the four sides to prevent louver movement during operation The louver spacers are trapped between the coil surface and louver at the approximate center of each side See Fig 45 This louver spacer should be present and if dislodged during shipment must be reinstalled before unit is placed into operation 4 EA Louver
224. ing Non Communicating Non infinity Thermostats 46 Time Delay Relay 12 Airflow Selection For FV4 Fan Coils For 24ANB 1 24ANB 7 25HNB6 25HNB9 Using Non Communicating non Infinity PRESSURE SWITCHES 13 Th rmostatS Rr Re ober PRESE 46 DEFROST THERMOSTAT 14 GENERAL INFORMATION 46 DEFROST CONTROL BOARD 14 CHECK CHARGES 47 SYSTEM FUNCTION AND SYSTEM FUNCTION AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 7777 16 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 48 COPELAND SCROLL COMPRESSOR 18 TROUBLESHOOTING 94 00 beens rapa RR EA LER d 51 LG SCROLL COMPRESSOR 18 TWO STAGE NON COMMUNICATING COMPRESSOR TROUBLESHOOTING 20 22 24 7 25 6 56 58 Compressor Failures 20 Operating Ambient 56 Mechanical Failures 20 Airflow Selections ECM 56 Electrical Failures 22 Airflow Selection for Variable Speed Furnaces REFRIGERATION SYSTEM 23 29 56 Refrigerant seis eee rm neret Rete tek 23 DIS fi Or ENG Fan Calls communicating 2200
225. ing additional or unusual use of supplemental electric heat 10 Any cost to replace refill or dispose of refrigerant including the cost of refrigerant 11 ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL PROPERTY OR COMMERCIAL DAMAGE OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER Some states or provinces do not allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation may not apply to you CON This Warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state or province to province Always Ask For ACTORY 9 2 07 2010 Lu RTS Covalent LOnsuning 1708 Peochtree St Suite 210 Atlanta GA 30309 404 355 9334 moin 404 835 1118 fox os ei gt lt IL Z lt lt lt z E ea Y Ee Y J gt os Yo A oT 5 GENERAL NOTES COORDINATE WORK WITH OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION 1 SPECIFICATIONS REFER TO OTHER DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR APPLICABLE PROVISIONS THEREIN FURNISH AND INSTALL NECESSARY LABOR AND MATERIALS FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM ANY APPLIANCES OR MATERIALS OBVIOUSLY A PART OF THE SYSTEM 2 DUCT SIZES SHOWN ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS AND NECESSARY FOR ITS PROPER OPERATION ALTHOUGH NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED HEREIN SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED AS IF CALLED FOR IN DETAIL 3 FOR NEW UNI
226. inimize personal injury if an electrical fault should occur The ground may consist of electrical wire or metal conduit when installed in accordance with existing electrical codes Connect ground wire to ground connection in control box for safety Connect power wiring to contactor as shown in Fig 8 DISCONNECT PER N E C AND OR LOCAL CODES CONTACTOR O FIELD POWER WIRING 0 0777 lt gt RUE FIELD GROUND om mom eee eee eee D WIRING T eres 4 GROUND LUG A94025 Fig 8 Line Connections nt CONTACTOR 2200 COM 0 00g e T C o Es 5 4 OFF NO 24VAC ON DK FLASHsPHASE PROBLEM L2 V M E LS 0 A00010 Fig 9 3 Phase Monitor Control Applies to 3 Phase Units Only Sequence of Operation Turn on power to indoor and outdoor units Transformer is energized Cooling On a call for cooling thermostat makes circuits R O and and R G Circuit R O energizes reversing valve switching it to cooling position Circuit R Y energizes contactor starting outdoor fan motor and compressor circuit energizes indoor unit blower relay starting indoor blower motor on high speed When thermostat is satisfied its contacts open de energizing contactor and blower relay Compressor and motors should stop NOTE If indoor unit is equipped with
227. installation adjustment alteration service maintenance or use can cause explosion fire electrical shock or other conditions which may cause death personal injury or property damage Consult a qualified installer service agency or your distributor or branch for information or assistance The qualified installer or agency must use factory authorized kits or accessories when modifying this product Refer to the individual instructions packaged with the kits or accessories when installing Follow all safety codes Wear safety glasses protective clothing and work gloves Use quenching cloth for brazing operations Have fire extinguisher available Read these instructions thoroughly and follow all warnings or cautions included in literature and attached to the unit Consult local building codes and current editions of the National Electrical Code NEC NFPA 70 In Canada refer to current editions of the Canadian electrical code CSA 22 1 Recognize safety information This is the safety alert symbol When you see this symbol on the unit and in instructions or manuals be alert to the potential for personal injury Understand these signal words DANGER WARNING and CAUTION These words are used with the safety alert symbol DANGER identifies the most serious hazards which will result in severe personal injury or death WARNING signifies hazards which could result in personal injury or death CAUTION is used to identify unsafe pra
228. isconnect Transformer is factory wired for 230 v operation For 208 v applications disconnect black wire from 230 v terminal on transformer and connect it to 208 v terminal See Fig 13 SECONDARY A05182 Fig 13 Transformer Connections FV4C CAUTION PROPERTY DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in product or property damage Shallow running traps are inadequate and DO NOT allow proper condensate drainage See Fig 15 DO NOT USE SHALLOW RUNNING TRAPS A03013 Fig 15 Insufficient Condensate Trap NOTE When connecting condensate drain lines avoid blocking filter access panel Prime both primary and secondary condensate traps after connecting to drain pan NOTE If unit is located in or above a living space where damage may result from condensate overflow a field supplied external condensate pan should be installed underneath the entire unit and a secondary condensate line with appropriate trap should be run from the unit into the pan Any condensate in this external condensate pan should be drained to a noticeable place As an alternative to using an external condensate pan some localities may allow the use of a separate 3 4 in 19mm condensate line with appropriate trap to a place where the condensate will be noticeable The owner of the structure must be informed that when condensate flows from the secondary drain or external condensate pan the unit requires servicin
229. itches and a probe or sniffer Detector is turned on and probe is passed around all fitings and connections in system Leak is detected by either the movement of a pointer on detector dial a buzzing sound or a light In all instances when a leak is found system charge must be recovered and leak repaired before final charging and operation After leak testing or leak is repaired replace liquid line filter drier evacuate system and recharge with correct refrigerant quantity Coil Removal Coils are easy to remove if required for compressor removal or to replace coil 1 Shut off all power to unit 2 Recover refrigerant from system through service valves 3 Break vacuum with nitrogen 4 Remove top cover See Remove Top Cover in Cabinet section of the manual 5 Remove screws in base pan to coil grille 6 Remove coil grille from unit 7 Remove screws on corner post holding coil tube sheet 4 WARNING FIRE HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or equipment damage Cut tubing to reduce possibility of personal injury and fire 8 Use midget tubing cutter to cut liquid and vapor lines at both sides of coil Cut in convenient location for easy reassembly with copper slip couplings 9 Lift coil vertically from basepan and carefully place aside 10 Reverse procedure to reinstall coil 11 Replace filter drier evacuate system recharge and check for normal systems operation 3
230. itiate defrost the defrost thermostat must be closed This can be accomplished as follows 1 Turn off power to outdoor unit 2 Disconnect outdoor fan motor lead from OF2 on control board see Fig 11 Tape lead to prevent grounding 3 Restart unit in heating mode allowing frost to accumulate on outdoor coil 4 After a few minutes in heating mode liquid line temperat ure should drop below closing point of defrost thermostat approximately 30 F 1 11 C 5 Short between speedup terminals with a flat blade screw driver This reduces the timing sequence to 1 25th of origin al time See Table 4 6 When you hear reversing valve change position remove screwdriver immediately otherwise control will terminate normal 10 minute defrost cycle in approximately 2 seconds NOTE Length of defrost cycle is dependent upon length of time it takes to remove screwdriver from test pins after reversing valve has shifted 7 Unit will remain in defrost for remainder of defrost cycle time or until defrost thermostat reopens at approximately 65 F 18 33 C coil temperature of liquid line 8 Turn off power to outdoor unit and reconnect fan motor lead to OF2 on control board Final Wiring Check IMPORTANT Check factory wiring and field wire connections to ensure terminations are secured properly Check wire routing to ensure wires are not in contact with tubing sheet metal etc Compressor Crankcase Heater When equipped with a cra
231. k the wiring to the UI and the indoor and outdoor units Model Plug Each control board contains a model plug The correct model plug must be installed for or the system to operate properly See Table 13 The model plug is used to identify the type and size of unit to the control On 25HNB6 models the model plug is also used to determine the start sequence timing for each individual model On new units the model and serial numbers are input into the board s memory at the factory If a model plug is lost or missing at initial installation the unit will operate according to the information input at the factory and the appropriate error code will flash temporarily An RCD replacement board contains no model and serial information If the factory control board fails the model plug must be transferred from the original board to the replacement board for the unit to operate NOTE The model plug takes priority over factory model information input at the factory If the model plug is removed after initial power up the unit will operate according to the last valid model plug installed and flash the appropriate fault code temporarily Low or High Contacto
232. keep the lubricant warm during off cycles Improves compressor lubrication on restart and minimizes the chance of liquid slugging Usage Guideline Required in low ambient cooling applications Required in long line applications Suggested in all commercial applications 2 Evaporator Freeze Thermostat An SPST temperature actuated switch that stops unit operation when evaporator reaches freeze up conditions Usage Guideline Required when low ambient kit has been added 3 Isolation Relay An SPDT relay which switches the low ambient controller out of the outdoor fan motor circuit when the heat pump switches to heating mode Usage Guideline Required in all heat pumps where low ambient kit has been added 4 Low Ambient Pressure Switch A fan speed control device activated by a temperature sensor designed to control condenser fan motor speed in response to the saturated condensing temperature during operation in cooling mode only For outdoor temperatures down to 20 F 28 9 C it maintains condensing temperature at 100 F 10 F 37 8 C 12 C Usage Guideline A Low Ambient Controller must be used when cooling operation is used at outdoor temperatures below 55 F 12 8 C Suggested for all commercial applications 5 Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Designed for use with Carrier Thermostats listed in this publication This device enables the thermostat to display the outdoor temperature This device is required to e
233. l line break to reset There is an internal line break protector which must be closed compressors are equipped with internal motor protection If motor becomes hot for any reason protector opens Compressor should always be allowed to cool and protector to close before troubleshooting Always turn off all power to unit and disconnect leads at compressor terminals before taking readings Most common motor failures are due to either an open grounded or short circuit When a compressor fails to start or run 3 tests can help determine the problem First all possible external causes should be eliminated such as overloads improper voltage pressure equalization defective capacitor s relays wiring etc Compressor has internal line break overload so be certain it is closed Open Circuit 4 WARNING UNIT PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury Use caution when working near compressor terminals Damaged terminals have the potential to cause personal injury Never put face or body directly in line with terminals To determine if any winding has a break in the internal wires and current is unable to pass through follow these steps 1 Be sure all power is off 2 Discharge all capacitors 3 Remove wires from terminals C S and R 4 Check resistance from C R C S and R S using an ohmmeter on 0 1000 ohm scale Because winding resistances are usually less than 10
234. l system charge so that pressure gauges read psi Never open system without breaking vacuum with dry nitrogen CAUTION PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Wear safety glasses protective clothing and gloves when handling refrigerant To replace switch 1 Apply heat with torch to solder joint and remove switch CAUTION PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Wear safety glasses when using torch Have quenching cloth available Oil vapor in line may ignite when switch is removed 2 Braze in 1 4 in flare fitting and screw on replacement pressure switch terminal on the circuit board The T1 terminal energizes the defrost logic This will energize the OF2 fan relay start the outdoor motor The T1 terminal must be energized for defrost to function When the cycle is complete R Y is turned off and the compressor and outdoor fan should stop There is no compressor delay built into this control Defrost Sequence HK32EA001 007 The defrost control is a time temperature control that has field selectable settings of 30 60 and 90 minutes These represent the amount of time that must pass after closure of the defrost thermostat before the defrost sequence begins The defrost thermostat senses coil temperature throughout the heating cycle When the coil temperature reaches the defrost thermostat setting of approxi
235. le and check across these terminals First check voltage with the motor disconnected If no control voltage is present check control board connections If connections are good replace the control board e If voltage is present reconnect the motor and check again Shut down the unit to reconnect the motor and restart the unit to complete this troubleshooting procedure If control voltage is no longer present or motor fails to respond check motor connections e If connections are good replace the motor Time Delays The unit time delays include Five minute time delay to start cooling or heating operation when there is a call from the thermostat or user interface To bypass this feature momentarily short and release Forced Defrost pins Five minute compressor re cycle delay on return from a brown out condition Two minute time delay to return to standby operation from last valid communication with Infinity only One minute time delay of outdoor fan at termination of cooling mode when outdoor ambient is greater than or equal to 100 F Fifteen second delay at termination of defrost before the auxiliary heat W1 is de energized Twenty second delay at termination of defrost before the outdoor fan is energized Thirty second compressor delay when quiet shift enabled e Seventy and sixty second compressor delays when Quiet Shift 2 is enabled e 25HCB6 25HPA6 25HNB6 models there is a 1 mi
236. lected for fan only operation B Cooling Mode Single Speed or Two Speed High Thermostat closes circuits R to G R to Y Y2 and R to O heat pump only A circuit R to Y1 is required for two speed high operation Airflow delivered the airflow selected by AC HP SIZE selection and CFM ADJUST selection C Cooling Mode Two Speed Low Thermostat closes R to G and R to Y1 and R to O heat pump only Unit delivers two speed low airflow for AC HP SIZE and CFM ADJUST selected D Cooling Dehumidify Mode Thermidistat or Comfort Zone II B and Single Speed Outdoor Unit Installed 11 jumper must be pulled from Easy Select Board Control closes R to G R to Y Y2 and R to O heat pump only and open R to DH Dehumidification is active when 24Vac is removed from DH terminal Unit delivers 20 percent less airflow E SuperDehumidify Mode Thermidisat or Comfort Zone II B indoor control Single Speed Outdoor Unit This mode is only activated by the indoor control when COOL to DEHUMIDIFY and SUPERDEHUMIDIFY are configured at the control and there is a call for dehumidfication without a call for cooling The control closes R to Y Y2 R to O heat pump only and opens R to DH and R to G This signals the fan coil to run at minimum airflow for maximum humidity removal The control will cycle the equipment 10 minutes on and 10 minutes off until satisfied EVA Constant Air Flow Unlike fan coils using induction motors where static pressure aff
237. lectric heater kits NOTE Units installed without electric heat should have a sheet metal block off plate covering the heater opening This reduces air leakage and formation of exterior condensation B Auxiliary Terminals The AUX and HUM terminals on the Easy Select Board are tied directly to the G terminal and provide a 24 vac signal whenever the G terminal is energized See Fig 17 and 18 During Super Dehumidify and SuperComfort Perfect Heat modes the G signal is not present and the auxiliary terminals are not energized If the installation includes the use of these operating modes do not use these terminals to control accessories See Electronic Air Cleaner and Humidifier sections for further information C Electronic Air Cleaner Connections The AUX1 and AUX2 terminals are not always energized during blower operation as described above When using an electronic air cleaner with the FV4C Fan Coil use Airflow Sensor Part No KEAACO101AAA The airflow sensor turns on electronic air cleaner when the fan coil blower is operating D Humidifier Humidistat Connections Easy Select Board terminals HUM1 and HUM2 are provided for direct connection to the low voltage control of a humidifier through a standard humidistat See Fig 19 These terminals are energized with 24vac when G thermostat signal is present See Fig 20 Alternately the 24 vac signal may be sourced from the W and C terminal block connections when electric heaters
238. les of abnormal conditions that may create objectionable noise 1 A gurgling sound may indicate a liquid refrigerant floodback during operation This could be confirmed if there is no compressor superheat A compressor superheat of 0 degrees would indicate liquid refrigerant returning to the compressor Most common reasons for floodback are loss of evaporator blower dirty coils and improper airflow 2 A rattling noise may indicate loose hardware Inspect all unit hardware including the compressor grommets 3 A straining hard start or vibration occurring at start up but clears quickly after could indicate an off cycle refrigerant migration issue Refrigerant migration can occur when a compressor is off and refrigerant vapor transfers from other areas of the system settles into the compressor as it is attracted to the oil and then condenses into the oil Upon start up the compressor draws suction from within itself first and lowers the boiling point of the refrigerant that is entrained in the oil This can cause the liquid refrigerant and oil to boil into the compression area or liquid refrigerant to wipe off oil films that are critical for proper lubrication Migration is worsened by greater temperature differentials and or extra refrigerant in the system Prevention of migration can be reduced by various options but some of the more common remedies is to verify proper charge and add a crankcase heater where this situation is suspecte
239. ll system charge so that pressure gauges read psi Never open system without breaking vacuum with dry nitrogen CAUTION PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Wear safety glasses protective clothing and gloves when handling refrigerant To replace switch 1 Apply heat with torch to solder joint and remove switch CAUTION PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Wear safety glasses when using torch Have quenching cloth available Oil vapor in line may ignite when switch is removed 2 Braze in 1 4 in flare fitting and replace pressure switch Loss of Charge Switch HP Only Located on liquid line of heat pump only the liquid line pressure Switch functions similar to conventional low pressure switch Because heat pumps experience very low suction pressures during normal system operation a conventional low pressure switch cannot be installed on suction line This switch is installed in liquid line instead and acts as loss of charge protector The liquid line is the low side of the system in heating mode It operates identically to low pressure switch except it opens at 23 5 psig for Puron and 7 5 psig for R22 and closes at 55 5 psig for Puron and 22 5 for R22 Two stage heat pumps have the low pressure switch located on the suction line The two stage control board has the capability
240. llowing sequence of operation will occur The compressor will be de energized for approximately 1 minute then the reversing valve will be energized few seconds later the compressor will be re energized and the normal defrost cycle starts Once defrost termination conditions have been met the following sequence will occur The compressor will be de energized for approximately 1 minute then the reversing valve will be de energized A few seconds later the compressor will be re energized and the normal heating cycle starts LG SCROLL COMPRESSOR The compressors used in these products are specifically designed to operate with designated refrigerants and cannot be interchanged LG produced scroll compressors are designed to operate and function as the typical orbiting scroll on a fixed scroll design Refrigerant flow and compression is basically the same Characteristics of the LG Scroll Compressor Internal Motor Overload Protection OLP This is an inherent protection system sensing both motor winding temperature and motor current This is designed to open the common wire on single phase units and stop the motor operation if motor high temperature or over current conditions exist Trip of the OLP opens the common line Vacuum protection device If the suction side of the compressor is blocked or limited an extremely low vacuum situation is formed by the optimum efficiency of the scrolls The high vacuum pressure causes the arc at
241. lues Heater Size Resistor Ohms kW Nominal No heater Open 9 11k 15 18k 20 24k 24 33k 30 39k Hydronic Heat 270k STATUS CODE 36 HEATER OUTPUT NOT SENSED WHEN ENERGIZED Fan coil control is provided with circuitry to detect presence of a 24 Vac signal on Electric Heater stage 1 and stage 2 outputs If fan coil control energizes either heater stage and does not detect the 24 Vac signal on output Status Code 36 will be displayed on the STATUS LED Fan coil control will continue to energize heater output s and adjust blower operation to a safe airflow level for energized electric heat stage s To find the fault check for 24Vac on heater stage outputs Fan coil control or sensing circuit may be bad NOTE It may be useful as an electric heater troubleshooting procedure to disconnect the system communications to force Status Code 16 enabling of emergency heat mode It is difficult to know which heater output is energized or not energized in normal operation When fan coil is operated in emergency heat mode using electric heaters both outputs are energized and de energized together Terminal strip inputs to control can then be connected R to W to turn on both electric heat outputs Heater output sensing circuits can then be checked to resolve Status Code 36 or 37 problems STATUS CODE 41 BLOWER MOTOR FAULT If MOTOR LED is lit and flashing and motor does not run 6 Reconnect Plug 3 to motor
242. luminum Brazing Instructions 1 Clean area to be brazed a Joint must be free of oil grease rust corrosion and refrigerant 2 Wire brush to remove oxides from area 3 Flux area if required with the CX 60 flux Cored wire alloys will not need fluxing a Additional flux with cored filler will aid in dirty conditions 4 Depending on thickness of material select an appropriate torch tip size a Turbo torch standard nozzles work well for aluminum repair NOTE It is important to size the torch tip to the thick ness of material Example too large a torch tip will melt the aluminum base metal before you are able to repair it 5 Heat area until flux turns clear or you see flame change in color 6 Continue to heat the joint and test by wiping the braze rod across the joint 7 Once the alloy melts on the parent metal add alloy to repair the area Maintain joint temperature until repair is complete Do not over heat withdraw torch as required 8 It is best to repair the area the first time Reheating can cause failure to repair the area 9 If reheating is necessary let joint cool wire brush reapply flux Reheat joint so flux melts and reapply braze material Service Valves and Pumpdown 4 WARNING PERSONAL INJURY AND UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or equipment damage Never attempt to make repairs to existing service valves Unit operates under high pressure Dama
243. m with tubing cutter 5 Tape ends of open tubing 6 Scratch matching marks on tubing studs and old accumulator Scratch matching marks on new accumulator Unbraze stubs from old accumulator and braze into new accumulator 7 Thoroughly rinse any flux residue from joints and paint with corrosion resistant coating such as zinc rich paint 8 Install factory authorized accumulator into system with copper slip couplings 9 Evacuate and charge system Pour and measure oil quantity if any from old accumulator If more than 20 percent of oil charge is trapped in accumulator add new POE oil to compressor to make up for this loss Accumulator The accumulator is specifically designed to operate with Puron or R22 respectfully use only factory authorized components Under some light load conditions on indoor coils liquid refrigerant is present in suction gas returning to compressor The accumulator stores liquid and allows it to boil off into a vapor so it can be safely returned to compressor Since a compressor is designed to pump refrigerant in its gaseous state introduction of liquid into it could cause severe damage or total failure of compressor The accumulator is a passive device which seldom needs replacing Occasionally its internal oil return orifice or bleed hole may become plugged Some oil is contained in refrigerant returning to compressor It cannot boil off in accumulator with liquid refrigerant The bleed hole allows a s
244. mall amount of oil and refrigerant to enter the return line where velocity of refrigerant returns it to compressor If bleed hole plugs oil is trapped in accumulator and compressor will eventually fail from lack of lubrication If bleed hole is plugged accumulator must be changed The accumulator has a fusible element located in the bottom end bell See Fig 22 This fusible element will melt at 430 7 and vent the refrigerant if this temperature is reached either internal or external to the system If fuse melts the accumulator must be replaced To change accumulator 1 Shut off all power to unit 2 Recover all refrigerant from system 3 Break vacuum with dry nitrogen Do not exceed 5 psig NOTE Coil may be removed for access to accumulator Refer to appropriate sections of Service Manual for instructions 430 FUSE ELEMENT A88410 Fig 22 Accumulator 28 IMPORTANT The TXV should be mounted as close to the indoor coil as possible and in a vertical upright position Avoid mounting the inlet tube vertically down The valve is more susceptible to malfunction due to debris if inlet tube is facing down A factory approved filter drier must be installed in the liquid line at the indoor unit Installing TXV in Place of Piston in a Rated Indoor Coil pre 2006 1 Pump system down to 2 psig and recover refrigerant 2 Remove hex nut from piston body Use backup wrench on fan coils 3 Remove and discard factory
245. mately 32 F it will close which energizes the DFT terminal and begins the defrost timing sequence When the DTF has been energized for the selected time the defrost cycle begins and the control shifts the reversing valve into cooling position and turns the outdoor fan off This shifts hot gas flow into the outdoor coil which melts the frost from the coil The defrost cycle is terminated when defrost thermostat opens at approximately 65 F or automatically after 10 minutes OUTDOOR FAN E 2 DEFROST THERMOSTAT MUST BE CLOSED BEFORE DEFROST TIMER BEGINS HK32EA001 T1 ENABLES DEFROST TIMER MUST BE ENERGIZED FOR DEFROST TIMER TO START REVERSING VALVE D pem v 1660 py o ar OR WY C SPEEDUP THERMOSTAT INPUTS Y OUTPUT TO PRESSURE SWITCHES AND CONTACTOR 0 o 05332 Fig 9 HK32EA001 007 Defrost Control 14 Defrost Thermostat Defrost thermostat signals heat pump that conditions are right for defrost or that conditions have changed to terminate defrost It is a thermally actuated switch clamped to outdoor coil to sense its temperature Normal temperature range is closed at 30 gt 3 and open at 65 gt 5 Defrost thermostats are used in Base and Comfort models a coil temperature thermistor is used in Preferred and Infinity series units FEEDER TUBE STUB TUBE EFROST THE
246. midify Capabilities This model fan coil is capable of responding to a signal from indoor system control Thermidistat zoning control to operate in comfort control modes such as Super Dehumidify Mode Consult literature provided with indoor system control to determine if these operating modes are available and to see control set up instructions No special setup or wiring of fan coil is required Procedure 10 FV4C FAN COIL SEQUENCE OF OPERATION The FV4C will supply airflow in a range which is more than twice the range of a standard fan coil It is designed to provide nominal cooling capacities at a 50 10 C evaporator temperature and the required airflow which enables it to match with 4 air conditioner or heat pump system sizes Table 2 outlines the CFM range for the different FV4C Fan Coil sizes A Continuous Fan Thermostat closes circuit R to G The blower runs at continuous fan airflow B Cooling Mode Single speed If indoor temperature is above temperature set point and humidity is below humidity set point thermostat closes circuits R to G R to Y Y2 and R to O The fan coil delivers single speed cooling airflow C Cooling Mode Dehumidification f indoor temperature is above temperature set point and humidity is above humidity set point thermostat or Thermidistat closes circuits R to G R to O and to Y Y2 and humidistat or Thermidistat opens R to DH The fan coil delivers airflow which is
247. mode Basic Diagnostics NOTE When checking refrigerant charge and troubleshooting operating systems the indoor airflow has significant effect on the determination If you are at this stage it is assumed you have already checked the subcooling once and believe the charge is correct From this point the airflow must be verified prior to proceeding hence step 1 below 1 Check or verify proper indoor airflow Indoor air filter Duct dampers and supply registers are open Indoor coil for debris 2 Check subcooling at OD unit liquid service valve Outdoor airflow debris on coil etc e Set the subcooling at value listed on rating plate if standard lineset Set the subcooling at the maximum of 10 F or value listed on rating plate if a long line application 3 Check superheat at OD unit vapor service valve e flow lt 2 F proceed to Low SuperHeat section e If between 2 and 20 F 11 C valve is probably operating properly e If greater than 20 F 11 C perform Pseudo Evaporator SuperHeat Instructions check as follows Check refrigerant pressure at vapor service valve and refrigerant temperature at outlet of evaporator Use suction line geometry diameter and equivalent length unit capacity and Tables 7 and 8 to determine suction pressure drop For standard lineset diameters vapor service valve diameters and larger and lengths less than 80 ft generally no pressure adjustment per Table 5 or 6 is r
248. moved from unit 4 Check to be sure all panels and screws are in place and tight Electrical Controls and Wiring 1 Disconnect power to both outdoor and indoor units 2 Check all electrical connections for tightness Tighten all Screws on electrical connections If any connections appear to be burned or smoky disassemble the connection clean all parts and stripped wires and reassemble Use a new connector if old one is burned or corroded and crimp tightly 3 Reconnect electrical power to indoor and outdoor units and observe unit through 1 complete operating cycle 4 If there are any discrepancies in operating cycle troubleshoot to find cause and correct Refrigerant Circuit 1 Check refrigerant charge using the superheat method and if low on charge check unit for leaks using an electronic leak detector 2 If any leaks are found remove and reclaim or isolate charge pumpdown if applicable Make necessary repairs 3 Evacuate recharge and observe unit through 1 complete operating cycle PURON R 410A REFRIGERANT QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE Puron refrigerant operates at 50 70 percent higher pressures than R 22 Be sure that servicing equipment and replacement components are designed to operate with Puron refrigerant Puron refrigerant cylinders are rose colored Recovery cylinder service pressure rating must be 400 psig DOT 4BA400 or DOT BW400 Puron refrigerant systems should be charged with liquid
249. nable special thermostat features such as auxiliary heat lock out Usage Guideline Suggested for all Carrier thermostats listed in this publication Comfort Series models and Fig NO TAG for Deluxe models First production of Performance units are capable of low ambient cooling only with pressure switch or Infinity UI control Motor Master was not available See most current Product Data for updates Infinity Series 2 Stage units are capable of low ambient cooling only with Infinity UI control BAFFLE ASSEMBLY 16 1 2 TYP 5 16 LOW AMBIENT COOLING GUIDELINE The minimum operating temperature for these units in cooling mode is 55 12 7 outdoor ambient without additional accessories This equipment may be operated in cooling mode at ambient temperatures below 55 F 12 7 C when the accessories listed in Table 1 or 2 are installed Wind baffles are required when operating in cooling mode at ambients below 55 12 7 Refer to Fig 1 for wind baffle construction details for Base through pope 03 SUPPORT MAT L 20 GA STEEL 1 8 HOLE ese To 1 2 1 2 1 9 16 1 4 X 1 16 SLOT TYP 6 REQ D 1 4 HOLE 14 REQ D 5 16 u bibis illa 15 16 TYP 2 TY BAFFLE MAT L 20 GA STEEL 1 1 4 TYP A06450 Entry Mid Tier and 4 Sided Deluxe Units in UNIT SIZE AA UNIT HEIGHT A C 1 2 C 3 D
250. nect thermostat wires and wait two minutes to see if motor Stops If it stops replace thermostat or install resistor per thermostat installation instructions Motor Will Not Start See following section Troubleshooting ECM2 3 5 0 Motor and Controls C Troubleshooting ECM2 3 5 0 Motor and Controls CAUTION ELECTRICAL OPERATIONS HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation High voltage is always present at motor Disconnect power to unit before removing or replacing connectors or servicing motor Wait at least five minutes after disconnecting power before opening motor The ECM ICM motor used with this product contains two parts the control module and the motor winding section Do not assume the motor or module is defective if it will not start Go through the steps described below before replacing control module Easy Select Board or entire motor The control module is available as a replacement part D If Motor Turns Slowly 1 It is normal operation to run noticeably slower if G terminal is not energized in cooling or heat pump heating modes 2 Attach blower access panel Motor may appear to run slowly if access panel is removed E If Motor Does Not Run Turn power off wait five minutes and check the following 1 With power turned off check 5 amp fuse on Easy Select Board 2 Check all plugs and receptacles for any deformation or cor rosion that could cause
251. ng methods for this control Cooling Sequence of Operation HK32EA001 007 On a call for cooling thermostat makes R O R Y and R G Circuit R O energizes reversing valve switching it to cooling position Circuit R Y sends low voltage through the safeties and energizes the contactor which starts the compressor and energizes the T1 terminal on the circuit board This will energize the OF2 fan relay which starts the outdoor fan motor When the cycle is complete R Y is turned off and compressor and outdoor fan should stop With Carrier thermostats the O terminal remains energized in the cooling mode If the mode is switched to heat or Off the valve is de energized There is no compressor delay built into this control Heating Sequence of Operation KH32EA001 On a call for heating thermostat makes R Y and R G Circuit R Y sends low voltage through the safeties and energizes the contactor which starts the compressor and energizes the 1 3 If all voltages are present and unit will still not run defrost remove thermostat pigtail harness from board and perform checks directly on input pins with jumper wires The pigtail may have a bad connection or be mis wired To fully troubleshoot defrost thermostat and control function HK32EA001 007 1 Turn thermostat to OFF Shut off all power to outdoor unit 2 Remove control box cover for access to electrical components and defr
252. ng sides must be maintained Maintain a distance of 24 in 609 6 mm between units or 18 in 457 2 mm if no overhang within 12 ft 3 66 m Position so water snow or ice from roof or eaves cannot fall directly on unit NOTE 18 457 2 mm clearance option described above is approved for outdoor units with wire grille coil guard only Units with louver panels require 24 609 6 mm between units a ite Q I 179 Q a 179 N a I ite Q e I ite N e e I i N Table 1 Accessory Usage REQUIRED FOR REQUIRED FOR SEA COAST APPLICATIONS LONG LINE APPLICATIONS Within 2 miles 3 22 km Standard Standard No No Yes No Yes No No No Yes Yes No No See Long Line Application Guideline No No No No Recommended REQUIRED FOR LOW AMBIENT Accessory COOLING APPLICATIONS Below 55 12 8 Accumulator Standard Ball Bearing Fan Motor Yest Compressor Start Assist Capacitor and Relay Yes Crankcase Heater Yes Evaporator Freeze Thermostat Yes Hard Shutoff TXV Yes Isolation Relay Yes Liquid Line Solenoid Valve No Motor Master Control or Yes Low Ambient Switch Support Feet Recommended For tubing line sets between 80 and 200 ft 24 38 and 60 96 m and or 20 ft 6 09 m vertical differential refer to Residential Piping and Longline Guideline
253. ng the piston orifice be careful not to scratch or enlarge the opening as this will affect operation Install new or cleaned piston into body Replace seal ring on retainer Reconnect refrigerant tube to piston body Pressurize tubing and coil then leak check 040 tA Evacuate tubing and coil as necessary 26 REFRIGERANT FLOW CONTROL DEVICES THERMOSTATIC EXPANSION VALVES TXV The FX4 FV4 FF1E and FE4 Fan Coils are factory equipped with a hard shutoff HSO TXV The hard shutoff TXV has no bleed port and allows no bleed through after system is shutdown The TXV is a bi flow metering device that is used in condensing and heat pump systems to adjust to changing load conditions by maintaining a preset superheat temperature at outlet of evaporator coil The volume of refrigerant metered through valve seat is dependent upon the following 1 Superheat temperature sensed by sensing bulb on suction tube at outlet of evaporator coil As long as this bulb con tains some liquid refrigerant this temperature is converted into pressure pushing downward on the diaphragm which opens the valve via push rods 2 The suction pressure at outlet of evaporator coil is trans ferred via the external equalizer tube to underside of dia phragm The bi flow TXV is used on split system heat pumps In cooling mode TXV operates the same as a standard TXV previously explained However when system is switched to heatin
254. ng unit or when a thermo stat is utilized to perform delay functions 0 0 3 A 30 seconds on 90 seconds off delay profile used when it is desirable to allow system coils time to heat up cool down prior to airflow This profile will minimize cold blow in heat pump operation and could enhance system efficiency 30 90 4 ENH enhanced selection provides 30 seconds on 150 seconds at 70 percent airflow and no off delay F Continuous Fan Select desired continuous fan profile LO MED or HI Airflow are provided to customize and enhance the continuous fan functions See Fig 7 The possible selections are 1 LO provides 50 percent of Y Y2 Cool airflow 2 MED provides 65 percent of Y Y2 Cool airflow 71 per cent on 006 model 3 HI provides 100 percent of Y Y2 Cool airflow The factory setting is LO NOTE If applied to two speed unit do not select continuous fan as HI since low speed cooling will also run at HIGH airflow and insufficient dehumidification may result G Easy Select Board Jumpers Ji This jumper must be pulled to activate dehumidification mode The jumper connects R to DH With the jumper in the DH terminal is always energized With the jumper pulled the DH terminal is de energized A control such as the Thermidistat must be used to supply the 24 V signal when there is no call for dehumidification and turn off the 24 V when there is a call for dehumidfication J2 This jumper activates heat stagin
255. nkcase heater furnish power to heater a minimum of 24 hr before starting unit To furnish power to heater only set thermostat to OFF and close electrical disconnect to outdoor unit A crankcase heater is required if refrigerant tubing is longer than 80 ft 23 4 m or when outdoor unit is 20 ft 6 09 m below indoor unit Refer to the Residential Piping and Long Line Guideline Install Electrical Accessories Refer to the individual instructions packaged with kits or accessories when installing Start Up A PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Wear safety glasses protective clothing and gloves when handling refrigerant and observe the following Front seating service valves are equipped with Schrader valves A ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in environmental damage Federal regulations require that you do not vent refrigerant to the atmosphere Recover during system repair or final unit disposal P CAUTION UNIT OPERATION AND SAFETY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury equipment damage or improper operation e Do not overcharge system with refrigerant e Do not operate unit in a vacuum or at negative pressure Do not disable low pressure switch in scroll compressor applications Compressor dome temperatures may be hot Follow these steps to properly start up
256. nnected by printed circuit runs to motor connector Plug 1 Pin 2 then through motor control harness to motor A digital signal is sent from Plug 1 Pins 3 and 4 to communicate with the motor including all airflow requirements LOW VOLTAGE CIRCUIT FUSING AND REFERENCE The low voltage circuit is fused by a board mounted 5 amp automotive type fuse placed in series with transformer SEC2 and R circuit The C circuit of transformer is referenced to chassis ground through a printed circuit run at SEC1 connected to metal standoff NOTE The PCB must be mounted with two screws and motor ground lead secured to blower housing or erratic motor operation can result TRANSFORMER MOTOR AND ELECTRIC HEATER POWER CONNECTION Transformer high voltage supplied from electric heater package or high voltage leads through 12 pin heater connector plug recp2 The ECM3 0 power connections are made at the transformer primary terminals The transformer secondary connections are made at SEC1 and SEC2 connectors TROUBLESHOOTING FE4 NOTE Always check high and low voltage supply to the fan coil components Check the integrity of the plug receptacle connections and fan coil wiring harness prior to assuming a component failure A LED Description LEDs built into fan coil control provide installer or service person information concerning operation and or fault condition of the fan coil control and ECM motor This information is also available at System User Interfa
257. no xa 8 HK32EA003 Speedup Quiet Defrost interval Pins Shift DIP switches A05378 Fig 10 HK32EA003 Defrost Control Quiet Shift HK32EA003 This control has the option of shutting down the compressor for 30 seconds going in and coming out of defrost This is accomplished by turning DIP switch 3 to the ON position Factory default is in Fan Motor The fan motor rotates the fan blade that draws air through the outdoor coil to exchange heat between the refrigerant and the air Motors are totally enclosed to increase reliability This eliminates the need for a rain shield For the correct position of fan blade assembly the fan hub should be flush with the motor shaft Replacement motors and blades may vary slightly WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Turn off all power before servicing or replacing fan motor Be sure unit main power switch is turned off The bearings are permanently lubricated therefore no oil ports are provided For suspected electrical failures check for loose or faulty electrical connections or defective fan motor capacitor Fan motor is equipped with thermal overload device in motor windings which may open under adverse operating conditions Allow time for motor to cool so device can reset Further checking of motor can be done with an ohmmeter Set scale on R X 1
258. nstalling technician to select proper airflows For adjustments to control board select appropriate HP SIZE and CFM ADJUST setting This fan coil has an adjustable blower off delay factory set at 90 sec for high and low stage blower operation For other combinations of equipment consult Product Data Digest GENERAL INFORMATION Low Ambient Cooling When this unit is operating below 55 F outdoor temperature provisions must be made for low ambient operation Infinity Controlled low ambient cooling This unit is capable of low ambient cooling without a kit ONLY when using Infinity control A low ambient kit is not required and the outdoor fan motor does not need to be replaced for Infinity controlled low ambient operation The Infinity Control provides an automatic evaporator coil freeze protection algorithm that eliminates the need for an evaporator freeze thermostat Low ambient cooling must be enabled in the User Interface set up Fan may not begin to cycle until about 40 F OAT Fan will cycle based on coil and outdoor air temperature Infinity controlled low ambient mode operates as follows e Fan is OFF when outdoor coil temp is lt outdoor air temperature 3 F or outdoor fan has been ON for 30 minutes Fan is turned off to allow refrigerant system to stabilize Fan is ON when outdoor coil temp gt outdoor air temperature 25 F or outdoor coil temp gt 80 F or if outdoor fan has been OFF for 30 minutes Fan is
259. nty periods See Warranty Conditions below If properly transferred within 90 days otherwise 5 years See Warranty Conditions below In California and Quebec and other jurisdictions that prohibit warranty benefits conditioned on registration registration is not required for a transfer and all warranty periods for subsequent owners are five years from original installation OTHER RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS Apartments Rental Properties etc The warranty period is five 5 years and is not transferable OTHER APPLICATIONS This warranty is non transferable The warranty period is one 1 year LEGAL REMEDIES The owner must notify the Company in writing by certified or registered letter to CAC BDP Warranty Claims P O Box 4808 Syracuse New York 13221 of any defect or complaint with the product stating the defect or complaint and a specific request for repair replacement or other correction of the product under warranty mailed at least thirty 30 days before pursuing any legal rights or remedies Always Ask For ACTOR AUTHORIZED 39004DP442 07 2010 WARRANTY CONDITIONS 1 To obtain the longer warranty periods as shown in the table under original owner for the original purchaser the product must be properly registered at www cac bdp com within ninety 90 days of original installation In jurisdictions where warranty terms conditioned on registration are prohibited by law registration is not required and
260. nute time delay between staging from low to high and from high to low capacity On 2511 29 models there is no delay the compressor will change from low to high and from high to low capacity the fly to meet the demand Pressure Switches The two stage air conditioner contains two pressure Switches to prevent system operation if the pressures get excessively high or low The air conditioner low pressure switch in the suction line opens at 50 PSI and closes at 95 PSI The high pressure switch opens at 670 PSI and closes at 470 PSI Both pressure switch settings are considerably higher than on comparably sized R 22 units The high and low pressure switches can be identified by their pink stripe on the switch s electrical wires The Puron two stage heat pump contains a loss of charge switch in the suction line on 25HNB6 and 25HNBO and liquid line on 25HCB6 and 25HPA6 which opens at 23 PSI and closes at 55 PSI See troubleshooting section for sequence when a pressure switch trip occurs 49 The outdoor Integral Control Motor is a variable speed motor which operates from 450 to 850 rpm The motor is a dc permanent magnet type motor with the electronic controls integrated into its rear cover The control package includes a small diode bridge capacitors and power switching devices It converts ac to dc power and switches the dc power to the motor windings on and off at various rates to control the motor speed Th
261. o o ASSY FOX d m of __ START RELAY SOFT START CAPACITOR BLK 1 p cH CONTACTOR d CAPACITOR STRAP 6 o fe GROUND LUG HARNESS ASSY x LJ r Base and Comfort HP Control Box Fig 4 Base and Comfort Series Control Box Identification Labeling Wiring Label Charging Label Rating Plate Caution Label 3 phase only Piston Label Warning Label Mid Tier Deluxe Wiring Label Rating Plate Charging Label Caution Label Piston Label Warning Label Entry Fig 5 Label Locations 10 3 Reconnect leads and apply low voltage power to contactor coil This may be done by leaving high voltag
262. obtain proper grounding Grounding may also be accomplished by using grounding lug provided in control box Use of dual or multiple supply circuits will require grounding of each circuit to ground lugs provided on unit and heaters Procedure 5 REFRIGERANT TUBING CONNECTION AND EVACUATION Use accessory tubing package or field supplied tubing of refrigerant grade Insulate entire suction tube if field supplied tubing is used Tubing package has an insulated suction tube Do not use damaged dirty or contaminated tubing because it may plug refrigerant flow control device When tubing package is used and sweat connections are made within 60 sec coil and tubing system does not require evacuation Always evacuate coil and field supplied tubing to 500 microns before opening outdoor unit service valves 4 CAUTION PRODUCT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in product or property damage A brazing shield MUST be used when tubing sets are being brazed to the unit connections to prevent damage to the unit surface and condensate pan fitting caps Units have sweat suction and liquid tube connections Make suction tube connection first 1 Cut tubing to correct length 2 Insert tube into sweat connection on unit until it bottoms 3 Braze connection using silver bearing or non silver bearing brazing materials Do not use solder materials which melt below 800 F Consult local code requirements INDOOR
263. occur causing the piston to lodge in a partially open or closed position LIQUID TUBE STRAINER In R 22 units the TXV and refrigerant flow control device is protected on the indoor coil by a wire mesh strainer It is located inside the 3 8 in liquid tube at field braze joint just outside unit casing Access to strainer is through field braze joint COIL amp CONDENSATE PAN REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT FB4 FE4 FX4 AND FV4 HORIZONTAL CONDENSATE PAN EXPANSION DEVICE TXV SHOWN HORIZONTAL PAN CLIP COIL TOP SEAL DELTA PLATE 8 4 CONDENSATE COIL BRACKET PAN 4 PER UNIT SCREWS DELTA PLATE TO PAN 4 PER UNIT A90268 Fig 22 A Coil Component Location A Coil Units If it is determined that system does not have leaks and refrigerant is not contaminated proceed as follows 1 Recover system refrigerant a Attach manifold gage set to service valves b Front seat close liquid tube service valve c Start unit in cooling mode d Run unit until low pressure switch opens 350kPa or va por pressure reaches 5 psig 35kPa Do not allow com pressor to pump into a vacuum e Turn off electrical supply to outdoor unit f Front seat close vapor service valve g Recover any remaining refrigerant NOTE All outdoor unit coils will hold only factory supplied amount of refrigerant Excess refrigerant such as in long line applications may cause compressor internal pressure relie
264. of time that must pass after closure of the defrost thermostat before the defrost sequence begins The defrost thermostat senses coil temperature throughout the heating cycle When the coil temperature reaches the defrost thermostat setting of approximately 32 F 0 it will close which energizes the DFT terminal and begins the defrost timing sequence When the DFT has been energized for the selected time the defrost cycle begins Defrost cycle is terminated when defrost thermostat opens or automatically after 10 minutes Defrost Speedup To initiate a forced defrost speedup pins J1 must be shorted with a flat head screwdriver for 5 seconds and RELEASED If the defrost thermostat is open a short defrost cycle will be observed actual length depends on Quiet Shift switch position When Quiet Shift is off only a short 30 second defrost cycle is observed With Quiet Shift ON the speedup sequence is one minute 30 second compressor off period followed by 30 seconds of defrost with compressor operation When returning to heating mode the compressor will turn off for an additional 30 seconds and the fan for 40 seconds If the defrost thermostat is closed a complete defrost cycle is initiated If the Quiet Shift switch is turned on the compressor will be turned off for two 30 second intervals as explained previously 57 SYSTEM FUNCTION AND SEQUENCE OF OPERATION 24ACB7 25HCB6 NOTE Defrost control board is equipped with 5 minu
265. ohms each reading appears to be approximately 0 ohm If resistance remains at 1000 ohms an open or break exists and compressor should be replaced Brazing This section on brazing is not intended to teach a technician how to braze There are books and classes which teach and refine brazing techniques The basic points below are listed only as a reminder Definition The joining and sealing of metals using a nonferrous metal having a melting point over 800 F 426 6 C Flux A cleaning solution applied to tubing or wire before it is brazed Flux improves the strength of the brazed connection When brazing is required in the refrigeration system certain basics should be remembered The following are a few of the basic rules 1 Clean joints make the best joints To clean Remove all oxidation from surfaces to a shiny finish before brazing Remove all flux residue with brush and water while material is still hot 2 Silver brazing alloy is used copper to brass copper to steel or copper to copper Flux is required when using silver brazing alloy Do not use low temperature solder 3 Fluxes should be used carefully Avoid excessive application and do not allow fluxes to enter into the system 4 Brazing temperature of copper is proper when it is heated to a minimum temperature of 800 F and it is a dull red color in appearance Aluminum Brazing This field repair procedure is intended for aluminum coil product gr
266. oils is 350 CFM per ton Selecting the HI adjust tap increases the airflow to 400 CFM per ton The LO tap decreases airflow to 315 CFM per ton The low adjustment is only active during normal cooling mode Removing the signal from the DH terminal reduces the airflow to 80 percent of cooling airflow Removing the G signal for Superdehumidify reduces the airflow to 50 percent of cooling HEATING The base heat pump only heating airflow is determined by the SYSTEM TYPE selection on the Easy Select Board If HP EFFICIENCY is selected the airflow is the same as Cooling IF HP COMFORT is selected the airflow is 315 CFM per ton The airflow will adjust up if necessary when auxiliary heating is required When both the Y Y2 and W1 or W2 terminals are energized the motor will run the higher of the heat pump or electric heat airflows During Super Comfort Heat mode the indoor control removes the G signal from the board This slows the motor to 75 percent of heat pump airflow If the CFM adjust is set to LO it will deliver 67 5 percent of heat pump airflow during Super Comfort Heat mode TROUBLESHOOTING A Troubleshooting Easy Select Board FV4 If Traces Are Overheated on Back of PCB Usually whenever there is a trace broken on PCB it means either there has been a high voltage short or high voltage has been applied to low voltage circuit This can be prevented by making sure PCB is wired correctly before fan coil has power applied to it If PCB Fu
267. oltage is present check for opened pressure switch 3 If voltage is present and contactor is open contactor may be defective Replace contactor if necessary 4 If contactor is closed and unit will still not run check wiring capacitor and compressor Defrost Speedup KH32EA001 To test the defrost function on these units speed up pins are provided on the circuit board To force a defrost cycle the defrost thermostat must be closed or the defrost thermostat pins must be jumpered Follow the steps below to force a defrost cycle 1 Jumper the DFT input 2 Short the speed up pins This speeds up the defrost timer by a factor of 256 The longer the defrost interval setting the longer the pins must be shorted to speed through the timing For example if interval is 90 min the speed up will take 90 256 min x 60seconds minute 21 seconds max This could be shorter depending on how much time has elapsed since the defrost thermostat closed 3 Remove the short immediately when the unit shifts into defrost Failure to remove the short immediately will result in a very short forced defrost cycle the 10 minute timer will be sped through in 2 seconds 4 When defrost begins it will continue until the defrost thermostat opens or 10 minutes has elapsed NOTE The T1 terminal on the defrost board powers the defrost timing function This terminal must be energized before any defrost function will occur If defrost thermostat is st
268. om High Lo Nom 675 675 725 835 875 875 905 1040 900 900 980 1085 1250 980 1085 875 875 875 905 1040 1100 1100 980 1085 1250 1100 1100 1140 1270 1460 1140 1270 ELECTRIC HEATER kW RANGE 0 15 0 20 Lo Nom High Lo Nom 1100 1100 1100 1100 1100 1250 1250 0 1140 1270 1460 1250 0 1305 1450 1665 1305 0 1350 1350 0 1350 1350 1460 1525 5 1350 1450 1665 1525 5 1630 1810 2085 1630 0 Table 6 FV4C Minimum CFM for Electric Heater Application HEATER SIZE kW CFM 15 725 875 875 970 1050 1100 1100 1125 1050 1100 1100 1125 1305 1050 1350 1350 1350 1625 8 9 10 625 625 725 875 970 700 875 875 975 1125 700 875 975 1125 1305 1050 1100 1125 1300 1625 16 High 625 835 1040 1250 835 1040 1250 1460 High 1040 1250 1460 1665 1250 1460 1665 2085 NOTE Lo NOM and HI refer to AC HP CFM ADJUST selection Airflow not recommended for heater system size 0 5 Nom 625 725 905 1085 725 905 1085 1270 0 10 Nom 975 1085 1270 1450 1100 1270 1450 1810 5 625 625 650 800 970 675 675 800 975 1125 675 800 975 1125 1305 1050 1100 1125 1300 1625 OUTDOOR UNIT CAPACITY BTUH Lo 18 000 625 24 000 650 30 000 815 36 000 980 24 000 675 30 000 815 36 000 980 42 000 1140 OUTDOOR UNIT CAPACITY BTUH Lo 30 000 975 36
269. ompliance with all national and local codes Power should be turned off when servicing or repairing electrical components Extreme caution should be observed when troubleshooting electrical components with power on Observe all warning notices posted on equipment and in instructions or manuals 4 WARNING UNIT OPERATION AND SAFETY HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or equipment damage R 410A systems operate at higher pressures than standard R 22 systems Do not use R 22 service equipment or components on Puron equipment Ensure service equipment is rated for Refrigeration systems contain refrigerant under pressure Extreme caution should be observed when handling refrigerants Wear safety glasses and gloves to prevent personal injury During normal system operations some components are hot and can cause burns Rotating fan blades can cause personal injury Appropriate safety considerations are posted throughout this manual where potentially dangerous techniques are addressed INTRODUCTION This document provides required system information necessary to install service repair or maintain the family air conditioners and heat pumps using R22 or Puron refrigerant Refer to the unit Product Data for rating information electrical data required clearances additional component part numbers and related pre sale data Installation Instructions are also available per
270. ompressor envelope This temperature sensor opens to stop the compressor if temperatures exceed 239 257 F 115 125 C and resets at 151 187 F 66 86 The DTS will break the Y signal in the 24 volt circuit if it trips open Test sensor wires for continuity open above 239 257 115 125 C and resets at 151 187 F 66 86 C 18 COPELAND SCROLL COMPRESSOR Scroll Gas Flow Compression in the scroll is created by the interaction of an orbiting spiral and a stationary spiral Gas enters an outer opening as one of the spirals orbits 1 ri N W 2 As the spiral continues to orbit the gas is compressed into an increasingly smaller pocket The open passage is sealed off as gas is drawn into the spiral M AN N NP Nw d By the time the gas arrives at the center port discharge pressure has been reached Cay NN 5 Actually during operation all Six gas passages are in various stages of compression at all times resulting in nearly con tinuous suction and discharge 90198 Fig 11 Scroll Compressor Refrigerant Flow The compressors used in these products are specifically designed to operate with designated refrigerant and cannot be interchanged The compressor is an electrical as well as mechanical device Exercise extreme caution when working near compressors Power should be shut off if possible for most troubleshooting techniques Refri
271. on 11 Route equalizer tube through suction connection opening large hole in fitting panel and install fitting panel in place 12 Sweat inlet of TXV marked IN to liquid line Avoid excessive heat which could damage valve 13 Install vapor elbow with equalizer adapter to vapor line of line set and vapor connection to indoor coil Adapter a 1 4 in male connector for attaching equalizer tube Do not leave system open to atmosphere any longer than minimum required for installation POE oil in compressor is extremely susceptible to moisture absorption Always keep ends of tubing sealed during installation 4 CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation 14 Connect equalizer tube of TXV to 1 4 in equalizer fitting on vapor line adapter Use backup wrench to prevent damage to equalizer fitting 15 Proceed with remainder of unit installation Replacing TXV on Indoor Coil post 2006 1 Pump system down to 2 psig and recover refrigerant 2 Remove coil access panel and fitting panel from front of cabinet If ANY refrigerant tubing is buried provide a 6 in vertical rise at service valve Refrigerant tubing lengths up to 36 in may be buried without further special consideration Do not bury lines longer than 36 in 3 Remove TXV support clamp using a 5 16 in nut driver Save the clamp N coils only 4 Remove TXV using a backup w
272. on shut down could indicate a partial leak path as refrigerant is equalizing from high to low side occasion an in line discharge check valve has prevented this sound 20 COMPRESSOR TROUBLESHOOTING Compressor Failures Compressor failures are classified in 2 broad failure categories mechanical and electrical Both types are discussed below Mechanical Failures A compressor is a mechanical pump driven by an electric motor contained in a welded or hermetic shell In a mechanical failure motor or electrical circuit appears normal but compressor does not function normally 4 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Do not supply power to unit with compressor terminal box cover removed 4 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Exercise extreme caution when reading compressor currents when high voltage power is on Correct any of the problems described below before installing and running a replacement compressor Locked Rotor In this type of failure compressor motor and all starting components are normal When compressor attempts to start it draws locked rotor current and cycles off on internal protection Locked rotor current is measured by applying a clamp on ammeter around common blk lead of compressor Current drawn when it attempts to start is then measured Lo
273. ondensate pan connections Be sure to reinstall metal clip between fitting panel and vertical condensate pan Make sure liquid and suction tube grommets are in place to prevent air leaks and cabinet sweating F Downflow Installations 4 amp CAUTION UNIT OR PROPERTY DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in product or property damage The conversion of the fan coil to downflow requires special procedures for the condensate drains on both A coil and slope units The vertical drains have an overflow hole between the primary and secondary drain holes This hole is plugged for all applications except downflow but must be used for downflow During the conversion process remove the plastic cap covering the vertical drains only and discard Remove the plug from the overflow hole and discard At completion of the downflow installation caulk around the vertical pan fitting to door joint to retain the low air leak performance of the unit In this application field conversion of the evaporator is required using accessory downflow kit along with an accessory base kit Use fireproof resilient gasket 1 8 to 1 4 in 3 2 to 6 4mm thick between duct unit and floor NOTE To convert units for downflow applications refer to Installation Instructions supplied with kit for proper installation For slope fan coils use kit Part No KFADCO201SLP For A fan coils use kit Part No KFADC0401ACL Use fireproof resilient E Ho
274. onnect with pull out removed service and maintenance can be safely performed on only the load side of the control package 4 WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Field wires on the line side of the disconnect found in the fan coil unit remain live even when the pull out is removed Service and maintenance to incoming wiring cannot be performed until the main disconnect switch remote to the unit is turned off A Line Voltage Connections If unit contains an electric heater remove and discard power plug from fan coil and connect male plug from heater to female plug from unit wiring harness See Electric Heater Installation Instructions For units without electric heat 1 Connect 208 230v power leads from field disconnect to yel low and black stripped leads 2 Connect ground wire to unit ground lug Check all factory wiring per unit wiring diagram and inspect factory wiring connections to be sure none were loosened in transit or installation WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Before installing or servicing system always turn off main power to system There may be more than one disconnect switch Tag disconnect switch with a suitable warning label Turn off accessory heater power if applicable gasket 1 8 to 1 4 in 3 2 to 6 4mm thick between duct unit
275. oor temperature is below 70 F 21 11 C or the outdoor temperature is not in the favorable range adjust charge for line set length above or below 15ft 4 57 m only Charge level should then be appropriate for the system to achieve rated capacity The charge level could then be checked at another time when the both indoor and outdoor temperatures are in a more favorable range NOTE If line length is beyond 80 ft 24 38 m or greater than 20 ft 6 10 m vertical separation See Long Line Guideline for special charging requirements Heating Check Chart Procedure To check system operation during heating cycle refer to the Heat Pump Charging Instructions label on outdoor unit This chart indicates whether a correct relationship exists between system operating pressure and air temperature entering indoor and outdoor units If pressure and temperature do not match on chart system 47 e ODF fan delay defeat can be toggled by shorting the forced defrost pins for gt 15 seconds while in the standby mode status LED on solid The LED will start to flash when the toggle has taken place Status code 4 shows the fan delay defeat is active no delay Status code 3 shows that it is not active 20 second delay The code will continue to be displayed until after the short is removed Once the short is removed there is a 5 second wait before the code is cancelled The code that is flashing will finish before going back to sold LED
276. or control module may need replacement STATUS CODE 16 SYSTEM COMMUNICATION FAULT If at any time system communications are not successful for a period exceeding two minutes the fan coil control will only allow emergency heating or cooling operation using common thermostat a non communicating outdoor unit and the R C Y O W outdoor unit terminal strip connections and will display Status Code 16 on the amber STATUS LED see section E Emergency Heating and Cooling Modes No further fan coil troubleshooting information will be available at the User Interface until communications are reestablished Check system wiring to be sure the User Interface is powered and connections are made A to A B to B etc and wiring is not shorted Mis wiring or shorting of the ABCD communications wirng will not allow successful communications Correcting wiring faults will clear the code and reestablish communications Shorting or mis wiring the low voltage system wiring will not cause damage to fan coil control or to User Interface but may cause the low voltage fuse to open STATUS CODE 46 BROWNOUT CONDITION If the secondary voltage of the transformer falls below 15Vac for a period exceeding four seconds Status Code 46 will be displayed on STATUS LED If system includes a non communicating outdoor air conditioner or heat pump the User Interface will command the fan coil to turn off Y output controlling compressor When secondary voltage ris
277. or off time Utility Interface With Infinity Control The utility curtailment relay should be wired between R and Y2 connections on the control board for Infinity Communicating Systems only see Fig 36 This input allows a power utility device to interrupt compressor operation during peak load periods When the utility sends a signal to shut the system down the User Interface will display Curtailment Active Compressor Operation The basic scroll design has been modified with the addition of an internal unloading mechanism that opens a bypass port in the first compression pocket effectively reducing the displacement of the scroll The opening and closing of the bypass port is controlled by an internal electrically operated solenoid The modulated scroll uses a single step of unloading to go from full capacity to approximately 67 capacity A single speed high efficiency motor continues to run while the scroll modulates between the two capacity steps Modulation is achieved by venting a portion of the gas in the first suction pocket back to the low side of the compressor thereby reducing the effective displacement of the compressor Full capacity is achieved by blocking these vents thus increasing the displacement to 100 A DC solenoid in the compressor controlled by a rectified 24 volt AC signal in the external solenoid plug moves the slider ring that covers and uncovers these vents The vent covers are arranged in such a manner that
278. original owner for the original purchaser the product must be properly registered at www carrier com within ninety 90 days of original installation In jurisdictions where warranty terms conditioned on registration are prohibited by law registration is not required and the longer warranty period shown will apply 2 Where a product is installed in a newly constructed home the date of installation is the date the homeowner purchased the home from the builder If the date of original installation cannot be verified then the warranty period begins ninety 90 days from the date of product manufacture as indicated by the model and serial number Proof of purchase may be required at time of service The remainder of the first five years of warranty is freely transferable without registration Product must be installed properly and by a licensed HVAC technician The warranty applies only to products remaining in their original installation location Installation use care and maintenance must be normal and in accordance with instructions contained in the Installation Instructions Owner s Manual and Company s service information 8 Defective parts must be returned to the distributor through a registered servicing dealer for credit LIMITATIONS OF WARRANTIES ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND OR CONDITIONS INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE ARE LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THIS LIM
279. orking the following methods may be used to verify operation 1 Operate the system and measure compressor amperage Cycle the unloader on and off at 30 second plus intervals at the UI from low to high stage and back to low stage Wait 5 seconds after staging to high before taking a reading The compressor amperage should go up or down at least 20 percent 2 If the expected result is not achieved remove the solenoid plug from the compressor and with the unit running and the UI calling for high stage test the voltage output at the plug with a DC voltmeter The reading should be 24 volts DC 3 If the correct DC voltage is at the control circuit molded plug measure the compressor unloader coil resistance The resistance should be approximately 330 or 1640 ohms de pending on unloader coil supplier If the coil resistance is infinite or is grounded the compressor must be replaced 52 230v Brown Out Protection Defeated The brownout feature can be defeated if needed for severe noisy power conditions This defeat should always be a last resort to solving the problem Defeat is available on the User Interface setup screen available with SYSTXBBUIDOI C UI or can be initiated through the forced defrost pins for non communicating systems as follows The brownout toggle is accomplished by shorting the defrost pins from power up with the OAT and OCT sensor connector removed After 3 seconds the status of the force defrost short and t
280. orted Detection If there is compressor voltage sensed when there is no demand for compressor operation the contactor may be stuck closed or there may be a wiring error The control will flash the appropriate fault code Compressor Thermal Cutout 24ANB1 24ANB7 25HNB6 25HNB9 If the control senses the compressor voltage after start up and is then absent for 10 consecutive seconds while cooling or heating demand exists the thermal protector is open The control de energizes the compressor contactor for 15 minutes but continues to operate the outdoor fan The control Status LED will flash the appropriate code shown in Table 16 After 15 minutes with a call for low or high stage cooling or heating the compressor contactor is energized If the thermal protector has not re set the outdoor fan is turned off If the call for cooling or heating continues the control will energize the compressor contactor every 15 minutes If the thermal protector closes at the next 15 minute interval check the unit will resume operation If the thermal cutout trips for three consecutive cycles then unit operation is locked out for 4 hours and the appropriate fault code is displayed The thermistor comparison is not performed during low ambient cooling or defrost operation Failed Thermistor Default Operation Factory defaults have been provided in the event of failure of outdoor air thermistor OAT and or outdoor coil thermistor OCT If the OAT s
281. osf 105 103 10 sof 97 95 107 105 103 101 9 97 109 107 105 103 101 99 97 Litt 109 f 107 105 103 101 99 ve ve 7 f gt 77 75 vs 78 120 121 123 125 126 128 129 131 135 137 138 140 141 143 144 0 a a NT 0 co 9 1 0 olo 91 1 9 N o olo gt 5 0 oO oO Tn af sss ed et ed ed ed vf o 51 5 5 oo 5 NFO 0 5 eJ 0 0 gt DIO 65 T f QI 05 ore NEN 125 40 oF P T F Liq Press psig Liquid Line Temperature F Table 9 Puron Subcooling Chart 42 D T ea Table 10 Puron Superh
282. ost control board 3 Disconnect defrost thermostat leads from control board and connect to ohmmeter Thermostat leads are black insulated wires connected to DFT and R terminals on control board Resistance reading may be zero indicating closed defrost thermostat or infinity for open thermostat depending on outdoor temperature 4 Jumper between DFT and R terminals on control board as shown in Fig 9 5 Disconnect outdoor fan motor lead from OF2 Tape lead to prevent grounding 6 Turn on power to outdoor unit 7 Restart unit in heating mode allowing frost to accumulate on outdoor coil 8 After a few minutes in heating mode liquid line temperature at defrost thermostat should drop below closing set point of defrost thermostat of approximately 32 F Check resistance across defrost thermostat leads using ohmmeter Resistance of zero indicates defrost thermostat is closed and operating properly 9 Short between the speed up terminals using a thermostat screwdriver This reduces the timing sequence to 1 256 of original time See Table 3 Table 3 Defrost Control Speed Up Timing Sequence MINIMUM MAXIMUM SPEED UP PARAMETER MINUTES MINUTES NOMINAL 30 minute cycle 27 33 7 sec 60 minute cycle 56 66 14 sec 90 minute cycle 81 99 21 sec 10 minute cycle 9 11 2 5 minutes 5 5 1 sec CAUTION Failure to follow this caution may result equipment damage or improper opera
283. otor turns slowly 1 Replace panel Motor may appear to run slowly if access panel is removed 2 It is normal operation to run noticeably slower if G terminal 18 not energized in cooling or heat pump modes B If motor does not run Turn off power and check the following 1 Check 5 amp fuse on Easy Select Board 2 Check for 24vac on SEC1 and SEC2 If no voltage is present check transformer 3 Check all plugs and receptacles for any deformation which could cause loose connections Be sure plugs are fully seated 4 Verify that approximately 230vac is present at motor 5 Verify low voltage control signals to motor The motor re ceives its control signals through the 12 pin plug PL 1 on Easy Select Board and 16 pin plug on wiring harness See Troubleshooting Example The combinations of pins ener gized will determine motor speed See Fig 20 See Table 7 for circuit board low voltage screw terminals energized and for voltage present at each pin on 12 pin plug PL 1 See Table 7 for pin number on 16 pin plug which should have voltage when Easy Select Board screw terminals have 24vac The minimum maintenance requirements for this equipment are as follows 1 Inspect and clean or replace air filter each month or as re quired 2 Inspect cooling coil drain pan and condensate drain each cooling season for cleanliness Clean as necessary An in spection port is provided on all A coil delta plates Remove plastic plu
284. oup that have acquired mechanical damage This procedure is limited to repairing self tapping screw holes and punctures not to exceed 0 182 along its largest axis if non circular and 0 182 diameter if circular Coil replacement is needed if at least one of the following is present Brazing kit p n 337748 751 Corrosion cracks and burst cracks Asingular tube with more than 2 holes Holes that exceed 182 largest axis if non circular and 182 dia If circular The key to brazing aluminum is watching the flame change in color Any fuel gas oxygen flame in the neutral state will produce a flame that is a shade of blue As the aluminum heats up to temperature you will see the flame change in color to red orange The change in color indicates the base metal is at temperature ready for braze material Continuing to apply heat will not change the color and will melt the base metal The braze alloys should not have direct contact with the flame In cored wire filler metals you will notice that the filler metal will melt away exposing the flux The flux change in state is from white liquid to dry white to clear liquid The change in state of flux coincides with the flame change in color The addition of flux will minimize the flame change in color The alloy is ready to apply when the flux is in the clear state Most aluminum alloys melt at 1200 F and the braze materials melt between 905 and 1080 F The zinc alloys ZA 1 melt
285. p long line applications Required for use on all zoning systems 7 Time Delay Relay An SPST delay relay which briefly continues operation of indoor blower motor to provide additional cooling after the compressor cycles off NOTE Most indoor unit controls include this feature For those that do not use the guideline below Usage Guideline Accessory required to meet AHRI rating where indoor not equipped 8 Wind Baffle Use only in installations where high winds are prevalent to prevent cross currents from causing abnormal control operation For construction refer to Fig 1 NOTE When wind baffles are used raising unit off of mounting pad with 4 in support feet or unit risers is REQUIRED This provides better airflow for moderate and high ambient temperatures 9 Winter Start Control This control is designed to alleviate nuisance opening of the low pressure switch by bypassing it for the first 3 minutes of operation This control is for AC units operating in low ambient cooling but is not required for Heat Pumps Heat pumps have a loss of charge switch rather than a low pressure switch and nuisance trips should not be an issue ACCESSORY DESCRIPTIONS Refer to Table 1 for an Accessory Usage Guide for Air Conditioners and Table 2 for Heat Pumps Refer to the appropriate section below for a description of each accessory and its use 1 Crankcase Heater An electric resistance heater which mounts to the base of the compressor to
286. per location 2 Reassemble cutoff plate to housing using identified holes from disassembly procedure 3 Position motor and mount in same position as when blower housing was in unit Secure motor mount on housing using removed bolts Make sure mount or motor is grounded to blower housing 4 Locate blower wheel setscrew over flat on motor shaft Ro tate wheel in housing It should not rub housing and should be centered in inlet opening If not loosen setscrew and align as necessary 5 Attach green wire to blower housing with screw 7 Clean blower motor and wheel using a vacuum with a soft brush attachment Remove grease with a mild solvent such as hot water and detergent Be careful not to disturb balance weights clips on blower wheel vanes Do not drop or bend wheel as balance will be affected To reassemble unit proceed as follows 1 Place motor with mount attached on flat horizontal surface with shaft up 2 Set inlet ring on top of motor mount grommets Center inlet ring flush on all three grommets 3 Slide blower wheel onto motor shaft with setscrew upward and aligned with shaft flat portion Vertically position wheel along shaft to position marked during disassembly NOTE If previous shaft was not marked or if replacing previous motor set blower wheel position by sliding blower wheel along motor shaft to 1 1 8 in above rubber grommets See Fig 20 4 5 Hold blower wheel in place and carefully tighten se
287. per wire between R and Y Y2 low voltage screw terminals on the Easy Select Board 1 Check Table 4 for pin number on 16 pin connector associ ated with the Y Y2 signal The correct pin is No 14 The far 11 G not energized with call for cooling or heating This triggers Super Comfort Heat or SuperDehumidify mode which delivers 50 percent of cooling airflow 11 jumper pulled with no thermidistat or dehumidistat installed The 11 jumper ties the DH terminal to R and is installed at the factory When pulled a Thermidistat or dehumidistat supplies a 24 V signal to DH when there is no call for dehumidification reverse logic When there is no signal on DH the motor reduces airflow to 80 percent for better dehumidification Airflow Too High Wrong Easy Select Board selection Fan coil is factory set for the largest outdoor unit and largest electric heater Select sizes that are actually installed Continuous fan set too high for two speed applications Set to MED or LO Motor Will Not Stop Allow time for off delay to time out In units built before serial number 0101A any W call will have a two minute off delay independent of delay selection This is programmed into the motor and cannot be overridden In units built after 0101A the off delay on any W call is one minute and cannot be overridden Some power stealing thermostats could bleed enough voltage to cause motor to run slowly when there is no heating or cooling call Discon
288. perature sensor and outdoor coil temperature sensor to ensure proper operating conditions The comparison is In cooling if the outdoor air sensor indicates 10 F warmer than the coil sensor or the outdoor air sensor indicates 2 20 F cooler than the coil sensor the sensors are out of range e heating if the outdoor air sensor indicates gt 35 F warmer than the coil sensor or the outdoor air sensor indicates gt 10 F cooler than the coil sensor the sensors are out of range If the sensors are out of range the control will flash the appropriate fault code as shown in Table 16 OAT Thermistor must be locked in place with spheri cal nib end facing towards the front of the control box 8 Fig 37 Outdoor Air Thermistor OAT Attachment Table 15 Two Stage Compressor Resistances Winding Resistance at 70 F 20 048 060 1 86 1 63 0 52 0 39 The short flash is 0 25 seconds ON and the long flash is 1 0 second ON Time between flashes is 0 25 seconds Time between short flash and first long flash is 1 0 second Time between code repeating is 2 5 seconds with LED OFF EXAMPLE 3 short flashes followed by 2 long flashes indicates a 32 code Table 16 shows this to be low pressure switch open Winding 024 036 Start S C 1 64 1 52 Run R C 1 30 0 88 Status Codes Table 16 shows the status codes flashed by the amber status light
289. pumps Each design tier has options of standard or dense grills See Fig 2 Infinity Performance Comfort Puron with Wrap Grille Entry R22 with Wrap Grille Fig 2 Cabinet Designs Access Compressor Or Other Internal Cabinet Components Remove Fan Motor Assembly Mid Tier Deluxe Perform items 1 through 6 from above Remove nuts securing fan motor to top cover Remove motor and fan blade assembly gt U Ne Reverse sequence for reassembly 5 Prior to applying power check that fan rotates freely Control Box Cover Base Products This panel contains much of the same information as the information plate mentioned previously but is designed only to cover the control box Remove Top Cover Base Products 1 Turn off all power to outdoor an indoor units 2 Remove 5 screws holding top cover to coil grille and coil tube sheet 3 Remove 2 screws holding control box cover 4 Remove 2 screws holding information plate 5 Disconnect fan motor wires cut any wire ties and move wires out of control box and through tube clamp on back of control box 6 Lift top cover from unit 7 Reverse sequence for reassembly Remove Fan Motor Assembly Base Products 1 Perform items 1 3 4 and 5 above Note item 2 is not required Remove 4 screws holding wire basket to top cover Lift wire basket from unit Remove nuts holding fan motor to wire basket Remove motor and fan blade assembly Pull wire
290. r Open 230 at Compressor Contractor 24ANB1 24ANB7 25HNB6 25HNB9 If the compressor voltage is not sensed when the compressor should be starting the appropriate contactor may be stuck open or there is a wiring error The control will flash the appropriate fault code Check the contactor and control box wiring Troubleshooting units for proper switching between low amp high stages 24ANB1 24ANB7 25HNB6 25HNB9 Check the suction pressures at the service valves Suction pressure should be reduced by 3 10 when switching from low to high capacity NOTE The liquid pressures are very similar between low and high stage operation so liquid pressure should not be used for troubleshooting Compressor current should increase 20 45 when switching from low to high stage The compressor solenoid when energized in high stage should measure 24vac When the compressor is operating in low stage the 24v DC compressor solenoid coil is de energized When the compressor is operating in high stage the 24v DC solenoid coil is energized The solenoid plug harness that is connected to the compressor HAS an internal rectifier that converts the 24v AC signal to 24v DC DO NOT INSTALL A PLUG WITHOUT AN INTERNAL RECTIFIER Unloader Test Procedure 24ANBI 24ANB7 25HNB6 25HNB9 The unloader is the compressor internal mechanism controlled by the DC solenoid that modulates between high and low stage If it is suspected that the unloader is not w
291. r stat be utilized it is recommended to add a cycle protector to the system Solid state cycle protector protects unit compressor by preventing short cycling After a system shutdown cycle protector provides for a 5 2 minute delay before compressor restarts On normal start up 5 minute delay occurs before thermostat closes After thermostat closes cycle protector device provides a 3 sec delay Cycle protector is simple to troubleshoot Only a voltmeter capable of reading 24v is needed Device is in control circuit therefore troubleshooting is safe with control power 24v on and high voltage power off High Pressure Switch AC amp HP The high pressure switch is located in liquid line and protects against excessive condenser coil pressure It opens around 610 or 670 psig for Puron and 400 psig for R22 10 for both Switches close at 298 20 psig for R 22 and 420 or 470 25 psig for Puron High pressure may be caused by a dirty condenser coil failed fan motor or condenser air re circulation To check switch 1 Turn off all power to unit 2 Disconnect leads on switch 3 Apply ohmmeter leads across switch You should have continuity on a good switch NOTE Because these switches are attached to refrigeration system under pressure it is not advisable to remove this device for troubleshooting unless you are reasonably certain that a problem exists If switch must be removed remove and recover a
292. r unit service valves Taking pressures and temperatures he finds the following Liquid line pressure 260 psig Liquid line temperature 110 F e Suction line pressure 60 psig e Suction line temperature 65 F Using an R 22 PT relationship Jason calculates the subcooling to be approximately 10 F with 30 F superheat Because the subcooling is correct but the superheat appears to be high he is concerned and decides to perform the Pseudo Superheat check un Fig 33 Pseudo Evaporator Superheat Pressure and Temperature Measurement Locations 38 Table 7 Puron Refrigerant Pressure Temperature Chart 705 163 0 Source Allied Signal Genetron for Windows version R1 0 6 9 39 Table 8 R 2 Refrigerant Pressure Temperature Relationship 40 41 cof 67 6 es ef 59 57 55 53 68 66 64 62 58 56 sef ef 63 5 ve 70 sf 6 saf 62 691 o7 70 6 6 64 62 60 ssf 56 54 92 50 Subcooling o e N e e e e N 4 se sof 76 24 72 84 82 sof 78 76 74 6 86 84 82 76 se 7f 83 7 87 85 ssf 9 f 87 85 97 f 8 87 ss 99 97 95 sf 9f 97 33 of 10 99 e 95
293. r unit to get 70 psig at the evaporator Saturated pressure of 70 equates to approximately 41 F Jason determines the Evaporator superheat to be 51 F 41 F 10 F Jason concludes the TXV is functioning properly NOTE In this situation both the pressure drop and the heat gain in the suction line are significant contributions to the superheat at the service valve The pressure drop contributes approximately 7 F superheat and the heat gain in the suction line contributes 13 F ES W NI A OIN u N 2 Nominal Line Pressure Suction Size OD Drop Velocity Btuh in psi 100 ft Fpm 20 5 8 13 6 2563 3 18000 5 8 4 0 1539 1 3 4 1 5 1025 0 7 8 0 8 769 0 5 8 6 7 2052 1 24000 3 4 2 5 1367 1 7 8 1 3 1026 0 5 8 10 1 2565 2 30000 3 4 3 8 1708 1 7 8 1 9 1282 0 3 4 5 3 2050 1 36000 7 8 2 6 1538 1 1 1 8 0 7 902 0 3 4 7 0 2392 1 42000 7 8 3 5 1795 1 1 1 8 1 0 1053 0 3 4 8 9 2733 2 48000 7 8 4 4 2051 1 1 1 8 1 2 1203 0 7 8 6 7 2564 1 60000 1 1 8 1 8 1504 0 1 3 8 0 7 987 0 Line set application not recommended Example 2 Jason is servicing a 5 ton R 22 air conditioner with 7 8 suction line As part of his basic inspection he believes he has normal airflow because the air filters are clean ductwork appears to be properly sized and in good shape and the evaporator coil is clean He then checks the superheat and subcooling at the outdoo
294. rature distribution at outlet of each circuit of evaporator If OK proceed to Step 18 18 Check for high evaporator load Return Air Leaks high indoor wet bulb and or dry bulb temp undersized system etc If OK proceed to Step 19 19 Check that compressor is pumping properly Loose Rule of Thumb Is discharge saturated 20 F higher than ambient temperature Is discharge superheat between 15 F and 50 Hunting Superheat NOTE Hunting is when the valve superheat swings more than 10 Superheat in repetition This is typically an application issue 20 Check for obvious kinked or pinched distributor capillary tubes causing imbalance to the circuiting If OK proceed to Step 21 21 Check that proper size valve is used per Product Literature If OK proceed to Step 22 22 Check airflow sensing bulb tightness orientation on vapor tube and ensure bulb is properly wrapped If OK proceed to Step 23 23 Check for even temperature distribution x5 difference at outlet of each circuit of evaporator and for even air distribution over all evaporator slabs e proceed to Step 24 24 Move sensing bulb further down suction line Ifproblem not corrected replace valve 90 LONG RAD Fig 32 Tube Fitting Geometry Table 4 Fitting Losses in Equivalent Feet 45 STD A01058 90 LONG RAD B 45 STD C 0 8 0 6 1 0 0 8 12 0 9 14 1 0 17 13 36 TUBE SIZE OD IN 90 STD A
295. re such as cutting off strands so that wire will fit a connector Proper size connectors should be used Check all factory and field electrical connections for tightness This should also be done after unit has reached operating temperatures especially if aluminum conductors are used Contactor The contactor provides a means of applying power to unit using low voltage 24v from transformer in order to power contactor coil Depending on unit model you may encounter single or double pole contactors Exercise extreme caution when troubleshooting as 1 side of line may be electrically energized The contactor coil is powered by 24vac If contactor does not operate 1 With power off check whether contacts are free to move Check for severe burning or arcing on contact points 2 With power off use ohmmeter to check for continuity of coil Disconnect leads before checking A low resistance reading is normal Do not look for a specific value as different part numbers will have different resistance values With high voltage power off attach voltmeter leads across 11 and T3 and set thermostat so that Y terminal is energized Make sure all protective devices in series with Y terminal are closed Voltmeter should read 24v across T1 and T3 With 24v still applied move voltmeter leads to T2 and T3 After 5 gt 2 minutes voltmeter should read 24v indicating control is functioning normally If no time delay is encountered or device never tim
296. re starting the installation TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 1 INTRODUCTION ce Ve ERR e EE 1 FAN COIL DESCRIPTION AND TROUBLESHOOTING 2 19 5 FH4 PF4 even sizes and FFIE even sizes 2 FX4D PF4 odd sizes and 1 odd sizes 5 7 FRA eR ieee ber de E iR 13 lU MET 18 ELECTRIC HEATER FUNCTION AND TROUBLESHOOTING 22 23 FB4 FE4 FF1E FV4 FX4 and PF4 22 FEM MEM 23 CARE AND MAINTENANCE 23 25 FB4 FE4 FH4 4 FX4 and 4 23 and PEM eR ted 24 REFRIGERANT FLOW CONTROL DEVICE 26 27 Thermostatic Expansion Valve 26 Piston Body Cleaning and Replacement 26 COIL amp CONDENSATE PAN REMOVAL and REPLACEMENT FB4 FE4 FX4 and FV4 27 28 QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE 28 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS Improper installation adjustment alteration service maintenance or use can cause explosion fire electrical shock or other conditions which may cause death personal injury or property damage Consult a qualified installer service agency or your distributor or branch for information or assistance The qualified installer or agency must use factory authorized kits or accessories when modifying this product Refer to the individual instructions pa
297. red low speed lead is blue and common lead is purple Be sure proper blower speed has been selected The motor is turned on through two different routes The first occurs when thermostat calls for the fan in cooling heat pump or fan only mode A 24 Vac signal is sent to relay causing relay to close its normally open contacts turning fan on The second occurs when there is a call for electric heat A 24 Vac signal is sent to heater sequencer relay causing it to close directing 230V through the normally closed contact of fan relay turning fan on The fan remains on until sequencer relay opens If motor does run test motor for an open winding or a winding shorted to motor case If either is present replace motor ELECTRIC HEATER SERVICE Service can be completed with heater in place Shut off power before servicing A Limit Switch Refer to Electric Heater Kit Function and Troubleshooting section of this manual B Sequencer Refer to Electric Heater Kit Function and Troubleshooting section of this manual C Transformer 40 VA transformer supplies 24 V power for control circuit Check for 208 230V on primary side of transformer If present check for 24V on secondary side NOTE Transformer is fused Do not short circuit D Fan Relay Relay coil is 24 V Check for proper control voltage Replace relay if faulty CLEANING OR REPLACING REFRIGERANT FLOW CONTROL DEVICE The FFM piston can be removed and cleaned if bel
298. rench on connections to prevent damage to tubing 5 Remove equalizer tube from suction line of coil Note Some coils may have a mechanical connection If coil has a braze connection use file or tubing cutter to cut brazed equalizer line approximately 2 inches above suction tube SENSING 6 Remove bulb from vapor tube inside cabinet BULB 7 Install the new TXV using a wrench and backup wrench to avoid damage to tubing or valve to attach TXV to ese m LIZER distributor 8 Reinstall TXV support clamp removed in item 3 N coils only 9 Attach equalizer tube to suction line If coil has mechanical THERMOSTATIC connection then use wrench and back up wrench to attach EXPANSION VALVE If coil has brazed connection use file or tubing cutters to 91277 remove mechanical flare nut from equalizer line Then use coupling to braze the equalizer line to stub previous equalizer line in suction line Fig 24 Typical Installation 30 LEAK DETECTOR SOLUTION A95423 Fig 26 Bubble Leak Detection You may use an electronic leak detector designed for specific refrigerant to check for leaks See Fig 25 This unquestionably is the most efficient and easiest method for checking leaks There are various types of electronic leak detectors Check with manufacturer of equipment for suitability Generally speaking they are portable lightweight and consist of a box with several sw
299. requency and phase are as specified on unit rating plate Be sure that electrical service provided by the utility is sufficient to handle the additional load imposed by this equipment See unit wiring label for proper field high and low voltage wiring Make all electrical connections in accordance with NEC and any local codes or ordinances that may apply Use copper wire only The unit must have a separate branch electric circuit with a field supplied disconnect switch located within sight from and readily accessible from the unit B 24 V Control System Connections to Unit Printed Circuit Board PCB Refer to unit wiring instructions for recommended wiring procedures Use No 18 AWG color coded insulated 35 minimum wires to make low voltage connections between thermostat and unit If thermostat is located more than 100 ft 30m from unit as measured along the low voltage wires use No 16 AWG color coded insulated 35 C minimum wires PCB is circuited for single stage heater operation When additional heater staging is desired using outdoor thermostats or Intelligent Heat Staging remove Jumper J2 on PCB to enable staging Connect low voltage leads to thermostat and outdoor unit See Fig 9 10 11 or 12 INDOOR CONTROL FAN COIL 1 SPEED AIR CONDITIONER HEAT STAGE 2 Sos HEAT STAGE 1 COOL STAGE 1 24 VAC HOT REMOVE Eus J1 JUMPER FOR DEHUMIDIFY MODES DEHUMIDIFY 24 VAC COMM HUMIDIFY 24
300. require power to remain on In these instances exercise extreme caution to avoid danger of electrical shock ONLY TRAINED SERVICE PERSONNEL SHOULD PERFORM ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING Aluminum Wire CAUTION UNIT OPERATION AND SAFETY HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Aluminum wire may be used in the branch circuit such as the circuit between the main and unit disconnect but only copper wire may be used between the unit disconnect and the unit Whenever aluminum wire is used in branch circuit wiring with this unit adhere to the following recommendations Connections must be made in accordance with the National Electrical Code NEC using connectors approved for aluminum wire The connectors must be UL approved marked Al Cu with the UL symbol for the application and wire size The wire size selected must have a current capacity not less than that of the copper wire specified and must not create a voltage drop between service panel and unit in excess of 2 of unit rated voltage To prepare wire before installing connector all aluminum wire must be brush scratched and coated with a corrosion inhibitor such as Pentrox A When it is suspected that connection will be exposed to moisture it is very important to cover entire connection completely to prevent an electrochemical action that will cause connection to fail very quickly Do not reduce effective size of wi
301. ressure drop exceeds 3 psig replace suction line and liquid line filter driers Be sure to purge system with dry nitrogen when replacing filter driers If suction line driers must be replaced retest pressure drop after additional 10 hours run time Continue to monitor pressure drop across suction line filter drier After 10 hr of run time remove suction line filter drier and replace liquid line filter drier Never leave suction line filter drier in system longer than 72 hr run time 6 Charge system See unit information plate CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Only suction line filter driers should be used for refrigerant and oil clean up Use of non approved products could limit System life and void unit warranty Evacuation Proper evacuation of the system will remove non condensibles and assure a tight dry system before charging The two methods used to evacuate a system are the deep vacuum method and the triple evacuation method Deep Vacuum Method The deep vacuum method requires a vacuum pump capable of pulling a vacuum of 500 microns and a vacuum gauge capable of accurately measuring this vacuum depth The deep vacuum method is the most positive way of assuring a system is free of air and moisture See Fig 30 34 CHECK CHARGE See Charging Tables 10 amp 12 Factory charge amount and desir
302. rizontal Right Conversion of Units With A Coil To convert units for horizontal right installations 1 Remove blower and coil access panels See Fig 6 2 Remove metal clip securing fitting panel to condensate pan Remove fitting panel 3 Remove 2 snap in clips securing A coil in unit 4 Slide coil and pan assembly out of unit 5 Remove horizontal drain pan support bracket from coil sup port rail on left side of unit and reinstall on coil support rail on right side of unit 6 Convert air seal assembly for horizontal right a Remove air seal assembly from coil by removing 4 screws See Fig 6 b Remove air splitter B from coil seal assembly by re moving 3 screws See Fig 6 factory shipped inset c Remove filler plate A and install air splitter B in place of filler plate d Install filler plate A as shown in horizontal right ap plication e Remove condensate troughs C and install on opposite tube sheets f Install hose onto plastic spout 7 Install horizontal pan on right side of coil assembly 8 Slide coil assembly into casing Be sure coil bracket on each corner of vertical pan engages coil support rails 9 Reinstall 2 snap in clips to correctly position and secure coil assembly in unit Be sure clip with large offset is used on right side of unit to secure horizontal pan 10 Remove two oval fitting caps from left side of the coil ac cess panel and fitting panel 11 Remove insulation
303. roper size from valid size list provided at User Interface 4 Check motor and motor control module following the in structions in Section C ECM Motor Troubleshooting 15 MOTOR TURNS SLOWLY 1 Low static pressure loading of blower while access panel is removed will cause blower to run slowly Particularly at low airflow requests This is normal do not assume a fault ex ists 2 Recheck airflow and system static pressure using User Inter face service screens with access panel in place NOTE Blower motor faults will not cause a lockout of blower operation Fan coil control will attempt to run the blower motor as long as User Interface maintains a demand for airflow Fan coil control will not operate electric heaters while a fault condition exists The fan coil control communicates with the motor at least once every five seconds even when the motor is idle If during operation the fan coil control does not communicate with the motor for more than 25 seconds the motor will shut itself down and wait for communications to be reestablished D Using Motor LED in Troubleshooting The MOTOR LED 1 connected to the blower motor communication line and works with the fan coil control microprocessor and the STATUS LED to provide fan coil operation and troubleshooting information When the motor is commanded to operate the MOTOR LED will be turned on and will flash each time instructions are sent to the motor When the motor is commanded
304. rt symbol DANGER identifies the most serious hazards which will result in severe personal injury or death WARNING signifies hazards which could result in personal injury or death CAUTION is used to identify unsafe practices which may result in minor personal injury or product and property damage NOTE is used to highlight suggestions which will result in enhanced installation reliability or operation WARNING UNIT OPERATION AND SAFERTY HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Puron R 410A systems operate at higher pressures than R 22 systems Do not use R 22 service equipment or components on R 410 equipment Ensure service equipment is rated for R 410 INTRODUCTION The and series fan coil units are designed for flexibility in a variety of applications that meet upflow horizontal or downflow requirements Units are available in 1 1 2 through 5 ton nominal cooling capacities Factory authorized field installed electric heater packages are available in 3 through 30 kilowatts WARNING ELECTRICAL OPERATION HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Before installing or servicing unit always turn off all power to unit There may be more than one disconnect switch Turn off accessory heater power if applicable Lock out and tag switch with a suitable warning label NOTE Read the entire instruction manual befo
305. s 2 Check output voltage of transformer secondary side R red and C brown If transformer output is low less than 18Vac refer to items 3 and 4 of previous If Transformer Has High Voltage Applied To It section IF TRACES ARE OVERHEATED ON BACK OF PCB Usually whenever a trace is blown on PCB it means either there has been a high voltage short or high voltage has been applied to low voltage circuit This can be prevented by making sure PCB is wired correctly before PCB has power applied to it C If Transformer Fuse Keeps Blowing When low voltage fuse blows it means transformer would have blown if fuse had not been in circuit to protect it The fuse usually 3 the signal sent to relay is turned off and relay opens causing fan to turn off after a 90 second fan off delay b Sequencer Electric Heat Relay Interlock The fan will also operate whenever there is a call for electric heat even if fan relay is not energized This happens be cause fan is interlocked with first stage of electric heat through the normally closed contact of fan relay NOTE The fan interlock is only connected to first stage electric heat W2 W3 and E do not contain an interlock with fan See outdoor thermostat installation instructions when electric heat staging is desired C Electric Heat When thermostat calls for electric heat a 24 Vac signal is sent to sequencer heat relay through W2 causing first stage to turn on W3 and E also receive sign
306. s a start assist device is used to provide an extra starting boost to compressor motor This device is called a positive temperature coefficient PTC or start thermistor It is a resistor wired in parallel with the run capacitor As current flows through the PTC at Start up it heats up As PTC heats up its resistance increases greatly until it effectively lowers the current through itself to an extremely low value This in effect removes the PTC from the circuit After system shutdown resistor cools and resistance value returns to normal until next time system starts Thermistor device is adequate for most conditions however in systems where off cycle is short device cannot fully cool and becomes less effective as a start device It is an easy device to troubleshoot Shut off all power to system Check thermistor with ohmmeter as described below Shut off all power to unit Remove PTC from unit Wait at least 10 minutes for PTC to cool to ambient temperature Measure resistance of PTC with ohmmeter The cold resistance RT of any PTC device should be approximately 100 180 percent of device ohm rating 12 5 ohm 12 5 22 5 ohm resistance beige color If PTC resistance is appreciably less than rating or more than 200 percent higher than rating device is defective A94006 Fig 6 Cycle Protector Carrier thermostats have anti cycle protection built in to protect the compressor Should a non Carrie
307. s C S and R 4 Place instrument probes together and determine probe and lead wire resistance Check resistance readings from C R C S and R S 6 Subtract instrument probe and lead resistance from each reading Un If any reading is within 20 percent of known resistance motor is probably normal Usually a considerable difference in reading is noted if a turn to turn short is present 22 Electrical Failures The compressor mechanical pump is driven by an electric motor within its hermetic shell In electrical failures compressor does not run although external electrical and mechanical systems appear normal Compressor must be checked electrically for abnormalities Before troubleshooting compressor motor review this description of compressor motor terminal identification Single Phase Motors To identify terminals C S and R 1 Turn off all unit power 2 Discharge run and start capacitors to prevent shock 3 Remove all wires from motor terminals 4 Read resistance between all pairs of terminals using an ohmmeter on 0 10 ohm scale 5 Determine 2 terminals that provide greatest resistance reading Through elimination remaining terminal must be common C Greatest resistance between common C and another terminal indicates the start winding because it has more turns This terminal is the start S The remaining terminal will be run winding R NOTE If compressor is hot allow time to cool and interna
308. s in electricity or fuel costs from any reason whatsoever including additional or unusual use of supplemental electric heat 10 Any cost to replace refill or dispose of refrigerant including the cost of refrigerant 11 ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL PROPERTY OR COMMERCIAL DAMAGE OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER Some states or provinces do not allow the exclusion of incidental or consequential damages so the above limitation may not apply to you Qo M This Warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state or province to province Always Ask For AUTHORIZED 49004DP 146 08 2012 xl Bardi 24 7 Heating amp Air Conditioning The Climate s Always Right With Bardi QA Section 4 Fan Coil Unit Warranty Carrier www bardi com 2175 Royal Palm Court Norcross Georgia 30071 e Residential 770 263 5355 Commercial 770 263 9300 e Fax 770 263 9400 Limited Warranty for Fan Coil FOR WARRANTY SERVICE OR REPAIR Contact the installer You may find the installers name on the equipment or in your Owner s Packet For help contact CAC BDP Consumer Relations P O Box 4808 Syracuse New York 13221 Phone 1 800 227 7437 PRODUCT REGISTRATION You can register your product online at www cac bdp com Model No Unit Serial No Date of Installation Installed by Name of Owner Address of Installation hereinafter warrants this pro
309. s included in literature and attached to the unit Consult local building codes and the current editions of the National Electrical Code NEC NFPA 70 In Canada refer to the current editions of the Canadian Electrical Code CSA C22 1 Recognize safety information When you see this symbol N on the unit and in instructions or manuals be alert to the potential for personal injury Understand the signal words DANGER WARNING CAUTION and NOTE These words are used with the safety alert symbol DANGER identifies the most serious hazards which will result in severe personal injury or death WARNING signifies hazards which could result in personal injury or death CAUTION is used to identify unsafe practices which may result in minor personal injury or product and property damage NOTE is used to highlight suggestions which will result in enhanced installation reliability or operation WARNING ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury or death Before installing or servicing system always turn off main power to system There may be more than one disconnect 20230 switch Tag disconnect switch with a suitable warning label Fig 1 Model FV4C Turn off accessory heater power if applicable NOTE Read the entire instruction manual before starting the installation AUTION CUT HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury Sheet metal parts may
310. s mode J Electric Heat without Heat Pump Thermostat closes R to W and thermostat should be set up to energize with W This is due to the Super Comfort Heat programming in the motor Energizing W without G will result in 25 lower airflow delivery The selected delay profile is not active in this mode K Super Comfort Heat Mode This is a special heating mode only available on FV4 fan coils combined with a Thermidistat Control or Comfort Zone II B When this option is selected the indoor control will monitor the outdoor temperature The control will drop the G signal to the fan coil when the outdoor temperature is between 10 and 40 F This triggers the motor to slow to approximately 213 CFM per ton The heaters will stage as needed during this mode and the motor will These units deliver airflow depending on the system size selections and operating mode The thermostat energizes a combination of terminals on the Easy Select Board which tells the motor what CFM to deliver The following are typical operating modes and the terminals that should be energized on the Easy Select Board NOTE The DH terminal on the Easy Select Board is for dehumidification It is de energized on a call for dehumidification I Variable Speed Motor Logic Sequence The ECM motors in these fan coils are programmed to deliver a variety of airflows The motor goes through COOLING The nominal cooling airflow for these fan c
311. s through wire raceway to change motor Reverse sequence for reassembly R OU M Prior to applying power check that fan rotates freely NOTE It is not necessary to remove the top cover to gain access Removing the top cover may cause grill panels corner posts louvers or coils to be damaged It is recommended to protect the top cover from damage of tools belt buckles etc while servicing from the top 1 Should the unit height allow components to be accessed from the top of the unit follow procedures for removing fan motor assembly Access components through the top cap 2 Large components may not be removed easily without having access from the top and side Side access may allow procedures such as brazing cutting and removal easier Follow procedures below a Follow procedures to remove the fan motor assembly b Air conditioning units only remove the screws from the top of the electrical control panel Heat pumps will not have screws holding the electrical control panel in place at the top once the control box cover has been removed c Remove the base pan screws holding the control panel and lift off the unit Certain maintenance routines and repairs require removal of cabinet panels Remove Top Cover Mid Tier Deluxe Turn off all power to outdoor and indoor units Remove access panel Remove information plate WN FR Disconnect fan motor wires and cut wire ties Remove wires from con
312. se New York 13221 Phone 1 800 227 7437 PRODUCT REGISTRATION You can register your product online at www carrier com Model Number Serial Number Date of Installation Installed by Name of Owner Address of Installation Carrier Corporation hereinafter Company warrants this product against failure due to defect in materials or workmanship under normal use and maintenance as follows All warranty periods begin on the date of original installation If a part fails due to defect during the applicable warranty period Company will provide a new or remanufactured part at Company s option to replace the failed defective part at no charge for the part Alternatively and at its option the Company will provide a credit in the amount of the then factory selling price for a new equivalent part toward the retail purchase price of a new Company product Except as otherwise stated herein those are Company s exclusive obligations under this warranty for a product failure This limited warranty is subject to all provisions conditions limitations and exclusions listed below and on the reverse if any of this document OWNER OCCUPIED RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS This warranty is to the original purchasing owner and is transferable only to the extent and as stated in the Warranty Conditions and below The warranty period in years depending on the part and the claimant is as shown in the chart below Limited Warranty Years Product Item Original Owner Sub
313. se Keeps Blowing When low voltage fuse blows it means transformer would have blown if fuse had not been in circuit to protect it The fuse usually blows when there is a high current drawn on transformer high voltage applied to low voltage circuit or a direct secondary short When there is a high current drawn on transformer it is most likely because transformer has been shorted or system is trying to draw more Vac than transformer rating allows When fuse blows because of high voltage the system has mixed high and low voltage signals 1 Check transformer and thermostat wiring See Fig 7 Be sure transformer is not shorting out because thermostat wires are miswired 2 Check wiring of relays See Fig 7 Be sure low voltage and high voltage wiring are connected to proper sequen cers 3 Check VA draw on transformer If VA draw is more than VA rating of transformer fuse will blow If this is the case replace transformer with one that has a higher VA rating B Troubleshooting Common Problems Airflow Too Low Y1 instead of Y Y2 on single speed air conditioner or heat pump application Y1 input is only for two speed applications Using this terminal will deliver about 60 percent of full cooling airflow Wrong Easy Select Board selection Selecting an outdoor unit or electric heater smaller than actually installed will result in low airflow for the application 10 installation File claim with shipping company if shipment is
314. sequent Owner Air Conditioner or Heat Pump Parts 10 or 5 5 Condensing Unit Compressor 10 or 5 5 For products with 410 refrigerant only if properly registered within 90 days otherwise 5 years except in California and Quebec and other jurisdictions that prohibit warranty benefits conditioned on registration registration is not required to obtain longer warranty periods See Warranty Conditions below OTHER RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS Apartments Rental Properties etc The warranty period is five 5 years on parts The warranty is to the original owner only and is not transferable OTHER APPLICATIONS The warranty period is five b years on the compressor and one 1 year on all other parts The warranty is to the original owner only and is not transferable LEGAL REMEDIES The owner must notify the Company in writing by certified or registered letter to Carrier Corporation Warranty Claims P O Box 4808 Syracuse New York 13221 of any defect or complaint with the product stating the defect or complaint and a specific request for repair replacement or other correction of the product under warranty mailed at least thirty 30 days before pursuing any legal rights or remedies Always Ask For AUTHOR TED 49004DP146 08 2012 xl CARRIER CORPORATION turn to the experts WARRANTY CONDITIONS 1 obtain the longer warranty periods as shown the table under
315. sformer primary terminals The transformer secondary connections are made at SEC1 and SEC2 connectors PCB LAYOUT AND DESCRIPTION FV4 NOTE Layout of actual PCB is depicted in Fig 7 The Easy Select Board is the interface between the ECM motor and other system components The board offers choices of electric Required Control Module Motor Type Current Blower Motor P N Replacement Kit Number ECM2 3 HD44AE131 RMOD44AE131 ECM2 3 HD44AE132 RMOD44AE132 ECM2 3 HD44AE133 RMOD44AE133 ECM2 3 HD46AE244 RMOD46AE244 ECM2 3 HD44AR131 RMOD44AR131 ECM2 3 HD44AR132 RMOD44AR132 ECM2 3 HD44AR133 RMOD44AR133 ECM2 3 HD46AR244 RMOD46AR244 ECM5 0 HD44AR120 HK44ER120 ECM5 0 HD44AR121 HK44ER121 ECM5 0 HD44AR122 HK44ER122 ECM5 0 HD46AR223 HK46ER223 zo 2 SEC2 5 4 CO n EASY SELECT 1 AUX HEAT KW CFM R 0 30 0 20 0 10 0 5 1 1075 875 725 5 yo 0 0 00 SIZE 036 030 024 018 Bu 0 0 O O h Y SYSTEM TYPE 5 1 AC HP COMFORT HP EFF YN Q O ADJUST ANNE LO 85 6 6 BLK 0 Lor 0 ON OFF DELAY m 0 30 0 ENH 90 90 0 a 0 2 1 CONTINUOUS FAN LO MED HI YEL C X4 8 MEE AUX z EP 24VAC T 10 2D GRY 13029 Fig 7 Easy Select Board SYSTEM DIAGRAM HEATER MOTOR SEC SEC2 4 000000000000
316. signals to the 1 2 3 4 5 and C common terminals Not all taps are pro grammed if low voltage is applied to non programmed terminal the motor will not operate which is normal Verify the part number of the motor matches the correct replace ment motor part number for the unit model number 3 Initiate a demand from the thermostat and check the voltage between C common and terminal 1 5 If voltage is present and the motor isn t operating then the motor control module is failed C Prior to installing the replacement control module the motor section condition needs to be verified 1 Check to see if the blower wheel spins freely 2 To check for short to ground use an ohmmeter to measure the resistance from any one of the motor connector pins to the aluminum end plate of the motor This resistance should be greater than 100 000 ohms 3 Check the motor phase to phase resistance between each of the leads in the three pin motor connector The lead to lead resistance across any two leads should be less than 20 ohms Each lead to lead resistance should be the same within 10 percent 4 If any motor fails any of the three tests do not install a new control module The new control can fail if placed on a de fective motor 8 1 WARNING RISK OF IN sectae stock ALLOW 5 MNUTES AFTER POWER IS DISCONNECT
317. small slotted screwdriver 7 Unit changes over to defrost within 21 sec depending on timing cycle setting Liquid line temperature rises to range where defrost thermostat contacts open Temperature range is from 60 F to 70 F Resistance goes from zero to when contacts are open 8 If either opening or closing temperature does not fall within above ranges or thermostat sticks in 1 position replace thermostat to ensure proper defrost operation NOTE With timing cycle set at 90 minutes unit initiates defrost within approximately 21 sec When you hear the reversing valve changing position remove screwdriver immediately Otherwise control will terminate normal 10 minute defrost cycle in approximately 2 sec HK32EA003 DEFROST CONTROL The HK32EA003 defrost control is used in all Performance Series heat pumps with Puron refrigerant Its features include selectable defrost intervals of 30 60 90 amp 120 minutes Quiet Shift compressor time delay deluxe defrost speed up capability This section describes the sequence of operation and trouble shooting methods for this control e me mire 9 cj J 6 LO S 5 9 gt OO lt gt lt lt gt 0 C 8 0 0200002 S 0 Id 13 dnaaad Di 330 93 06 021 24195 Ia
318. stalled in each installation If no selections are made the factory default settings are for the largest heater largest outdoor unit AC system type nominal airflow adjust and 0 90 time delay NOTE Outdoor unit model should have an AHRI rating with the variable speed fan coil Some outdoor unit models will not work properly with this fan coil Power for system is supplied from a 230 Vac 60 Hz line Class 2 voltage 24 Vac nom used for thermostat connections is derived from transformer located in close proximity to PCB The 24 Vac secondary circuit includes 5 amp automotive type fuse in SECZ circuit Connection to heater panel is made through 12 pin connector PL 1 Connections to thermostat are made at screw terminals Twenty one pin terminals comprise field select taps for motor Fuse Data 5 amp automotive type ATC ATO tan 32V 200 percent current opening time of five seconds maximum Electrical Connections Twenty one 0 110 pin terminals are used to provide programming selections for operating modes of ECM2 3 5 0 The 6 selection modes are listed below For additional information refer to Easy Select Configuration Taps section AUX Heat Range Violet Wire AC HP Size Blue Wire Type Orange Wire AC HP CFM Adjust Black Wire AC HP Time Delay Grey Wire Continuous Fan Yellow Wire SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FV4 A Continuous Fan Mode The thermostat closes circuit R to G The unit delivers the airflow se
319. support clamp using a 5 16 in nut driver Save the clamp 4 Remove R 22 TXV using a backup wrench on flare connections to prevent damage to tubing 5 Using wire cutters cut equalizer tube off flush with vapor 13 Proceed with remainder of unit installation tube inside cabinet 6 Remove bulb from vapor tube inside cabinet MAKE PIPING CONNECTIONS a WARNING PERSONAL INJURY AND ENVIRONMENTAL 7 Braze equalizer stub tube closed Use protective barrier as necessary to prevent damage to drain pan IMPORTANT Route the equalizer tube of TXV through suction line connection opening in fitting panel prior to replacing fitting panel around tubing HAZARD 8 Install TXV with 3 8 in copper tubing through small hole Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury in service panel Use wrench and backup wrench to avoid or death damage to tubing or valve to attach TXV to distributor Relieve pressure and recover all refrigerant before system 9 Reinstall TXV support clamp removed in item 3 repair or final unit disposal 10 Attach TXV bulb to vapor tube inside cabinet in same Use all service ports and open all flow control devices including solenoid valves location as original was when removed using supplied bulb clamps nylon or copper See Fig 23 for correct positioning of sensing bulb 4 CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operati
320. system 1 After system is evacuated fully open liquid and vapor ser vice valves 2 Unit is shipped with valve stem s front seated closed and caps installed Replace stem caps after system is opened to refrigerant flow back seated Replace caps finger tight and tighten with wrench an additional 1 12 turn 3 Close electrical disconnects to energize system 4 Set room thermostat at desired temperature Be sure set point is below indoor ambient temperature 5 Set room thermostat to HEAT or COOL and fan control to ON or AUTO mode as desired Operate unit for 15 minutes Check system refrigerant charge a ite Q ite N a a i5 N 9 9 F1 0 2 OUTDOOR FAN RELAY DEFROST THERMOSTAT MUST BE CLOSED BEFORE o lt 8 DEFROST TIMER BEGINS T 1 ENABLES DEFROST TIMER MUST BE ENERGIZED FOR DEFROST TIMER Y OUTPUT TO PRESSURE SWITCHES AND CONTACTOR If the indoor temperature is below 70 F 21 11 C or the outdoor temperature is not in the favorable range adjust charge for line set length above or below 15ft 4 57 m only Charge level should then be appropriate for the system to achieve rated capacity The charge level could then be checked at another time when the both indoor and outdoor temperatures are in a more favorable range NOTE If
321. t Operation None 1 pause High Stage Cool Heat Operation None 2 pause Brown out protection is Disabled None 5 pause Brown out protection is Active None 6 Pause System Commu 16 nications Failure Invalid Model Plug 25 High Pressure Switch or Dis 31 charge Temp Switch Open Low Pressure 32 Switch Open Control Fault 45 Brown Out 230 v 46 No 230v at Unit 47 Outdoor Air Temp 53 Sensor Fault Outdoor Coil 55 Sensor Fault Thermistors out of 56 range Low Stage 71 Thermal Cutout High Stage 72 Thermal Cutout Contactor Shorted 7 No 230V at 74 Compressor Low Stage 81 Thermal Lockout High Stage 82 Thermal Lockout Low Pressure Lockout 83 High Pressure Lockout 84 Sequence Compressor contactor is de energized and outdoor fan is energized for up to 15 minutes If demand still exists control will energize compressor contactor after 15 minute delay If fault is cleared unit will resume operation If fault still exists fan shuts off and error code continues to flash Control will attempt re start every 15 minutes Cycling low voltage 54 defeats the 15 minute delay Furnace Heat Pump Valve Outdoor Sensor Remote Room Sensor A12265 Humidifier Solenoid Thermidistat om we ww1 Heat Cool Stage 1 Heat Cool Stage 2 YN2 Fan 24VAC Hot Heating 5 24VAC Hot Cooling 1
322. t can be ignored 1 Take suction line temperature at outlet of evaporator at indoor unit 2 Take suction service valve pressure at OD unit 3 Determine lineset vapor line equivalent length and tube diameter 4 Determine suction line pressure drop from Table 5 Puron or Table 6 R 22 5 Calculate Pseudo Evaporator Superheat Add the suction line pressure drop to the pressure reading obtained at suction service valve NOTE For nominal and larger diameter vapor lines with standard length linesets vapor line same size as service valve fitting size and larger with equivalent length less than 80 ft the pressure drop can be ignored use vapor service valve pressure and evaporator outlet temperature to calculate superheat Determine saturated evaporator temperature from a refrigerant pressure temperature relationship chart PT chart Subtract saturated evaporator from evaporator suction line temperature to obtain evaporator superheat High Superheat with Normal or High Suction Pressure NOTE Normal to High suction pressure is considered for R 22 gt 65 psig Puron gt 110 psig An application issue or other system component failure typically causes this condition 15 Check airflow sensing bulb tightness orientation on vapor tube and ensure bulb is properly wrapped If OK proceed to Step 16 16 R 410A Systems Make sure proper valve is used Not R 22 If OK proceed to Step 17 17 Check for even tempe
323. tag switch with a suitable warning label To clean blower motor or blower wheel 1 Remove blower access panel 2 Remove motor leads from fan coil control Note lead loca tion for ease of reassembly 3 Remove the two outside screws holding blower motor as sembly against blower deck flange and slide assembly out of cabinet 4 If applicable Remove screw in strap holding motor capa citor to blower housing and slide capacitor out from under strap Remove screw with green wire from blower housing Mark blower wheel motor and motor support in relation to blower housing before disassembly to ensure proper reas sembly Note position of blades on wheel 5 Loosen setscrew holding blower wheel onto motor shaft 6 Remove the three bolts holding motor mount to blower housing and slide motor and mount out of housing Further disassembly should not be necessary as adequate clearance is available 7 Remove blower wheel from housing by removing cutoff plate from blower housing outlet Note wheel orientation and cutoff location for reassembly The blower motor and wheel may be cleaned by using a vacuum with a soft brush attachment 8 Remove grease with a mild solvent such as hot water and detergent Be careful not to disturb balance weights clips on blower wheel vanes Also do not drop or bend wheel as balance will be affected To reassemble blower 1 Place blower wheel back into housing Be sure to position correctly for pro
324. te lockout timer that is initiated upon any interruption of power Turn on power to indoor and outdoor units Transformer is energized These models utilize a 2 stage indoor thermostat With a call for first low stage cooling or heating the outdoor fan and low stage compressor are energized If low stage cannot satisfy cooling or heating demand high stage is energized by the second high stage of the indoor thermostat After the second stage is satisfied the unit returns to low stage operation until second stage is required again When both first and second stage cooling or heating are satisfied the compressor will shut off Cooling With first stage cooling Y and O are powered on and with second stage cooling Y2 Y and O are powered on The O energizes the reversing valve switching it to cooling position The Y signal sends low voltage through the safeties and energizes the T1 terminal on the circuit board If the compressor has been off for 5 minutes or power has not been cycled for 5 minutes the OF2 relay and T2 terminal will energize This will close the contactor and start the outdoor fan motor and compressor When the cycle is complete Y is turned off stopping the compressor and outdoor fan The 5 minute time guard begins counting Compressor will not come on until this delay expires In the event of a power interruption the time guard will not allow another cycle for 5 minutes Heating With first stage heating Y
325. ted by the Owner DATE JALA FOR Bordi eme Duke Tau _ BY i poo TITLE 2 vel Sworn to and subscribed before me day 20 F dq wl 4 4 otary Public 29 ote e ss OA 2s e 0 lt My Commission Expire 2017 2 A Son 2 02 ZA vo 9 1 Bardi 24 7 Heating amp Air Conditioning The Climate s Always Right With Bardi QA M HVAC O amp Ms for White Provision 1100 Howell Mill Road NW Suite A06 A07 Atlanta GA 30318 General Contractor Derucki Construction Company Mechanical Contractor Bardi Mechanical Project Manager Tom Foran Date 1 3 14 www bardi com 2175 Royal Palm Court Norcross Georgia 30071 e Residential 770 263 5355 Commercial 770 263 9300 e Fax 770 263 9400 Bardi 24 7 Heating amp Air Conditioning Ps The Climate s Right With Bardi a TABLE OF CONTENTS Carrier Carrier Carrier Carrier ITEM Heat Pump Condensing Unit Fan Coil Unit Heat Pump Condensing Unit Warranty Fan Coil Unit Warranty SECTION 1 2 3 4 Bardi 24 7 Heating amp Air Conditioning The Climate s Always Right With Bardi Section 1 Heat Pump Condensing Unit Carrier www bardi com 2175 Royal Palm Court Norcross Georgia 30071 e Residential 770 263 5355 Commercial 770 263 9300 e Fax 770 263 9400 Residential Air Conditioners and Heat P
326. ted capacity The charge level could then be checked at another time when the both indoor and outdoor temperatures are in a more favorable range NOTE If line length is beyond 80 ft 24 38 m or greater than 20 ft 6 10 m vertical separation See Long Line Guideline for special charging requirements TROUBLESHOOTING WITH SUPERHEAT Low Superheat with Normal or Low Suction Pressure NOTE Normal or low suction pressure is considered for R 22 80 psig Puron 135 psig 1 Re check airflow and then check sensing bulb tightness orientation on vapor tube and is properly wrapped Low Superheat with Normal or Low Suction Pressure If OK proceed to Step 2 2 Check superheat at Vapor Service Valve Evaporator Superheat e If both are less than 2 likely not controlling properly i e stuck open lt REPLACE VALVE e fsuperheat is higher than 15 F proceed to Step 3 3 Perform TXV function check e With system running place sensing bulb in ice bath for 1 minute gt superheat should increase and Pseudo no response Replace Valve If OK proceed to Step 4 4 Check for even temperature distribution at outlet of each circuit of evaporator e If greater than 15 F between circuits distributor or coil has a restriction e proceed to Step 5 Low Superheat with High Suction Pressure NOTE High suction pressure is considered for R 22 80 psig Puron 135 psig An application issue or o
327. tem is free of air and liquid water A tight dry system will hold a vacuum of 1000 microns after approximately 7 minutes See Fig 7 5000 4500 4000 3500 2 3000 amp 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 LEAK IN SYSTEM VACUUM TIGHT TOO WET TIGHT DRY SYSTEM 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MINUTES A95424 Fig 7 Deep Vacuum Graph Final Tubing Check IMPORTANT Check to be certain factory tubing on both indoor and outdoor unit has not shifted during shipment Ensure tubes are not rubbing against each other or any sheet metal Pay close attention to feeder tubes makings sure wire ties on feeder tubes are secure and tight Be sure field wiring complies with local and national fire safety and electrical codes and voltage to system is within limits shown on unit rating plate Contact local power company for correction of improper voltage See unit rating plate for recommended circuit protection device NOTE Operation of unit on improper line voltage constitutes abuse and could affect unit reliability See unit rating plate Do not install unit in system where voltage may fluctuate above or below permissible limits Table 2 Refrigerant Connections and Recommended Liquid and Vapor Tube Diameters In LIQUID RATED VAPOR UNIT SIZE Connection Tube Connection Tube Diameter Diameter Diameter Diameter 18 24 3 8 3 8 5 8 5 8 30 36 3 8 3 8 3 4 3 4 42 48 3 8 3 8 7 8 7 8 60 3 8 3 8 7 8 1 1 8 Units are r
328. th the size system installed for safe and continuous operation Note that airflow marked is the airflow which will be supplied in emergency heat mode and heating mode on air conditioners when electric heat is primary heating source To ensure safe heater operation in heat pump heating mode when electric heaters are energized the ECM2 3 5 0 will run the higher of heat pump airflow and electric heater airflow The factory default selection is largest heater range approved See Fig 7 B AC HP Size The factory default setting for air conditioner or heat pump size is largest unit meant for application with model of fan coil purchased The installer needs to select air conditioner or heat pump size to ensure that airflow delivered falls within proper range for size of unit installed in all operational modes See Fig 7 Unpack unit and move to final location Remove carton taking care not to damage unit Inspect equipment for damage prior to Pin No Pin 1 Type Connection Type Connector Common to screw terminal Y Y2 through diode D3 Common through Y1 through diode D2 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Pin 9 Pin 10 Pin 11 Pin 12 Heater Connection 12 Pin Table 3 Typical Operating Modes Operating Mode Heat Pump Only Heating Heat Pump Only Heating Super Comfort Heat Mode Heat Pump Heating Auxiliary Heat non staged Cooling Cooling Dehumidification Cooling Superhumidification Heat Pump Heating Mode
329. than normally open limit switches which sit on top of a small resistive heater When voltage is applied to this heater a positive temperature coefficient resistor PTC heat is supplied to a bimetallic disc which snaps through and closes switch The time required for PTC to heat to a sufficient point controls ON timing of device The time required for disc to cool down when power is removed controls OFF time of device The PTC can be varied to provide varied timing Typically a short ON equates to a long OFF Because this is a thermally activated device ambient conditions affect the ON OFF cycle Higher ambient temperature means shorter ON times and longer OFF times Application of these devices is such that the first switch ON not only turns on first heater element but also ensures that indoor fan is energized because first ON is last OFF This ensures fan remains ON until the last heater de energizes CARE AND MAINTENANCE FB4 FEA 4 FV4 FX4 and PF4 To continue high performance and minimize possible equipment failure it is essential periodic maintenance be performed on this equipment The ability to properly perform maintenance on this equipment requires certain mechanical skills and tools The only consumer service recommended or required is filter maintenance See Filter Assembly 6 If applicable Secure motor capacitor under strap and tighten strap screw 7 Slide blower assembly to blower deck Be sure on
330. that should be present between Pin No 2 and Pin No 9 common 3 Place meter leads between Pins No 2 and No 9 on Easy Select Board and check for 12Vdc 4 If voltage is present the wiring harness is bad If not the Easy Select Board is bad Verify Motor Winding Section Before proceeding with module replacement check the following to ensure motor winding section is functional With control module removed and unplugged from winding section 1 The resistance between any two motor leads should be sim ilar 2 The resistance between any motor lead and the unpainted motor end plate should be greater than 100 000 ohms If motor winding fails one of these tests it is defective and must be replaced Accessories AUXILIARY TERMINALS The AUX and HUM terminals on the Easy Select Board are tied directly to the G terminal and provide a 24 Vac signal whenever Table 4 FV4 Motor Control Test Values With 16 pin connector at motor unplugged Volt Meter on 16 Harness Plug ER d Bo SIE g Voltage t R to W1 Pin 2 Pin 1 Pin 7 Pin 9 24Vac R to W2 Pin 13 Pin 1 Pin 4 Pin 9 24Vac R to Y1 Pin 6 Pin 1 Pin 3 Pin 9 212Vdc R to Y Y2 Pin 14 Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 9 12Vdc R to G LO Pin 15 Pin 1 Pin 3 Pin 9 00 R to 6 MED Pin 6 Pin 1 Pin 3 Pin 9 212Vdc R to G HI Pin 14 Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 9 212Vdc n 118 VAC BRANCH CKT EASY SELECT GND P ge BOARD TERMINAL xi BLOCK tr
331. the Owner Nothing in the above shall be deemed to apply to work which has been abused or neglected by the Owner o JA i Sworn to and subscribed before me this 20 day of pec 20 d 3 Notary Pubjfc My Commission 201 3 0 nem DEC 5 2013 EXHIBIT D SUBCONTRACTOR VENDOR WARRANTY FORM WHTIE PROVISION LANDLORDS WORK SUITE A06 A07 OWNER WHITE PROVISION REDEVELOPEMENT L P GENERAL CONTRACTOR Derucki Construction Company LLC We RANDAL LOWE PLUMBING Subcontractor Vendor for WHITE lt PROVISION SUITE A06 A07 described in Specification Section s Reference Subcontract Exhibit A Do hereby warrant that all Jabor and materials furnished and work performed in conjunction with the above referenced project are in accord with the Contract Documents and authorized modifications thereto and will be free from defects due to defective materials and workmanship for a period of ONE YEAR from Date of Acceptance This warranty commences on 12 20 2013 and expires 12 20 2014 Should any defect develop during the warranty period due to improper material workmanship or arrangement the same shall upon written notice by the Owner be made good by the undersigned at no expense to the Owner Nothing in the above shall be deemed to apply to work which has been abused or neglected by the Owner DATE lls FOR Randal Lowe
332. the control is shipped with the ODF fan delay defeat NOT active the change in status is remembered until toggled to a new status A power down power up sequence will not reset the status It may be necessary to do the toggle twice to cycle to the desired state of defeat Defrost Hold in a non communicating system if the thermostat becomes satisfied Y1 or Y1 and Y2 before the defrost cycle is terminated the control will hold in defrost mode and finish the defrost cycle on the next call for heat With communicating Infinity Control defrost hold is not needed in a communicating system because the User Interface will complete the defrost cycle before shutting down the system Forced Defrost With non communicating non Infinity control forced defrost can be initiated by manually shorting the 2 pin header labeled FORCED DEFROST see Fig 36 on the control board for 5 seconds then releasing With communicating Infinity control forced defrost is initiated with the User Interface On all models during a Forced Defrost e If coil temperature is at defrost temperature of 32 F and outdoor air temperature is below 50 F a full defrost sequence will occur e f coil temperature or outdoor air temperature does not meet the above requirements an abbreviated 30 second defrost will occur Both Quiet Shift and Quiet Shift 2 compressor ON OFF delays will be included in a forced defrost if either are enabled Quiet Shift
333. the longer warranty period shown will be apply 2 Where a product is installed in a newly constructed home the date of installation is the date the homeowner purchased the home from the builder 3 Ifthe date of original installation cannot be verified then the warranty period begins ninety 90 days from the date of product manufacture as indicated by the model and serial number Proof of purchase may be required at time of service 4 The remainder of the first five years of warranty is freely transferable without registration To obtain a transfer of the longer warranty periods as shown in the table under subsequent owner a subsequent owner must register the transfer at www cac bdp com within 90 days of the change in ownership and payment of a transfer fee Not applicable in all jurisdictions See website for details 5 Product must be installed properly and by a licensed HVAC technician 6 The warranty applies only to products remaining in their original installation location 7 Installation use care and maintenance must be normal and in accordance with instructions contained in the Installation Instructions Owner s Manual and Company s service information 8 Defective parts must be returned to the distributor through a registered servicing dealer for credit LIMITATIONS OF WARRANTIES ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND OR CONDITIONS INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE A
334. ther system component failure typically causes this condition 5 R 22 Systems Check that proper valve used not an R 410A valve e proceed to Step 6 6 Check airflow sensing bulb tightness orientation on vapor tube and ensure bulb is properly wrapped e proceed to Step 7 7 Check that compressor is pumping properly NOTE Loose Rules of Thumb Is discharge saturated 20 F higher than ambient temperature Is discharge superheat between 15 and 50 e proceed to Step 8 8 Recheck Airflow and Subcooling e proceed to Replace Valve High Superheat with Normal or Low Pressure NOTE Normal or low suction pressure is considered R 22 80 psig Puron 135 psig 9 Check for restriction in liquid line kinked line filter drier restricted etc e proceed to Step 10 10 Check for restriction in suction line kink restricted suction filter drier etc e proceed to Step 11 11 Check power element cap tube is not broken If OK proceed to Step 12 12 Check that equalizer tube is not kinked or plugged e proceed to Step 13 13 Check that inlet screen R 22 systems is not restricted If OK proceed to Step 14 14 Replace Valve 35 This troubleshooting routine was developed to diagnose cooling problems using superheat in systems is effective on heat pumps in cooling mode as well as air conditioners The system must utilize a TXV as the expansion device in cooling
335. thod The following procedure is valid when indoor airflow is within 21 percent of its rated CFM Operate unit a minimum of 10 minutes before checking charge Measure suction pressure by attaching an accurate gage to suction valve service port Measure suction temperature by attaching an accurate ther mistor type or electronic thermometer to suction line at ser vice valve Measure outdoor air dry bulb temperature with thermomet er Measure indoor air entering indoor coil wet bulb temper ature with a sling psychrometer Refer to Table 8 Find outdoor temperature and evaporator entering air wet bulb temperature At this intersection note superheat Where a dash appears on the table do not attempt to charge system under these conditions or refriger ant slugging may occur Charge must be weighted in adding or removing 0 6 oz ft of 3 8 liquid line above or be low 15 ft 4 57 m respectively Refer to Table 9 Find superheat temperature located in item 6 and suction pressure At this intersection note suction line temperature 1 2 a ite Q ite Q a a 179 N Table 5 Additional Subcooling Required 13 amp 14 SEER Units Subcooling Delta from Rating Plate Value Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit Tonnage CAP 1814A CNPV 1814A FBACNF018 TXV FF1ENP 018 019 FX4DNF019 CAP 24 A CNP 24 A CSPH 2412A FB4CNF024 TXV FF1ENP 024
336. time R Y Y2 R Y1 R W1 R W2 If motor runs in all cases check thermostat outputs Thermostat wires may be broken or thermostat may be miswired configured incor rectly or defective If the motor does not run or runs in some cases but not others continue this procedure to check wiring harness and circuit board WIRING HARNESS 1 Remove 16 pin plug from motor 2 Check for appropriate voltages on 16 pin connector with screw terminals jumpered See Table 2 3 If signals check correctly and motor does not run inspect wiring harness for loose pins or damaged plastic that could cause poor connections 4 If connections are good either control module or motor is defective 5 If proper signals are not present check circuit board using procedure below 12 PIN PLUG PL 1 ON EASY SELECT BOARD 1 Completely disconnect wire harness from Easy Select Board 2 Jumper the screw terminals one at a time R G R Y Y2 R Y1 R W1 R W2 and check for appropriate voltages on the Easy Select Board pins If proper signals are not present replace Easy Select Board If proper signals are present at the pins and not at 16 pin connector to the motor the wir ing harness is defective TROUBLESHOOTING EXAMPLE Motor is not running on a call for heat pump heating after jumpering the Easy Select Board screw terminals as described in Thermostat section above With all thermostat wires removed from Easy Select Board place a jum
337. tion Exercise extreme caution when shorting speed up pins If pins are accidentally shorted to other terminals damage to the control board will occur 10 Unit is now operating in defrost mode Check between C and W2 using voltmeter Reading on voltmeter should indicate 24v This step ensures defrost relay contacts have closed energizing supplemental heat W2 and reversing valve solenoid O 11 Unit should remain in defrost no longer than 10 minutes Actual time in defrost depends on how quickly speed up jumper is removed If it takes 2 sec to remove speed up jumper after unit has switched to defrost the unit will Switch back to heat mode 12 After a few minutes in defrost cooling operation liquid line should be warm enough to have caused defrost thermostat contacts to open Check resistance across defrost thermostat Ohmmeter should read infinite resistance indicating defrost thermostat has opened at approximately 65 F 13 Shut off unit power and reconnect fan lead 15 Troubleshooting HK32EA001 007 If outdoor unit will not run 1 Does the Y input has 24 volts from thermostat If not check thermostat or wire If yes proceed to 2 2 The Y spade terminal on the circuit board should have 24 volts if Y input is energized This output goes through the pressure switches and to the contactor If 24 volts is present on the Y spade terminal and the contactor is not closed check voltage on contactor coil If no v
338. tion below 55 F 12 8 Control Box Contactor And Capacitor Removal of the information plate exposes the control components Both air conditioner and heat pump control boxes will appear to be nearly identical There are two contactors two capacitors a control board and a compressor start assist The contactors are identical to those used in the standard single speed units One controls low capacity operation and the second controls high speed The capacitors also are similar to those used in standard single speed units You have a fan capacitor for the outdoor fan motor and a run capacitor for the compressor motor The control board start capacitor and start relay control the starting of the compressor Always replace these devices with the Factory Approved Components Incoming Power Incoming power is attached to the two power wire stripped leads A ground lug is also provided Outdoor unit should always be grounded through the ground lug to the unit disconnect and from the disconnect to the electrical fuse box Failure to do so can cause serious injury or death First check that the model plug is correct for the unit model and size and that it is installed properly START CAPACITOR MOUNTING HOLES START RELAY MOUNTING HOLE 2 S O SEE R
339. transformer is excessive the low voltage 5 amp fuse will blow to protect transformer If load exceeds VA rating of transformer a larger rated transformer needs to be in stalled Check sequencers relays for excessive current draw c Check wiring of heaters If a heater is miswired fuse may blow If a heater is miswired correct miswiring by compar ing it to heater wiring label 4 Check connections on primary side of transformer If they are not connected properly the transformer secondary can not supply the 24 V signal to energize fan relay If trans former is receiving correct primary voltage but is not put ting out correct secondary voltage transformer needs to be replaced B If Electric Heat Stages Will Not Turn On But Fan Will Turn On IF THERE IS NO HIGH VOLTAGE TO TRANSFORMER 1 Check plug connection between heaters and board This supplies power to transformer and fan Be sure plug is con nected properly 2 Check sequencer relay No 1 and plug wiring Yellow wire should be connected to Pin No 9 of plug and to limit switch Black wire should be connected to Pin No 7 of plug and to sequencer relay No 1 3 Check incoming high voltage power leads If these are not receiving power system cannot function IF TRANSFORMER HAS VOLTAGE APPLIED TO IT 1 Check low voltage transformer leads R red and C brown Make sure they are wired to correct location The unit will not function without proper connection
340. trictions or indoor airflow in heating 8 In the event of a low pressure switch trip or low pressure lockout check the refrigerant charge and indoor airflow cooling and outdoor fan operation and outdoor coil in heating Control Fault If the outdoor unit control board has failed the control will flash the appropriate fault code see Table 16 The control board should be replaced Brown Out Protection If the line voltage is less than 187v for at least 4 seconds the appropriate compressor contactor and fan relay are de energized Compressor and fan operation are not allowed until voltage is a minimum of 190v The control will flash the appropriate fault code see Table 16 51 TROUBLESHOOTING Troubleshooting circuit board HK38EA016 022 023 026 The Infinity Series outdoor units all use the same control board A model plug is used to identify the system type and set the operating parameters for airflow start circuit timing etc see Model Plug section Replacement boards may have a different part number from the original board A newer board will always be backward compatible to previous units if it is superseded at RCD Old boards are not always forward compatible due to new functions or software changes made to resolve field issues Systems Communication Failure If communication with the Infinity control is lost with the User Interface the control will flash the appropriate fault code See Table 16 Chec
341. trol box Refer to unit wiring label 5 Remove screws holding top cover to louver panels 6 Lift top cover from unit 7 Reverse sequence for reassembly 4 sided deluxe units employ one louver spacer on each of the four sides to prevent louver movement during operation The louver spacers are trapped between the coil surface and louver at the approximate center of each side See Fig 3 This louver spacer should be present and if dislodged during shipment must be reinstalled before unit is placed into operation 4 A11380a Fig 3 Louver Spacer Location START CAPACITOR 0 9 ONTROL BOX t A U Le l 0 Y 0 uU t oN VM SOFT START START RELAY BRN YEL CAPACITOR YEL BLU 928 2 23 CAPACITOR STMPP LE 3 S 1 c Jo gt HARNESS ASSY Is Es GROUND LUG Base and Comfort Series AC Control Box EFF CIRCUIT BOARD 2 40 START CAPACITOR 1 0 o cONTRO BOX 0 0 U e P 16
342. tscrew Position motor and blower wheel assembly to blower hous ing as originally oriented Secure motor mount to blower housing using bolts previ ously removed Attach green wire to blower housing with screw Connect electrical and capacitor leads to original terminals Replace blower access door and tighten all four screws 10 Reinsert disconnect pullout only after blower access door is secured Test blower for proper operation BLOWER WHEEL INLET RING 86006 CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage Do not use caustic household drain cleaners in the condensate pan or near the coil Drain cleaners can quickly destroy a coil C Blower Motor and Wheel Clean blower motor and wheel when cooling coil is cleaned To clean or service wheel or motor proceed as follows 1 Pull unit disconnect when used and remove blower access panel 2 Disconnect motor electrical leads from control box and ca pacitor Mark location of wires for reassembly 3 Remove the three bolts holding motor mount to blower housing while supporting motor shell with hand 4 Pull motor inlet ring and blower wheel assembly out of blower housing 5 With blower wheel inlet ring and motor mount still at tached to motor place motor on flat horizontal surface shaft up Mark position of wheel on motor shaft for reas sembly 6
343. turned on to allow refrigerant system to stabilize has been reached the compressor will be energized then the outdoor fan will be de energized at which time the normal defrost cycle begins Defrost Termination the outdoor fan will be energized shortly before the compressor is de energized for 60 seconds During the compressor 60 second off time the reversing valve will be de energized Once the 60 second compressor off time has been completed the compressor will be energized at which time the system will be in normal heat mode Liquid Line Solenoid Accessory In heat pump long line applications a liquid line solenoid is required to control refrigerant migration in the heating mode The solenoid should be installed near the outdoor unit with the arrow facing the outdoor unit This is the direction of flow control See application manual for long line application details Accessory Liquid Solenoid with Infinity Communicating Control When using the Infinity Control the liquid line solenoid output is provided at the Y1 connection Connect the solenoid as shown in the wiring label diagram This is a 24vac output that is energized whenever the compressor is energized It closes in the compressor off mode to prevent refrigerant migration into the unit through the liquid line On Models with Accessory Liquid Solenoid Using a Non Communicating Thermostat The liquid solenoid is connect to the Y1 and C terminal connections
344. uck closed Whether the unit is in heating or cooling mode it will run a defrost cycle for 10 minutes each time the compressor has been energized for the selected time interval The board will terminate automatically after 10 minutes of defrost time regardless of defrost thermostat position If defrost thermostat is stuck open The unit will not defrost NOTE Unit will remain in defrost until defrost thermostat reopens at approximately 65 F coil temperature at liquid line or remainder of defrost cycle time 5 Turn off power to outdoor unit and reconnect fan motor lead to OF2 on control board after above forced defrost cycle If unit will not defrost 1 Perform the speedup function as described above to test the defrost function of the circuit board 2 If the unit does not go into defrost after performing the speed up check for 24 volts on the T1 terminal This terminal powers the defrost circuit and must be energized before any defrost function can occur The T1 should be energized once the Y terminal is energized and the pressure Switches are closed Ensure the T1 wire is connected at the contactor and that 24 volts is present on the T1 spade terminal the OFF position Enabling this feature eliminates occasional noise complaints associated with switching into and out of defrost Five Minute Compressor Delay HK32EA003 This control features a 5 minute time delay to protect the compressor from s
345. umps Using R 22 and Puron Refrigerant Application Guideline and Service Manual TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE PAGE UNIT IDENTIFICATION 2 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM REPAIR 31 33 SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS 3 Leak Detection 31 INTRODUCTION ERE Se ER ERR 3 Coil Removal ver eed dened PER E AA DE DERE 31 INSTALLATION GUIDELINE 3 Aluminum Coil Removal 32 ACCESSORIES AND DESCRIPTIONS 4 5 Compressor Removal and Replacement 32 LOW AMBIENT 6 System Clean Up After Burnout 33 LONG LINE 7 Evacuation eo bebe DC HRPVER PME OPE 33 CABINET ASSEMBLY amp COMPONENTS 7 10 CHECK CHARGE pee eme Rem e e eng 34 ELECTRICAL petere tein pe EE 11 12 TROUBLESHOOTING WITH SUPERHEAT 35 Aluminum Wire 11 TWO STAGE 25HNB 24ANB 45 51 Contactor sess tene ue OUS PER SERT 11 APPLICATION GUIDELINES 45 Capacitor ee perina qa E ce ae 11 MODEL PLUG 2 254 restet pex xe ddr eee es 45 Cycle Protector 222222256658 eter ER Rep 12 Airflow Selections For 24ANB7 25HNB6 24 1 25HNB9 Crankcase Heater 12 Us
346. ure Thermidistat or capable zoning system follow ing its installation instructions for enhanced dehumidification and SuperComfort Perfect Heat operation This configuration provides the following comfort enhancements a A 30 second blower on delay with 150 seconds at 70 air flow to allow the indoor coil to warm up or cool down be fore the blower is asked to deliver 100 airflow reducing the cold blow sensation at start up in heating and allowing the indoor coil to more quickly reach wet coil operating conditions in cooling b No blower off delay eliminates cold blow which may be as sociated with running the blower after shut down of the compressor and avoids re evaporation of condensed mois ture after cooling dehumidifying operation c Lower airflow while the compressor is running to reduce draft effects and increase heating air temperature and im proved humidity control during cooling operation 11 heater operation The factory selection is the largest heater range approved See Fig 17 A as indicated B AC HP SIZE Select system size installed The factory setting for air conditioner or heat pump size is the largest unit meant for application with the model of fan coil purchased Installer needs to select air conditioner or heat pump size to ensure that airflow delivered falls within proper range for the size unit installed This applies to all operational modes with the exception of electric heat modes See Fig
347. ure differential issue This is usually a brief occurrence under 60 seconds and can be remedied by incorporating Quiet Shift 2 if available This is a device that shuts down the compressor during the defrost shift for approximately 1 minute allowing the pressures to equalize It is enabled by either a dip switch setting on the defrost board or in the User Interface on communicating systems Verify proper system charge as well 6 EXAMPLE TO DETERMINE INTERNAL CONNECTIONS OF SINGLE PHASE MOTORS C S R EXCEPT SHADED POLE RUN WINDING R START WINDING S 2 is COMMON C BY ELIMINATION 2 is COMMON THEREFORE D IS START WINDING S IS RUN WINDING GREATEST RESISTANCE 5 80 OHM 0 69 REMAINING RESISTANCE 5 2Q OHMMETER 2 8 SMALLEST RESISTANCE e 9 10 11 POWER OFF DEDUCTION Fig 14 Identifying Compressor Terminals 21 CAUTION UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage or improper operation Be sure internal line break overload is not temporarily open Ground Circuit To determine if a wire has broken or come in direct contact with shell causing a direct short to ground follow these steps 1 Allow crankcase heaters to remain on for several hours before checking motor to ensure windings are not saturated with refrigerant 2 Using an ohmmeter on R X 10 0
348. ust be given to installation maintenance of condensing units installed in coastal or desert locations This is because salt and alkali content of sand adheres to aluminum fins of coil and can cause premature coil failure due to corrosion Preventive measures can be taken during installations such as 1 Locate unit on side of structure opposite prevailing winds 2 Elevate unit to height where drifting sand cannot pile up against coil Mounting feet 4 in high are available as accessories and can be used to elevate unit 3 Addition of coastal filter See Product Data Digest for accessory listing Maintenance in desert and seacoast locations 1 Frequent inspection of coil and basepan especially after storms and or high winds 2 Clean coil by flushing out sand from between coil fins and out of basepan as frequently as inspection determines necessary 3 In off season cover with covering that allows air to circulate through but prevents sand from sifting in such as canvas material Do not use plastic as plastic will hold moisture possibly causing corrosion Final Check Out After the unit has been operating the following items should be checked 1 Check that unit operational noise is not excessive due to vibration of component tubing panels etc If present isolate problem and correct 2 Check to be sure caps are installed on service valves and are tight 3 Check to be sure tools loose parts and debris are re
349. utside of 3 4 19mm flange provided on supply air opening Secure duct to flange with proper fasteners for type of duct used and seal duct to unit joint FV4C INDOOR CONTROL FAN COIL 2 SPEED AIR CONDITIONER REMOVE J2 JUMPER FOR HEAT STAGING HEAT STAGE 2 HEAT STAGE 1 COOL STAGE 1 Y1 W2 COOL STAGE 2 FAN G 24 VAC HOT R DEHUMIDIFY 24 VAC COMM HUMIDIFY pans m Fr R OUTDOOR OUTDOOR SENSOR 1 3 SENSOR CONNECTION A98478 Fig 10 FV4C Fan Coil Wiring with 2 Speed Air Conditioner INDOOR CONTROL FAN COIL 1 SPEED HEAT PUMP RVS COOLING ow2 o REMOVE J2 JUMPER HEAT STAGE Y1 W2 FOR HEAT STAGING M HEAT STAGE 2 W W HEAT COOL m STAGE 1 LY Y FAN 24 VAC HOT n REMOVE J1 JUMPER FOR DEHUMIDIFY MODES DEHUMIDIFY m 24 VAC COMM HUMIDIFY 4 mrn 24 VAC RVS HEATING OUTDOOR 3 ourpoon 51 FrF SENSOR SENSOR CONNECTION J A98475 Fig 11 FV4C Fan Coil Wiring with 1 Speed Heat Pump CAUTION PROPERTY DAMAGE HAZARD Failure to follow this caution may result in product or property damage If a disconnect switch is to be mounted on unit select a location where drill or fastener will not contact electrical or refrigerant components NOTE Before proceeding with electrical connections make certain that supply voltage f
350. wer box for ease of installation See Fig 3 To disassemble unit remove rear corner brackets by removing 2 Screws which secure brackets Remove either 2 screws in each front corner of coil box or 2 screws in blower box Do not remove all 4 Screws in each corner Sections may now be separated by lifting top section from lower section To reassemble reverse above procedure Be certain to reinstall all fasteners when reassembling BLOWER BOX 2 SCREWS REAR CORNER BRACKET 2 SCREWS COIL BOX A95293 Fig 5 Modular Unit Assembly COIL MOUNTING COIL SUPPORT RAIL SLOPE COIL SKI DRAINPAN Fig 6 Slope Coil in Horizontal Right Application 4 FV4C HORIZONTAL RIGHT APPLICATION A00071 AIR SEAL ASSEMBLY REFRIGERANT CONNECTIONS COIL SUPPORT RAIL COIL BRACKET DRAIN PAN SUPPORT NY BRACKET SN COIL 5000001 RAIL ed BRACKET HORIZONTAL DRAIN PAN PRIMARY DRAIN HORIZONTAL RIGHT SECONDARY DRAIN HORIZONTAL RIGHT Fig 7 A Coil in Horizontal Right Application 13 Install condensate pan fitting caps from Step 10 in the right side of the coil door making sure that the cap snaps and seats cleanly on the back side of the coil door Make sure no insulation interferes with seating of the cap 14 Reinstall access and fitting panels aligning holes with tubing connections and c
351. which closes contacts of relay There will be a time delay This completed circuit energizes all heating elements HTR and blower motor B Heat Pump COOLING On a call for cooling the thermostat makes circuits R O R Y and R G Circuit R O energizes reversing valve switching it to cooling position Circuit R Y energizes contactor starting outdoor fan motor and compressor Circuit R G energizes indoor unit blower relay starting indoor blower motor When thermostat is satisfied its contacts open de energizing contactor reversing valve and blower relay This stops compressor and fan motors 18K amp 24K_CASE cre a 4 Upper Filter Panel 9 Lower Filter Panel 6 Louvered Grill 1 Wrapper Assy 5 Top Plate Assy 3 Blower Assy Panel Note This illustration is fo reference only Fig 14 FFMA sizes 18 amp 24 Expanded View Case 19 DUCT COMPONENTS 18K amp 2 4K BLOWER amp ELECTRICAL PARTS T DUCT COMPONENTS agi 4 Blower Discharge Plate 3 Rear Heater Support Plate 2 Heater Blank ff Plate 1 Blower Deck ELECTRICAL PARTS 1 Control Mounting Plate 24 Transformer 3 Time Delay Relo JA 4 Blower Relay 2 Arm And Grommet 3 Blower Motor 4 Ground Lug 9 Terminal Block 9 Capacitor 6 Capacitor Strap Note This illustration is for T ow
352. witch is a temperature sensitive control that s function is to prevent system from overheating in abnormal conditions The temperature settings often vary from heater to heater due to variations in airflow patterns and element radiant heat conditions The devices are sized to remain on line under heat pump conditions 115 F air off coil and minimum CFM but trip to prevent outlet air conditions above 200 or excessive component or duct temperatures The device itself consists of a bimetallic disc which when overheated snaps through to open a normally closed high voltage high current switch When system temperatures cool sufficiently the switch will automatically reset to its closed position Normal failure mode for this switch is open If a limit switch has been determined to be defective NEVER BYPASS THE LIMIT SWITCH When replacing limit switch ensure that it is replaced with a limit switch of identical opening temperature and closing differential Limits switches are typically color coded to identify their range B Sequencer The sequencer is essentially a thermally activated time delay relay normally activated by low voltage control signals from thermostat The typical sequencer is a 1 or 2 pole normally open device which energizes within 30 to 70 seconds after application of control signal and de energizes 60 to 90 seconds after control signal is removed In simplistic terms the sequencers which we use are nothing more

WP Suites A06&A07 - Derucki Construction

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

WP Suites A06&amp;A07 - Derucki Construction

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

WP Suites A06&A07 - Derucki Construction